2013 Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual M - Owner Center … · Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2013 - crc - 10/30/12 Black plate (1,1) 2013 Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual M In Brief..... 1-1

Black plate (1,1)Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2013 - crc - 10/30/12

2013 Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual M

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4Vehicle Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16Battery and Efficiency. . . . . . . . 1-18Performance andMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23

Keys, Doors, andWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1Keys and Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Vehicle Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14Exterior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Interior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . 3-1Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 4-1Additional Storage Features . . . 4-4

Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1Instrument Panel Overview. . . . 5-3Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

Information Displays . . . . . . . . . . 5-27Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 5-51Universal Remote System . . . . 5-59

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4Lighting Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 7-1Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . 9-1Driving Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Starting and Operating . . . . . . . 9-16Electric Vehicle OperatingModes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21

Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26Electric Drive Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . 9-32Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35Object Detection Systems . . . . 9-38Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-47Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-55Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-60Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-60


2013 Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual M

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2Vehicle Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-27Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-68Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-73Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77

Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-2Special ApplicationServices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8

Additional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and Parts . . . . . . 11-12

Maintenance Records . . . . . . . 11-14

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1Vehicle Identification . . . . . . . . . 12-1Vehicle Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2

Customer Information . . . . . . . 13-1Customer Information . . . . . . . . 13-1Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-12Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1OnStar Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1OnStar Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2OnStar AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-1


Introduction iii

The names, logos, emblems,slogans, vehicle model names, andvehicle body designs appearing inthis manual including, but not limitedto, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET,the CHEVROLET Emblem, VOLT,and the VOLT logo are trademarksand/or service marks of GeneralMotors LLC, its subsidiaries,affiliates, or licensors.

This manual describes features thatmay or may not be on your specificvehicle either because they areoptions that you did not purchase ordue to changes subsequent to theprinting of this owner manual.Please refer to the purchasedocumentation relating to your

specific vehicle to confirm each ofthe features found on your vehicle.For vehicles first sold in Canada,substitute the name “GeneralMotors of Canada Limited” forChevrolet Motor Division wherever itappears in this manual.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

Canadian Vehicle Owners

Propriétaires Canadiens

A French language manual can beobtained from your dealer, atwww.helminc.com, or from:

On peut obtenir un exemplaire dece guide en français auprès duconcessionnaire ou à l'adressesavant:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Using this ManualTo quickly locate information aboutthe vehicle, use the Index in theback of the manual. It is analphabetical list of what is in themanual and the page number whereit can be found.

Danger, Warnings, andCautionsWarning messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describehazards and what to do to avoid orreduce them.

Danger indicates a hazard with ahigh level of risk which will result inserious injury or death.

Warning or Caution indicates ahazard that could result in injury ordeath.

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 23116544 B Second Printing ©2012 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.


iv Introduction

{ WARNING

These mean there is somethingthat could hurt you or otherpeople.

Notice: This means there issomething that could result inproperty or vehicle damage. Thiswould not be covered by thevehicle's warranty.

A circle with a slash through it is asafety symbol which means “DoNot,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not letthis happen.”

SymbolsThe vehicle has components andlabels that use symbols instead oftext. Symbols are shown along withthe text describing the operation orinformation relating to a specificcomponent, control, message,gauge, or indicator.

M : This symbol is shown whenyou need to see your owner manualfor additional instructions orinformation.

* : This symbol is shown whenyou need to see a service manualfor additional instructions orinformation.

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbolsthat may be found on the vehicleand what they mean. For moreinformation on the symbol, refer tothe Index.

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

# : Air Conditioning

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

b / g : Audio Steering WheelControls or OnStar®

I : Brake System WarningLight

A : Charge Port Door

" : Charging System (12-VoltBattery)

I : Cruise Control

f : Electric Parking Brake

d : Electronic StabilityControl (ESC)

B : Engine Coolant Temperature

O : Exterior Lamps

y : Fault

g : First Responder

. : Fuel Gauge

+ : Fuses

3 : Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger

_ : High Voltage

I : LATCH System ChildRestraints


Introduction v

[ : Leaf

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure

O : Power

B : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Safety Belt Reminders

g : StabiliTrak® Disable

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor

i : Traction Control System (TCS)Disable

Q : Vehicle Ready

M : Windshield Washer Fluid


vi Introduction

2 NOTES


In Brief 1-1

In Brief

Instrument PanelInstrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

Initial Drive InformationInitial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7Heated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 1-9Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10Passenger SensingSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10

Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10Steering WheelAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11

Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-13Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14

Vehicle FeaturesSteering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-16Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 1-17Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17Universal Remote System . . . 1-17

Battery and EfficiencyHigh Voltage SafetyInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18

Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18

Fueling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22Total Vehicle Range . . . . . . . . . 1-23Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . 1-23Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23

Performance and MaintenanceTraction ControlSystem (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23

Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24

Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . 1-24Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24

Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . 1-24Driving for Better EnergyEfficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27

OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27


1-2 In Brief

Instrument Panel


In Brief 1-3

1. Air Vents on page 8‑8.

2. Turn and Lane-Change Lever.See Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals on page 6‑3.

Exterior Lamp Controls onpage 6‑1.

Pedestrian Friendly Alert onpage 5‑6.

3. Instrument Cluster on page 5‑8.

Driver Information Center (DIC)Display. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) on page 5‑41.

4. Windshield Wiper/Washer onpage 5‑6.

5. Heated Front Seats on page 3‑5(If Equipped).

6. Center Stack Display onpage 5‑27.

7. Charging Status Indicator. SeeCharging Status Feedback onpage 9‑49.

8. Light Sensor. See DaytimeRunning Lamps (DRL) onpage 6‑2.

9. Instrument Panel Storage onpage 4‑1.

10. Automatic Climate ControlSystem on page 8‑1.

11. Hood Release. See Hood onpage 10‑6.

12. Driver Information Center (DIC)Controls. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) onpage 5‑41.

13. Instrument Panel IlluminationControl on page 6‑4.

14. Data Link Connector (DLC)(Out of View). See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp on page 5‑17.

15. Cruise Control on page 9‑35.

16. Steering Wheel Adjustment onpage 5‑5.

17. Horn on page 5‑6.

18. Steering Wheel Controls onpage 5‑5 (If Equipped).

19. Leaf Button. See Center StackDisplay on page 5‑27.

20. DRIVE MODE Button. SeeDriver Selected OperatingModes on page 9‑22.

21. Power Button on page 9‑16.

22. Shift Lever. See Electric DriveUnit on page 9‑27.

23. Infotainment on page 7‑1.

Navigation System (IfEquipped). See the navigationsystem manual.

24. Electric Parking Brake onpage 9‑30.

25. Power Door Locks onpage 2‑11.

26. Hazard Warning Flashers onpage 6‑3.


1-4 In Brief

Initial DriveInformationThis section provides a briefoverview about some of theimportant features that may or maynot be on your specific vehicle.

For more detailed information, referto each of the features which can befound later in this owner manual.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemThe RKE transmitter may work up to60 m (195 ft) away from the vehicle.

Press the key release button toextend the key. The key can beused for all locks.

K : Press once to unlock the driverdoor. Press a second time withinfive seconds to unlock all doors.

Q : Press to lock all doors.

Lock and unlock feedback can bepersonalized. See VehiclePersonalization on page 5‑51.

7 : Press and release to initiatevehicle locator. Press and hold forthree seconds to sound the panicalarm. Press again to cancel thepanic alarm.

B : Press and release Q and thenimmediately press and hold B tostart the vehicle's heating or airconditioning systems and rearwindow defogger from outside thevehicle using the RKE transmitter.See Remote Start on page 2‑8.

A : Press to open the charge portdoor. See Plug-In Charging onpage 9‑47.

See Keys on page 2‑1 and RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation on page 2‑2.

Remote StartUse remote start to heat or cool theinterior when the vehicle is pluggedin to maximize electric range byutilizing electricity from the electricaloutlet. The engine may start tosupport the climate control


In Brief 1-5

operation. Normal operation of thesystem will return after the vehiclehas been turned on.

Activating the Remote Start

1. Aim the RKE transmitter at thevehicle.

2. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter; the doorswill lock.

3. Immediately, press and hold Buntil the turn signal lamps flash,or for approximatelytwo seconds. Pressing B againduring a remote start will turn thefeature off.

After entering the vehicle during aremote start, press the POWER Obutton on the center stack with thebrake pedal applied to operate asnormal.

Canceling Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do any ofthe following:. Aim the RKE transmitter at the

vehicle and press and hold Buntil the parking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Press the POWER O button onthe center stack, with the brakepedal applied, then press thePOWER O button again to turnthe vehicle off.

See Remote Start on page 2‑8.

Door LocksKeyless Access

When the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)of the driver door, the door can belocked and unlocked by pressingthe door handle button. Whenunlocking from the driver door, thefirst press will unlock only that door;press again within five seconds tounlock all passenger doors. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation on page 2‑2.


1-6 In Brief

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

The RKE transmitter must be within60 m (195 ft) of the vehicle.

K : Press to unlock.

Q : Press to lock.

See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation on page 2‑2.

Key

To unlock or lock the door, turn thekey left or right.

Inside the Vehicle

Push down on the door lock knob tolock that door. Pull once on the doorhandle to unlock the door and againto open the door. Press the powerdoor lock switch to lock or unlock alldoors. See Door Locks onpage 2‑10 and Power Door Lockson page 2‑11.

Power Door Locks

The power door lock switches areon the center stack.

K : Press to unlock.

Q : Press to lock.

See Power Door Locks onpage 2‑11.

Hatch

Keyless Access: To open thehatch with the vehicle locked, theRKE transmitter must be within1 m (3 ft) of the trunk. Press thebutton on the underside of the hatchand lift up. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation onpage 2‑2.

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE): Toopen the hatch with the vehiclelocked, the RKE transmitter must bewithin 60 m (195 ft) of the vehicle.Unlock the vehicle with the RKE


In Brief 1-7

transmitter, then press the button onthe underside of the hatch and lift.See Hatch on page 2‑13.

Windows

The power window switches are onthe driver door armrest. Eachpassenger door has a switch thatcontrols only that window.

Press the front of the switch to lowerthe window. Pull the switch up toraise it.

The driver and passenger windowshave an express-down feature andthe driver window has express-up.

See Power Windows on page 2‑18.

Remote Window Operation

The vehicle may have remoteoperating windows that will open allthe windows from outside thevehicle by pressing and holding Kon the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

This feature can be disabled by adealer technician.

See Power Windows on page 2‑18.

Seat Adjustment

Seat Position

To adjust the seat position:

1. Pull the handle at the front of theseat cushion to unlock it.

2. Move the seat forward orrearward and release thehandle.

3. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

See Seat Adjustment on page 3‑3.


1-8 In Brief

Height Adjustment

Move the lever up or down to raiseor lower the seat.

See “Seat Height Adjuster” underSeat Adjustment on page 3‑3.

Reclining Seatbacks

To recline the seatback:

1. Lift the lever.

2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, and thenrelease the lever to lock theseatback in place.

3. Push and pull on the seatback tomake sure it is locked.

To return the seatback to the uprightposition:

1. Lift the lever fully withoutapplying pressure to theseatback, and the seatback willreturn to the upright position.


See Reclining Seatbacks onpage 3‑4.

Heated Seats

If available, the controls are on thecenter stack. To operate, the vehiclemust be on.

Press M or L to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion andseatback.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the heated seat willchange to the next lower setting,


In Brief 1-9

and then the off setting. Three lightsindicate the highest setting and onelight the lowest.

See Heated Front Seats onpage 3‑5.

Auto Heated Seats

If available, the controls can beaccessed while the vehicle is on bypressing the CLIMATE button on thecenter stack.

Press the touch screen M AUTO orL AUTO button. The button colorwill change to green when thisfeature is on.

When the vehicle is on, this featurewill automatically activate theheated seats at the level required bythe vehicle's interior temperature.The active high, medium, low, or offheated seat level will be indicatedby the manual heated seat buttonlights on the center stack. Use thetouch screen buttons or the manualheated seat buttons on the centerstack to turn auto heated seats off.

See Heated Front Seats onpage 3‑5.

The heated seats can also beprogrammed to come on during aremote start. See VehiclePersonalization on page 5‑51.

Head RestraintAdjustmentDo not drive until the head restraintsfor all occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To achieve a comfortable seatingposition, change the seatbackrecline angle as little as necessarywhile keeping the seat and the headrestraint height in the properposition.

See Head Restraints on page 3‑2and Seat Adjustment on page 3‑3.


1-10 In Brief

Safety Belts

Refer to the following sections forimportant information on how to usesafety belts properly:. Safety Belts on page 3‑9.. How to Wear Safety Belts

Properly on page 3‑10.. Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3‑11.. Lower Anchors and Tethers for

Children (LATCH System) onpage 3‑37.

Passenger SensingSystem

United States

Canada

The passenger sensing system willturn off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag under certain conditions. Noother airbag is affected by thepassenger sensing system. SeePassenger Sensing System onpage 3‑23.

The passenger airbag statusindicator lights on the overheadconsole when the vehicle is started.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator on page 5‑16.

Mirror Adjustment

Exterior

Mirrors can be folded inward towardthe vehicle to prevent damage whengoing through an automatic carwash. Push the mirror outward toreturn it to the original position.

See Folding Mirrors on page 2‑16.


In Brief 1-11

Controls for the outside powermirrors are on the driver door.

To adjust a mirror:

1. Move the selector switch to L(Left) or R (Right) to choose thedriver or passenger mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move each mirror in thedesired direction.

3. Return the selector switch to thecenter position.

See Power Mirrors on page 2‑16.

When the rear window defogger isactivated, the heated mirriors,if equipped, will also come on. SeeHeated Mirrors on page 2‑17.

Interior

Adjustment

Hold the rearview mirror in thecenter and move it to view the areabehind the vehicle.

Manual Rearview Mirror

For vehicles with a manual rearviewmirror, push the tab forward fordaytime use and pull it for nighttimeuse to avoid glare from theheadlamps from behind. SeeManual Rearview Mirror onpage 2‑17.

Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror

For vehicles with an automaticdimming rearview mirror, the mirrorwill automatically reduce the glarefrom the headlamps from behind.The dimming feature comes on

when the vehicle is started. SeeAutomatic Dimming Rearview Mirroron page 2‑17.

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.


1-12 In Brief

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Interior LightingDome Lamps

The dome lamp controls are in theoverhead console.

To operate, press the followingbuttons:

' : Press to turn on the domelamps.

H : Press to turn the lamps onautomatically when a door isopened.

( : Press to turn the lamps off,even when a door is open.

Reading Lamps

There are front and rear readinglamps.

The front reading lamps are in theoverhead console.

#$ : Press to turn each lamp onor off.

The rear reading lamps are in theheadliner.

For more information on interiorlighting, see Instrument PanelIllumination Control on page 6‑4.

Exterior Lighting

The exterior lamp control is on theturn signal lever.


In Brief 1-13

There are four positions.

O : Turns the exterior lamps off.

AUTO: Turns the exterior lamps onand off automatically depending onthe exterior light.

; : Turns on the parking lamps,together with the sidemarker lamps,taillamps, license plate lamps, andinstrument panel lights.

5 : Turns on the headlamps,together with the parking lamps,sidemarker lamps, taillamps, licenseplate lamps, and instrument panellights.

See:. Exterior Lamp Controls on

page 6‑1. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)

on page 6‑2

Windshield Wiper/Washer

With the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,move the lever to select the wiperspeed.

HI: Use for fast wipes.

LO: Use for slow wipes.

INT: Move the lever up to INT forintermittent wipes, then turn thexINT band up for more frequentwipes or down for less frequentwipes.

OFF: Use to turn the wipers off.

8 : For a single wipe, briefly movethe lever down. For several wipes,hold the lever down.

nL : Pull the lever toward you tospray windshield washer fluid andactivate the wipers.

See Windshield Wiper/Washer onpage 5‑6.


1-14 In Brief

Climate ControlsHeating, cooling, and ventilation can be controlled by using the climatecontrol buttons and the climate touch screen.

Climate Control Buttons

1. Temperature Control

2. Driver and Passenger HeatedSeats

3. Defrost

4. Climate

5. Auto (Automatic Operation)

6. Rear Window Defogger

7. Manual Fan Control


In Brief 1-15

Climate Touch Screen Controls

1. Driver and Passenger AutoHeated Seats

2. Air Delivery Mode Controls

3. Auto Recirculation

4. Manual Recirculation

5. Outside Air Temperature Display

6. Climate Modes: Fan Only, ECO,Comfort

7. Climate Power Gauge


9. Temperature Setting Display

10. Air Conditioning Indicator

11. Heat Status Indicator

See Automatic Climate ControlSystem on page 8‑1.

Auto heated seats are selectedusing the climate control touchscreen. See Heated Front Seats onpage 3‑5.


1-16 In Brief

Vehicle Features

Steering Wheel Controls

b / g : Press to interact with thephone or navigation system.

$ /i : Press to mute. Pressagain to turn the sound on. Press toreject an incoming call, or to end acurrent call.

_ SRC ^ : Use to select a radioband or audio source.

Use _ or ^ to select the next orprevious favorite radio station, CDtrack, DVD track/chapter, or MP3track.

Press SRC to change betweenradio and CD or DVD.

Press and hold SRC to interact withthe navigation system.

+ x −: Press + to increase or − todecrease the volume.

See Steering Wheel Controls onpage 5‑5.

Cruise Control

The cruise control buttons are onthe steering wheel.

1 : Press to turn the cruise controlsystem on and off. An indicator lightwill turn on or off in the instrumentcluster.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

RES/+: Move the thumbwheel up toresume to a previously set speed orto accelerate.


In Brief 1-17

SET/−: Move the thumbwheel downto set a speed and activate cruisecontrol or to make the vehicledecelerate.

See Cruise Control on page 9‑35.

Infotainment SystemSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.There is also information on settingsand downloadable applications (ifequipped).

Power OutletsThe accessory power outlets can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

There are three accessory poweroutlets:. Inside the front of the center

floor console.. On the rear of the center floor

console.

. Inside the instrument panelstorage area.

The power outlets supply powerwhile the vehicle is on, or if thevehicle is in Retained AccessoryPower (RAP). See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) onpage 9‑19.

Remove the cover to access andreplace when not in use.

See Power Outlets on page 5‑7.

Universal Remote System

This system provides a way toreplace up to three remote controltransmitters used to activatedevices such as garage dooropeners, security systems, andhome automation devices.

Read the instructions completelybefore attempting to program theUniversal Remote system. Becauseof the steps involved, it may behelpful to have another personavailable to assist with programmingthe Universal Remote system.

See Universal Remote System onpage 5‑59.


1-18 In Brief

Battery and Efficiency

High Voltage SafetyInformation

{ WARNING

Exposure to high voltage cancause shock, burns, and evendeath. The high voltagecomponents in the vehicle canonly be serviced by technicianswith special training.

High voltage components areidentified by labels. Do notremove, open, take apart,or modify these components.High voltage cable or wiring hasorange covering. Do not probe,tamper with, cut, or modify highvoltage cable or wiring.

This vehicle has a high voltagebattery and a standard 12‐voltbattery.

If the vehicle is in a crash, thesensing system may shut down thehigh voltage system. When thisoccurs, the high voltage battery isdisconnected and the vehicle willnot start. The SERVICE VEHICLESOON message in the DriverInformation Center (DIC) will bedisplayed. Before the vehicle can beoperated again, it must be servicedat your dealer.

See Battery on page 10‑22 forimportant safety information. If anairbag has inflated, see What WillYou See after an Airbag Inflates? onpage 3‑21.

Only a trained service technicianwith the proper knowledge and toolsshould inspect, test, or replace thehigh voltage battery. See yourdealer if the high voltage batteryneeds service.

See Battery on page 10‑22.

ChargingThe high voltage battery can becharged using a householdelectrical outlet. When using a120-volt AC electrical outlet, it willtake approximately 10 hours tocharge the vehicle with the 12 ampAC current setting or 16 hours usingthe default 8 amp AC currentsetting. When using a 240-voltcharging station, it will takeapproximately four hours to chargethe vehicle. Charge times will varywith outside temperature. There arethree ways to program how thevehicle is charged. SeeProgrammable Charging onpage 5‑29 for more information.

This section explains the processfor charging the high voltage battery.Do not allow the vehicle to remain intemperature extremes for longperiods without being driven orplugged in. It is recommended thatthe vehicle be plugged in when


In Brief 1-19

temperatures are below 0°C (32°F)and above 32°C (90°F) to maximizehigh voltage battery life.

The charging system may run fansand pumps that result in soundsfrom the vehicle while it is turnedoff. Additional unexpected clickingsounds may be caused by theelectrical devices used whilecharging.

While the charge cord is pluggedinto the vehicle, the vehicle cannotbe driven.

Charging

Start Charge

1. The charge port door releasebutton is on the driver door innertrim panel. With the vehicle inP (Park), press the button forone second and release to openthe charge port door. The chargeport door can also be openedusing the RKE transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation on page 2‑2.

In cold weather conditions, icemay form around the charge portdoor. The charge port door maynot open on the first attempt.Remove ice from the area andrepeat attempting to open thecharge port door.

2. Open the rear hatch, lift the loadsupport floor covering (1), andremove the charge cord (4). It islocated near the tire sealant andcompressor kit (3). Pull up onthe charge cord handle (4) torelease it from the handle clip.


1-20 In Brief

Lift the charge cord up andrearward to remove it from thevehicle. The vehicle plug (2) isstored as shown.

3. Plug the charge cord into theelectrical outlet. See ElectricalRequirements for BatteryCharging on page 9‑54. Verifythe charge cord status. See thecharge cord user guide for moreinformation. See Charge Cordon page 9‑53. Select theappropriate charge level usingthe Select Charge LevelPreference screen on the centerstack. See “Charge LevelSelection” under ProgrammableCharging on page 5‑29.

4. Plug in the vehicle plug of thecharge cord into the charge porton the vehicle. Verify that thecharging status indicatorilluminates on top of theinstrument panel and a hornchirp occurs. See ChargingStatus Feedback on page 9‑49for more information.

5. To arm the charge cord theftalert, lock the vehicle with theRKE transmitter. To disable thisfeature, see “Charge Cord TheftAlert” in Vehicle Personalizationon page 5‑51.

End Charge

1. Unlock the vehicle with the RKEtransmitter to disarm the chargecord theft alert.

2. Unplug the vehicle plug of thecharge cord from the vehicle.

3. Close the charge port door bypressing firmly in the center tolatch properly.

4. Unplug the charge cord from theelectrical outlet.

5. Place the charge cord into thestorage compartment.


In Brief 1-21

Charge Cord

See Radio Frequency Statement onpage 13‑15 for informationregarding Part 15 of the FederalCommunications Commission (FCC)rules and Industry CanadaStandards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.

A portable charge cord used tocharge the vehicle high voltagebattery is stored under the rearluggage compartment.

Important Information AboutPortable Electric Vehicle Charging. Charging an electric vehicle can

stress a building’s electricalsystem more than a typicalhousehold appliance.

. Before you plug in to anyelectrical outlet, have a qualifiedelectrician inspect and verify theelectrical system (electricaloutlet, wiring, junctions, andprotection devices) forheavy-duty service at a 12 ampcontinuous load.

. Electrical outlets may wear outwith normal usage or bedamaged over time, makingthem unsuitable for electricvehicle charging.

. Check the electrical outlet/plugwhile charging and discontinueuse if the electrical outlet/plug ishot, then have the electricaloutlet serviced by a qualifiedelectrician.

. When outdoors, plug into anelectrical outlet that isweather-proof while in use.

. Mount the charging cord toreduce strain on the electricaloutlet/plug.

{ WARNING

Improper use of portable electricvehicle charge cords may causea fire, electrical shock, or burns,and may result in damage toproperty, serious injury, or death.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

. Do not use extension cords,multi-outlet power strips,splitters, grounding adaptors,surge protectors, or similardevices.

. Do not use an electrical outletthat is worn or damaged,or one that will not hold theplug firmly in place.

. Do not use an electrical outletthat is not properly grounded.

. Do not use an electrical outletthat is on a circuit with otherelectrical loads.

See the charge cord user guide.

Charge Cord Status Indicators

See “Charge Cord Status Indicators”in the charge cord user guide.


1-22 In Brief

Charge Level Selection

Charge level selection can be madeusing the Select Charge LevelPreference screen on the centerstack. See “Charge Level Selection”under Programmable Charging onpage 5‑29.

{ WARNING

Using a charge level that exceedsthe electrical circuit or electricaloutlet capacity may start a fire ordamage the electrical circuit. Usethe lowest charge level until aqualified electrician inspects yourelectrical circuit capacity. Use thelowest charge level if theelectrical circuit or electrical outletcapacity is not known.

FuelingThe fuel system on this vehiclerequires a refueling process tocontrol evaporative emissions. Torefuel the vehicle:

1. Press the fuel door button on thedriver door for one second.A WAIT TO REFUEL messagedisplays on the DriverInformation Center.

2. When the READY TO REFUELmessage displays, the fuel dooron the passenger side willunlock. Push the rearward edgeof the fuel door in and release toopen the door.

3. Turn the fuel capcounterclockwise to remove.While refueling, hang the fuelcap tether from the hook on theinside of the fuel door. Completerefueling within 30 minutes ofpushing the fuel door button onthe driver door. If refueling morethan 30 minutes, push the fueldoor button again.

4. After refueling, reinstall the fuelcap by turning it clockwise until itclicks. Close the fuel door.


In Brief 1-23

See Filling the Tank on page 9‑57.

Total Vehicle Range

Total vehicle range is the remainingdistance the vehicle can be drivencombining the electric range andfuel range.

See Driving for Better EnergyEfficiency on page 9‑2.

Regenerative BrakingRegenerative braking takes some ofthe energy from the moving vehicleand turns it back into electricalenergy. This energy is then stored in

the high voltage battery system,contributing to increased energyefficiency.

See Regenerative Braking onpage 9‑32.

Service

{ WARNING

Never try to do your own serviceon high voltage components. Youcan be injured and the vehiclecan be damaged if you try to doyour own service work. Serviceand repair of these high voltagecomponents should only beperformed by a trained servicetechnician with the properknowledge and tools. See DoingYour Own Service Work onpage 10‑5.

Performance andMaintenance

Traction ControlSystem (TCS)The TCS limits wheel spin. Thesystem turns on automatically everytime the vehicle is on.. To turn off traction control, press

and release the TCS/ESCbutton, located on the overheadconsole. i illuminates and theappropriate DIC message isdisplayed. See Ride ControlSystem Messages on page 5‑48.

. Press and release the TCS/ESCbutton again to turn on tractioncontrol.

For more information, see TractionControl System (TCS) onpage 9‑32.


1-24 In Brief

Electronic StabilityControl (ESC)The Electronic Stability Controlsystem called StabiliTrak assistswith directional control of the vehiclein difficult driving conditions. Thesystem turns on automatically everytime the vehicle is on.. To turn off both traction control

and StabiliTrak, press and holdthe TCS/ESC button located onthe overhead console, until iand g illuminate in theinstrument cluster and theappropriate DIC message isdisplayed. See Ride ControlSystem Messages on page 5‑48.

. Press and release the TCS/ESCbutton to turn on both systems.

For more information, see ElectronicStability Control (ESC) onpage 9‑34.

Tire Pressure MonitorThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).

The low tire pressure warning lightalerts to a significant loss inpressure of one of the vehicle'stires. If the warning light comes on,stop as soon as possible and inflatethe tires to the recommendedpressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. SeeVehicle Load Limits on page 9‑11.The warning light will remain on untilthe tire pressure is corrected.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thismay be an early indicator that the

tire pressures are getting low andthe tires need to be inflated to theproper pressure.

The TPMS does not replace normalmonthly tire maintenance. Maintainthe correct tire pressures.

See Tire Pressure Monitor Systemon page 10‑47.

Tire Sealant andCompressor KitThis vehicle has a tire sealant andcompressor kit that can be used toseal small punctures in the treadarea of the tire. Significant sidewalldamage will require the tire to bereplaced.

See Tire Sealant and CompressorKit on page 10‑60 for completeoperating information.

Engine Oil Life SystemThe engine oil life system calculatesengine oil life based on vehicle useand displays the CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message when it is time


In Brief 1-25

to change the engine oil and filter.The oil life system should be resetto 100% only following an oilchange.

Resetting the Oil Life System

1. Use the SELECT knob to selectOIL LIFE on the DIC menu.

2. Press SELECT to start the OILLIFE reset procedure.

3. The DIC menu will display “Areyou sure that you want to reset?”Use SELECT to choose YES toreset oil life or NO to exit andreturn to the previous menu.

4. If YES is selected, the DIC menuwill display RESET OIL LIFE fora short time and then 100% OILLIFE will be displayed when OILLIFE is successfully reset.

See Engine Oil Life System onpage 10‑12.

Driving for Better EnergyEfficiencyUse the following tips to helpmaximize energy efficiency andrange.

Driving Style

Efficiency Gauge (InstrumentCluster)

The ball indicator should be keptgreen and in the center of thegauge.

Inefficient acceleration is indicatedwhen the ball turns yellow andtravels above the center of thegauge.

Aggressive braking is indicatedwhen the ball turns yellow andtravels below the center of thegauge.

Acceleration/Braking/Coasting

Avoid unnecessary rapidaccelerations and decelerations.

Electric range is maximized at80 km/h (50 mph) and below. Higherspeeds use more energy and cansignificantly reduce electric range.

Use cruise control whenappropriate.

Plan ahead for decelerations andcoast whenever possible. Forexample, do not rush to trafficsignals.

Do not shift to N (Neutral) to coast.The vehicle recovers energy whilecoasting and braking in D (Drive)or L (Low).

Drive Mode and PRNDL Selection

Use Normal Mode when possible.

Sport Mode provides moreresponsive acceleration thanNormal Mode but can reduceefficiency.

Use Mountain Mode prior toclimbing long, steep grades inmountainous areas. Be sure toengage Mountain Mode beforestarting to climb. Mountain Mode


1-26 In Brief

reduces electric range and powerbut may be needed to maintainspeeds above 96 km/h (60 mph)when climbing grades of 5% orgreater.

Use L (Low) in heavy stop‐and‐gotraffic or when traveling downhill.L (Low) requires less brake pedalapplication and provides acontrolled, efficient way to slow thevehicle down.

Climate Setting

Using the heat and air conditioningsystems decreases the energyavailable for electric driving.

Optimal energy efficiency isachieved with the heat, airconditioning, and fan turned off.

Less energy is used at low fanspeeds. When using the fan:. Fan Only is the most energy

efficient climate setting as longas0 is not selected.

. ECO is for moderate airconditioning and heateroperation and is the next mostenergy efficient setting as longas0 is not selected.

. Comfort provides the mostcomfort but is the least energyefficient.

Use the auto heated seat featureinstead of climate settings. Heatingthe seat uses less energy thanheating the vehicle interior.

Use remote start to heat or cool theinterior when the vehicle is pluggedin to maximize the electric range byutilizing electricity from the electricaloutlet.

Engine Assisted Heating operation,if equipped, can be personalized.See Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑51 for more information.

In hot weather, avoid parking indirect sunlight or use sunshadesinside the vehicle.

Turn off the front and rear windowdefog/defrost when they are nolonger needed.

Avoid driving with the windows openat highway speeds.

Vehicle Charging/Maintenance

Charging

Keep the vehicle plugged in, evenwhen fully charged, to keep thebattery temperature ready for thenext drive. This is important whenoutside temperatures are extremelyhot or cold.

Maintenance

Always keep the tires properlyinflated and the vehicle properlyaligned.

The weight of excess cargo in thevehicle affects efficiency and range.Avoid carrying more than is needed.

If fuel is not regularly used, considerkeeping the fuel tank only one‐thirdfull. Excess fuel weight impactsefficiency and range.


In Brief 1-27

Use premium fuel.

Avoid unnecessary use of electricalaccessories. Power used forfunctions other than propelling thevehicle will reduce EV range.

Using a rooftop carrier will reduceefficiency due to additional weightand drag.

Roadside AssistanceProgramU.S.: 1-888-811-1926

TTY Users (U.S. Only):1-888-889-2438

Canada: 1-800-268-6800

As the owner of a new Chevrolet,you are automatically enrolled in theRoadside Assistance program. Thisprogram provides security andconvenience in the event of anon-road failure or emergencysituation. Service is provided24 hours a day, 365 days a year forthe 5 year/160 000 km (100,000 mi)coverage period.

See Roadside Assistance Programon page 13‑5.

OnStar®

If equipped, this vehicle has acomprehensive, in-vehicle systemthat can connect to a live Advisorfor Emergency, Security, Navigation,Connection, and DiagnosticServices. See OnStar Overview onpage 14‑1.


1-28 In Brief

2 NOTES


Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1

Keys, Doors, andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . 2-12Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12

DoorsHatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . 2-14Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . 2-15

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17

Interior MirrorsManual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . 2-17Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20

Keys and Locks

Keys

{ WARNING

Leaving children in a vehicle witha Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is dangerous andchildren or others could beseriously injured or killed. Theycould operate the power windowsor other controls or make thevehicle move. The windows willfunction with the RKE transmitterin the vehicle, and children orothers could be caught in the pathof a closing window. Do not leavechildren in a vehicle with an RKEtransmitter.

The key that is part of the RKEtransmitter can be used for all locks.


2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows

. Press the key release button onthe RKE transmitter to extendthe key.

. Press the key release buttonand fold the key blade to retractthe key.

The key has a bar-coded key tagthat the dealer or qualified locksmithcan use to make new keys. Storethis information in a safe place, notin the vehicle.

See your dealer if a replacementkey or an additional key is needed.

If it becomes difficult to turn the keyin a vehicle lock, inspect the keyblade for debris. Periodically cleanwith a brush or pick.

If locked out of the vehicle, call theRoadside Assistance Center. SeeRoadside Assistance Program onpage 13‑5. With an active OnStarsubscription, an OnStar Advisormay remotely unlock the vehicle.See OnStar Overview on page 14‑1.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemSee Radio Frequency Statement onpage 13‑15 for informationregarding Part 15 of the FederalCommunications Commission (FCC)rules and Industry CanadaStandards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.

If there is a decrease in the RKEoperating range:. Check the distance. The

transmitter may be too far fromthe vehicle.

. Check the location. Othervehicles or objects may beblocking the signal.

. Check the transmitter's battery.See “Battery Replacement” laterin this section.

. If the transmitter is still notworking correctly, see yourdealer or a qualified technicianfor service.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System OperationThe RKE transmitter functions maywork up to 60 m (195 ft) away fromthe vehicle.

Other conditions, such as thosepreviously stated, can impact theperformance of the transmitter.



K (Unlock): Press once to unlockthe driver door. Press a second timewithin five seconds to unlock alldoors.

The hazard warning lamps will flashtwice each time the button ispressed and the anti-theft alarmsystem will be disarmed. SeeVehicle Alarm System onpage 2‑14.

On vehicles with remote operatingwindows, pressing and holding Kwill open all of the vehicle's

windows. See Power Windows onpage 2‑18. This feature can bedisabled by a dealer technician.

Q (Lock): Press to lock all doors.The hazard warning lamps will flashonce and the anti-theft alarm systemwill be armed. See Vehicle AlarmSystem on page 2‑14.

If the driver door is open when Q ispressed, all doors lock and then thedriver door will unlock if theUnlocked Door Anti Lock Outfeature is enabled through thevehicle personalization. See“Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out”under Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑51. This may vary based onvehicle personalization.

7 (Panic Alarm): Press andrelease one time to initiate vehiclelocator. The exterior lamps flash andthe horn chirps three times. Pressand hold for three seconds to soundthe panic alarm. The horn soundsand the turn signals flash for30 seconds. Press again to cancelthe panic alarm.

B (Remote Start): Press andrelease Q and then immediately

press and hold B to start thevehicle's heating or air conditioningsystems and rear window defoggerfrom outside the vehicle using theRKE transmitter. See Remote Starton page 2‑8.

The vehicle may have auto heatedseats, which can be programmed tocome on when the vehicle isremotely started. See VehiclePersonalization on page 5‑51. Alsosee “Auto Heated Seats” underHeated Front Seats on page 3‑5.

A (Charge Port Door): Press toopen the charge port door. SeePlug-In Charging on page 9‑47.

Keyless Access Operation

To lock and unlock the doors andaccess the hatch, the RKEtransmitter should be within 1 m(3 ft) of the door or hatch.



The keyless access can beprogrammed to unlock all doors onthe first lock/unlock press from thedriver door. See VehiclePersonalization on page 5‑51.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromthe Driver Door

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) ofthe driver door handle, pressing thelock/unlock button on the driver doorhandle will unlock the driver door.If the lock/unlock button is pressedagain within five seconds, allpassenger doors will unlock.

Driver Side Shown, PassengerSimilar

Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause all doors to lock if any of thefollowing occur:. It has been more than

five seconds since the first lock/unlock button press.

. Two lock/unlock button presseswere used to unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromPassenger Doors

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) ofthe door handle, pressing the lock/unlock button on that door handlewill unlock all doors. Pressing thelock/unlock button will cause alldoors to lock if any of the followingoccur:. After the lock/unlock button was

used to unlock all doors.. After any vehicle door has

opened and all doors are nowclosed.

Passive Locking

This feature allows you to selectwhether the doors automatically lockduring normal vehicle exit. Whenthe vehicle is turned off and alldoors are closed, the vehicle willdetermine how many RKEtransmitters remain in the vehicleinterior. If at least one RKE



transmitter has been removed fromthe interior of the vehicle, the doorswill lock after eight seconds.

Temporarily disable the lockingfeature by pressing and holding thepower door switch for severalseconds with a door open. Passivelocking will then remain disableduntil the door switch is pressed,or until the vehicle is turned on.

To customize whether the doorsautomatically lock when exiting thevehicle, see “Remote Locking,Unlocking, Starting” under VehiclePersonalization.

Keyless Hatch Opening

Press the button on the underside ofthe hatch and lift up to open if theRKE transmitter is within range andthe doors are locked. If the doorsare unlocked, the transmitter is notrequired to open the hatch.

Programming Transmitters tothe Vehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmedto this vehicle will work. If atransmitter is lost or stolen, areplacement can be purchased andprogrammed through your dealer.When the replacement transmitter isprogrammed to this vehicle, allremaining transmitters must also bereprogrammed. Any lost or stolentransmitters will no longer workonce the new transmitter isprogrammed. Each vehicle canhave up to eight transmittersmatched to it.

Programming with a RecognizedTransmitter

A new transmitter can beprogrammed to the vehicle whenthere is one recognized transmitter.For vehicles sold in Canada, tworecognized transmitters are requiredto program a new transmitter. Toprogram, the vehicle must be off

and all of the transmitters, bothcurrently recognized and new, mustbe in the vehicle.

1. Place the recognizedtransmitter(s) in the cupholder.

2. Insert the vehicle key of the newtransmitter into the key lockcylinder on the outside of thedriver door and turn the key tothe unlock position five timeswithin 10 seconds.

The Driver Information Center(DIC) displays READY FORREMOTE #2, 3, 4 OR 5.



3. Remove the rubber mat in theinstrument panel storage.Extend the key blade on the newtransmitter and insert the keyblade into the transmitter slot.

4. Press and hold the POWER Obutton on the center stack fortwo seconds. When thetransmitter is programmed, theDIC will show that it is ready toprogram the next transmitter.

5. Remove the transmitter from thetransmitter slot and press K onthe transmitter.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 3–5.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press and holdthe POWER O button for10 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

Programming without aRecognized Transmitter

Non-Canadian (U.S.) owners arepermitted to program a newtransmitter to their vehicle when arecognized transmitter is notavailable. The Canadian regulationsrequire that Canadian owners seetheir dealer for programming newtransmitters when two recognizedtransmitters are not available.If there are no currently recognizedtransmitters available, follow thisprocedure to program up to fivetransmitters. This procedure willtake approximately 30 minutes tocomplete. The vehicle must be offand all of the transmitters must be inthe vehicle.

1. Insert the vehicle key of thetransmitter into the key lockcylinder on the outside of thedriver door and turn the key tothe unlock position five timeswithin 10 seconds.

The Driver Information Center(DIC) displays REMOTE LEARNPENDING, PLEASE WAIT.

2. Wait for 10 minutes until the DICdisplays PRESS STARTBUTTON TO LEARN and thenpress the POWER O button onthe center stack.

The DIC display will again showREMOTE LEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.

3. Repeat Step 2 two more times.After the third time, all previouslyknown transmitters will no longerwork with the vehicle. Remainingtransmitters can be programmedduring the next steps.

The DIC display should nowshow READY FORREMOTE #1.



4. Remove the rubber mat in theinstrument panel storage.Extend the key blade on the newtransmitter and insert the keyblade into the transmitter slot.

5. Press and hold the POWER Obutton for two seconds. Whenthe transmitter is programmed,the DIC will show that it is readyto program the next transmitter.

6. Remove the transmitter from thetransmitter slot and press K onthe transmitter.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press and holdthe POWER O button for10 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery

If the transmitter battery is weak, theDIC may display NO REMOTEDETECTED when you try to startthe vehicle. The REPLACEBATTERY IN REMOTE KEYmessage may also be displayed atthis time.

To start the vehicle:

1. Open the instrument panelstorage and remove therubber mat.

2. Extend the key blade and placethe blade into the slot.

3. With the vehicle in P (Park) orN (Neutral), press the brakepedal and the POWER O buttonon the center stack. See PowerButton on page 9‑16.

Replace the transmitter battery assoon as possible.



Battery Replacement

Notice: When replacing thebattery, do not touch any of thecircuitry on the transmitter. Staticfrom your body could damage thetransmitter.

To replace the battery:

1. Extend the key blade and openthe battery cover on the back ofthe unit.

2. Remove the used battery. Avoidtouching the circuit board toother components.

3. Insert the new battery, positiveside facing down towardthe base.

4. Reassemble the battery cover.

5. Check the operation of thetransmitter with the vehicle.

Remote StartThis feature starts the heating or airconditioning systems and rearwindow defogger from outside thevehicle. Use remote start to heat or

cool the interior when the vehicle isplugged in to maximize the electricrange by utilizing electricity from theelectrical outlet. Normal operation ofthe system will return after thevehicle has been turned on.

B (Remote Start): This button ison the RKE transmitter.

During remote start:. The climate control system will

typically default to the lastclimate settings. If the fan is offor if Fan Only was selected, theair conditioning or heat will turnon as needed. See AutomaticClimate Control System onpage 8‑1.

. If the vehicle has heated seats,and this feature has beenenabled through vehiclepersonalization, the heatedseats will turn on during colderoutside temperatures. See“Remote Start Heated Seats”under Heated Front Seats onpage 3‑5 and “Remote Start

Auto Heated Seats” underVehicle Personalization onpage 5‑51.

. The rear defogger will turn onduring colder outsidetemperatures.

. Selecting1 during colderoutside temperatures beforeshutting the vehicle off will helpwindshield clearing.

. Shutting the vehicle off in ECOMode without1 selected willminimize the impact to electricrange. Shutting the vehicle off inother modes will maximizeheating or air conditioning.

. The engine may start to provideenergy for heating and cooling,independent of the vehicle beingplugged in or completelycharged. Engine AssistedHeating operation, if available,can be personalized. See“Engine Assisted Heating” underVehicle Personalization onpage 5‑51.



. Vehicle range may decrease ifthe vehicle is not plugged intoan electrical outlet. If the vehicleis plugged in, much of theenergy needed to support thisfeature will be provided from theelectrical outlet, not from thehigh voltage battery.

Laws in some communities mayrestrict the use of features thatremotely start the engine. Forexample, some laws may require aperson using the remote startfeature to have the vehicle in viewwhen doing so. Check localregulations for any requirements onremote starting of vehicles.

The RKE transmitter range may beless while the vehicle is running.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System on page 2‑2.

Activating the Remote Start

To heat or cool the passengercompartment using remote start:

1. Aim the RKE transmitter at thevehicle.

2. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter; the doorswill lock.

3. Immediately, press and hold Buntil the turn signal lamps flash,or for approximatelytwo seconds. Pressing B againduring a remote start will turn thefeature off.

Remote start will automatically shutoff after 10 minutes unless a timeextension is done.

While the remote start is active, theparking lamps will turn on andremain on.

After entering the vehicle during aremote start, press the POWER Obutton on the center stack with thebrake pedal applied to operate asnormal.

The remote start can be initiatedtwo separate times between driving.For each remote start, thepassenger compartment will beheated or cooled for 10 minutes.

Extending the Time

To extend the time of the firstremote start, repeat the steps foractivating remote start. Remote startcan only be extended one timebetween driving.

Canceling Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do any ofthe following:. Aim the RKE transmitter at the

vehicle and press and hold Buntil the parking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.



. Press the POWER O button onthe center stack, with the brakepedal applied, then press thePOWER O button again to turnthe vehicle off.

Conditions in Which RemoteStart May Not Work

Conditions in which a remote startmay not occur include:. An open hood.. Vehicle propulsion system fault

conditions, including anemission control systemmalfunction.

. High voltage battery faultconditions.

A second remote start or extensionwill not occur if the fuel level is low.

During a remote start, conditions inwhich a remote start may becanceled include:. Vehicle propulsion system or

high voltage battery faultconditions.

. Low engine oil pressure.

. Engine coolant temperature thatis too high.

Door Locks

{ WARNING

Unlocked doors can bedangerous.

. Passengers, especiallychildren, can easily open thedoors and fall out of a movingvehicle. The chance of beingthrown out of the vehicle in acrash is increased if thedoors are not locked. So, allpassengers should wearsafety belts properly and thedoors should be lockedwhenever the vehicle isdriven.

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A child can

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

be overcome by extreme heatand can suffer permanentinjuries or even death fromheat stroke. Always lock thevehicle whenever leaving it.

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen slowing or stopping thevehicle. Lock the doors tohelp prevent this fromhappening.



Keyless Access

When the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)of the driver door, the door can belocked and unlocked by pressingthe door handle button. Whenunlocking from the driver door, thefirst press will unlock only that door;press again within five seconds tounlock all passenger doors. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation on page 2‑2.

Key

To unlock or lock the door, turn thekey left or right.

Inside the Vehicle

Push down on the door lock knob tolock that door. Pull once on the doorhandle to unlock the door and againto open the door. Press the powerdoor lock switch to lock or unlock alldoors. See Power Door Locks onpage 2‑11.

Power Door Locks

The power door lock switches areon the center stack.

K (Unlock): Press to unlock thedoors.

Q (Lock): Press to lock the doors.

Delayed LockingThis vehicle may have a delayedlocking feature. If delayed locking isenabled, a chime will sound toindicate a door or hatch is openwhen the doors are locked with thepower door lock switch. The doorswill automatically lock and thetheft-deterrent system will arm afterall doors are closed andfive seconds have passed. Pressthe lock button again to make thedoors lock immediately. Press theunlock switch to cancel the delayedlock operation. To enable thisfeature, see “Power Door Locks” inVehicle Personalization onpage 5‑51. To arm and disarm thetheft-deterrent system, see VehicleAlarm System on page 2‑14.



Automatic Door Locks

Automatic Door Lock

The doors are programmed toautomatically lock when the shiftlever is moved out of P (Park).

The automatic door lock featurecannot be disabled.

Automatic Door Unlock

The doors can be programmed toautomatically unlock when the shiftlever is moved into P (Park). See“Power Door Locks” in VehiclePersonalization on page 5‑51.

Lockout ProtectionIf the power door lock switch ispressed when the driver door isopen and the vehicle is on, all thedoors will lock and then the driverdoor will unlock.

This feature can also be enabled tofunction when the vehicle is off. Toenable this feature, see “UnlockedDoor Anti Lock Out” in VehiclePersonalization on page 5‑51.

Safety Locks

The rear door safety locks preventpassengers from opening the reardoors from inside the vehicle.

Presso { to activate the rear doorsafety locks. The indicator lightcomes on when activated.

Presso { again to deactivate thesafety locks.

If an inside rear door handle ispulled when the safety lock isactivated, that door will remainlocked and the indicator light may

flash. Release the handle, thendeactivate the safety locks to allowthe door to open from the insidehandle.



Doors

Hatch

{ WARNING

Exhaust gases can enter thevehicle if it is driven in ExtendedRange Mode with the hatch open,or with any objects that passthrough the seal between thebody and the hatch. Engineexhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO) which cannot beseen or smelled. It can causeunconsciousness and even death.

If the vehicle must be driven inExtended Range Mode with thehatch open:

. Do not operate in MountainMode if driving with thehatch open.

. Close all of the windows.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

. Fully open the air outlets onthe instrument panel.

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside air andset the fan speed to thehighest setting. SeeAutomatic Climate ControlSystem on page 8‑1.

For more information aboutcarbon monoxide, see EngineExhaust on page 9‑26.

Keyless Access: To open thehatch with the vehicle locked, theRKE transmitter must be within1 m (3 ft) of the trunk. Press thebutton on the underside of the hatchand lift up. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation onpage 2‑2.



Remote Keyless Entry (RKE): Toopen the hatch with the vehiclelocked, the RKE transmitter must bewithin 60 m (195 ft) of the vehicle.Unlock the vehicle with the RKEtransmitter, then press the button onthe underside of the hatch and lift.

Use the inside pull handle to lowerand close the hatch.

Always close the hatch beforedriving. Do not press the buttonwhile closing the hatch; it willunlatch again.

Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do not makethe vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm SystemThis vehicle has an anti-theft alarmsystem.

Arming the System

To arm the system, close all of thewindows and doors and then:

. Press Q on the RKE transmitter.

. Or, lock the vehicle using thepower door lock switch in thecenter stack if Unlocked DoorAnti Lock Out is turned off. See“Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out”under Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑51.

The alarm automatically arms afterabout 30 seconds.

Pressing Q on the RKE transmittera second time will bypass the30-second delay and immediatelyarm the system.

Disarming the System

To disarm the system, press K onthe RKE transmitter, or if the vehiclehas the keyless access system,approach the vehicle with the RKEtransmitter.

Turning off the System Alarm

If there is an attempt to open thedoors, hatch, or hood without firstpressing K on the RKE transmitter,the system alarm will be activated.The exterior lamps will flash and thehorn will sound, if equipped, forabout 30 seconds.



To turn off the system alarm:

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Or, start the vehicle by pressingPOWER O on the center stackwith the brake pedal applied andthe RKE transmitter in thevehicle.

Charge Cord Theft Alert

To arm or disarm the charge cordtheft alert, lock or unlock the vehiclewith the RKE transmitter.

If there is an attempt to remove thecharge cord while the vehicle islocked, the system alarm will beactivated. To turn off the systemalarm, press K on the RKEtransmitter.

This feature may be disabledthrough the vehicle personalization.See “Charge Cord Theft Alert” underVehicle Personalization onpage 5‑51.

ImmobilizerSee Radio Frequency Statement onpage 13‑15 for informationregarding Part 15 of the FederalCommunications Commission (FCC)rules and Industry CanadaStandards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.

Immobilizer OperationThis vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system. The systemdoes not have to be manuallyarmed or disarmed.

The vehicle is automaticallyimmobilized when the vehicle isturned off.

The system is automaticallydisarmed when the vehicle isstarted with a valid RKE transmitterin the vehicle. The RKE transmitteruses electronic coding that matchesan immobilizer control unit in thevehicle and automatically disarmsthe system. Only a correcttransmitter can be used to turn thevehicle on.

The security light in the instrumentcluster comes on if there is aproblem with arming or disarmingthe theft-deterrent system.

When trying to start the vehicle, thesecurity light comes on briefly whenthe vehicle is turned on.

If the vehicle does not start and thesecurity light stays on, there is aproblem with the system. Attempt toturn the vehicle off and try it again.

Do not leave the RKE transmitter inthe vehicle.



Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{ WARNING

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If youcut too sharply into the right lane,you could hit a vehicle on theright. Check the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder beforechanging lanes.

The passenger side mirror is convexshaped. A convex mirror's surface iscurved so more can be seen fromthe driver seat.

Power Mirrors

Controls for the outside powermirrors are on the driver door.

To adjust a mirror:

1. Move the selector switch to L(Left) or R (Right) to choose thedriver or passenger mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move each mirror in thedesired direction.

3. Return the selector switch to thecenter position.

Folding Mirrors

Manual Folding Mirrors

The mirrors can be folded inwardtoward the vehicle to preventdamage when going through anautomatic car wash. Push the mirroroutward to return it to the originalposition.

Power Folding Mirrors

1. If the vehicle is equipped withpower folding mirrors, move theselector switch to ) to deselectthe mirror.

2. Press the down arrow to fold themirrors.

3. Press the down arrow again tounfold the mirrors.



Heated MirrorsThe vehicle may have heatedmirrors.

= (Rear Window Defogger):Press to heat the outside rearviewmirrors. See “Rear WindowDefogger” under Automatic ClimateControl System on page 8‑1.

Interior Mirrors

Manual Rearview MirrorTo adjust the inside rearview mirror,hold the rearview mirror in thecenter and move it to view the areabehind the vehicle.

For vehicles with a manual rearviewmirror, push the tab forward fordaytime use and pull it for nighttimeuse to avoid glare from theheadlamps from behind.

Automatic DimmingRearview MirrorTo adjust the inside rearview mirror,hold the rearview mirror in thecenter and move it to view the areabehind the vehicle.

For vehicles with an automaticdimming rearview mirror, the mirrorwill automatically reduce the glarefrom the headlamps from behind.The dimming feature comes onwhen the vehicle is started.

Cleaning the Mirror

Do not spray glass cleaner directlyon the mirror. Use a soft toweldampened with water.



Windows

{ WARNING

Never leave a child, a helplessadult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,especially with the windowsclosed in warm or hot weather.They can be overcome by theextreme heat and sufferpermanent injuries or even deathfrom heat stroke.

The vehicle aerodynamics aredesigned to improve fuel economyperformance. This may result in apulsing sound when either rearwindow is down and the frontwindows are up. To reduce thesound, open either a front windowor the sunroof, if equipped.

Power Windows

{ WARNING

Children could be seriouslyinjured or killed if caught in thepath of a closing window. Neverleave the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter in a vehicle withchildren. When there are childrenin the rear seat, use the windowlockout switch to preventoperation of the windows. SeeKeys on page 2‑1.

The window switches on the driverdoor control all windows in thevehicle. Each passenger door has aswitch that controls only thatwindow.

Press the front of the switch to openthe window. Pull the switch up toclose it.

The power windows work when thevehicle is on, or when RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) is active.See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) on page 9‑19.



Express-Down/Up Windows

Windows with an express-down orup feature allow the window to belowered or raised without holdingthe switch. The driver window hasexpress-down and up; thepassenger and rear windows haveonly express-down.

Pull a window switch up or push itdown all the way, release it, and thewindow goes up or downautomatically. Stop the window bypushing or pulling the switch.

Express Window Anti-PinchFeature

If any object is in the path of thewindow when the express-up isactive, the window will stop at theobstruction and auto-reverse to apreset factory position. Weatherconditions such as severe icing mayalso cause the window toauto-reverse. The window will returnto normal operation once theobstruction or condition is removed.

Express Window Anti-PinchOverride

In an emergency, the anti-pinchfeature can be overridden in asupervised mode. Hold the windowswitch all the way up to the secondposition. The window will rise for aslong as the switch is held. Once theswitch is released, the expressmode is reactivated.

In this mode, the window can stillclose on an object in its path. Usecare when using the override mode.

Programming the PowerWindows

Programming the power windowsmay be necessary if the 12-voltbattery has been disconnected ordischarged.

To program the window:

1. Close all doors with the vehicleon, or when Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) is active. SeeRetained Accessory Power(RAP) on page 9‑19.

2. Pull the window switch tocompletely close the window.Continue to hold the windowswitch two seconds after thewindow is closed.

3. Repeat for each window.

Remote Window Operation

The vehicle may have remoteoperating windows that will open allthe windows from outside thevehicle by pressing and holding Kon the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.



This feature can be disabled by adealer technician.

Window Lockout

The rear window lockout switch ison the driver door. This featureprevents the rear passengerwindows from operating, exceptfrom the driver position.

Presso { to activate the rearwindow lockout switch. Theindicator light comes on whenactivated.

Presso { again to deactivate thelockout switch.

Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to blockglare. Detach the sun visor from thecenter mount to pivot to the sidewindow, or to extend along the rod,if available.


Seats and Restraints 3-1

Seats andRestraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Front SeatsSeat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

Rear SeatsRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

Safety BeltsSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . 3-14Safety System Check . . . . . . . . 3-15Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-15

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-18When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20

What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21

How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21

Passenger SensingSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23

Servicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-27

Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . 3-28Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-29

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29Infants and YoungChildren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31

Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-34Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-35Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCHSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-43

Securing Child Restraints(Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43

Securing Child Restraints(Front Passenger Seat) . . . . 3-46


3-2 Seats and Restraints

Head Restraints

{ WARNING

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

Front Seats

The vehicle's front seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

Adjust the head restraint so that thetop of the restraint is at the sameheight as the top of the occupant'shead. This position reduces thechance of a neck injury in a crash.

To raise or lower the head restraint,press the button located on the sideof the head restraint and pull up orpush the head restraint down andrelease the button.

Pull and push on the head restraintafter the button is released to makesure that it is locked in place.

The front seat outboard headrestraints are not designed to beremoved.



Rear Seats

The vehicle's rear seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted. Pull the head restraintup to raise it. Try to move the headrestraint to make sure that it islocked in place.

To lower the head restraint, pressthe button, located on the top of theseatback, and push the headrestraint down. Try to move thehead restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

If you are installing a child restraintin the rear seat, see “Securing aChild Restraint Designed for theLATCH System” under LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) on page 3‑37.

Front Seats

Seat Adjustment

{ WARNING

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust a driverseat while the vehicle is moving.Adjust the driver seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.

To adjust the seat position:

1. Pull the handle at the front of theseat cushion to unlock it.



2. Move the seat forward orrearward and release thehandle.

3. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

Seat Height Adjuster

Move the lever up or down to raiseor lower the seat.

Reclining Seatbacks

{ WARNING

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

To recline the seatback:

1. Lift the lever.

2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, and thenrelease the lever to lock theseatback in place.


To return the seatback to the uprightposition:

1. Lift the lever fully withoutapplying pressure to theseatback, and the seatbackreturns to the upright position.


{ WARNING

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckledup, the safety belts cannot dotheir job.

(Continued)



WARNING (Continued)

The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. Instead, it willbe in front of you. In a crash, youcould go into it, receiving neck orother injuries.

The lap belt could go up overyour abdomen. The belt forceswould be there, not at your pelvicbones. This could cause seriousinternal injuries.

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit wellback in the seat and wear thesafety belt properly.

Do not have a seatback reclined ifthe vehicle is moving.

Heated Front Seats

{ WARNING

If you cannot feel temperaturechange or pain to the skin, theseat heater may cause burns. Toreduce the risk of burns, peoplewith such a condition should usecare when using the seat heater,especially for long periods oftime. Do not place anything onthe seat that insulates againstheat, such as a blanket, cushion,cover, or similar item. This maycause the seat heater tooverheat. An overheated seatheater may cause a burn or maydamage the seat.



Navigation System Shown, BaseSystem Similar

If available, the controls are on thecenter stack. To operate, the vehiclemust be on.

Press M or L to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion andseatback.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the heated seat willchange to the next lower setting,and then the off setting. Three lightsindicate the highest setting and onelight the lowest.

Auto Heated Seats

If available, the controls can beaccessed while the vehicle is on bypressing the CLIMATE button on thecenter stack.

Press the touch screen M AUTO orL AUTO button. The button colorwill change to green when thisfeature is on.

When the vehicle is on, this featurewill automatically activate theheated seats at the level required bythe vehicle's interior temperature.

The active high, medium, low, or offheated seat level will be indicatedby the manual heated seat buttonlights on the center stack. Use thetouch screen buttons or the manualheated seat buttons on the centerstack to turn auto heated seats off.

If the passenger seat is unoccupied,the auto heated seats feature willnot activate that seat.

The auto heated seats feature canbe programmed to always beenabled when the vehicle is on. SeeVehicle Personalization onpage 5‑51.

Remote Start Heated Seats

When it is cold outside, the heatedseats can be programmed to turn onautomatically during a remotevehicle start. Unless the autoheated seats feature is availableand enabled, the heated seats willbe canceled when the vehicle isturned on. If the vehicle has autoheated seats and the feature isenabled, the seat heating level willautomatically change to the level



required by the vehicle's interiortemperature when the vehicle isturned on.

The indicator lights on the heatedseat buttons do not turn on during aremote start.

The temperature performance of anunoccupied seat may be reduced.This is normal.

The heated seats will not turn onduring a remote start unless theheated seats feature is enabled inthe vehicle personalization menu.See Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑51.

Rear SeatsFolding the Seatback

{ WARNING

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

{ WARNING

A safety belt that is improperlyrouted, not properly attached,or twisted will not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. After raising therear seatback, always check to be

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

sure that the safety belts areproperly routed and attached, andare not twisted.

To fold the seatback down:

Notice: Folding a rear seat withthe safety belts still fastened maycause damage to the seat or thesafety belts. Always unbuckle thesafety belts and return them totheir normal stowed positionbefore folding a rear seat.



1. Safety Belt Guide

2. Safety Belt Storage Clip

1. Remove the safety belt from thesafety belt guide (1) and place itin the storage clip (2).

The safety belt should remain inthe storage clip while theseatback is in the foldedposition.

2. Pull the seatback release leverto unlock the seatback.

A tab near the lever raises whenthe seatback is unlocked.

3. Fold the seatback forward.

Raising the Seatback

Notice: Damage to the safety beltor seatback locking mechanismcan occur if the safety belt iscaught between the rear seatbackand the seatback lockingmechanism. The safety belt mustbe out of the way when the rearseat is raised to the upright,locked position. If the safety beltis damaged, see your dealer andhave it replaced.

To raise the seatback:

1. Seatback Locking Mechanism

2. Safety Belt Storage Clip

1. Make sure the safety belt is inthe storage clip (2) before raisingthe seatback.

The safety belt should not crossthe seatback lockingmechanism (1) when raising theseatback.

2. Raise the seatback and push itrearward to lock it into place.

A tab near the seatback releaselever retracts when the seatbackis locked.

3. Push and pull the top of theseatback to be sure it is lockedinto position.

4. Return the safety belt to thesafety belt guide after raising theseatback.

Keep the seat in the upright, lockedposition when not in use.



Safety BeltsThis section of the manualdescribes how to use safety beltsproperly. It also describes somethings not to do with safety belts.

{ WARNING

Do not let anyone ride where asafety belt cannot be wornproperly. In a crash, if you or yourpassenger(s) are not wearingsafety belts, injuries can be muchworse than if you are wearingsafety belts. You can be seriouslyinjured or killed by hitting thingsinside the vehicle harder or bybeing ejected from the vehicle. Inaddition, anyone who is notbuckled up can strike otherpassengers in the vehicle.

It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area, inside or outsideof a vehicle. In a collision,passengers riding in these areas

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

are more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed. Do not allowpassengers to ride in any area ofthe vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and safety belts.

Always wear a safety belt, andcheck that all passenger(s) arerestrained properly too.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the safety belts.See Safety Belt Reminders onpage 5‑14.

Why Safety Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travelas fast as the vehicle does. If thevehicle stops suddenly, you keepgoing until something stops you.It could be the windshield, theinstrument panel, or the safety belts!

When you wear a safety belt, youand the vehicle slow down together.There is more time to stop becauseyou stop over a longer distance and,when worn properly, your strongestbones take the forces from the



safety belts. That is why wearingsafety belts makes such goodsense.

Questions and Answers AboutSafety Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing asafety belt?

A: You could be— whether you arewearing a safety belt or not.Your chance of being consciousduring and after a crash, so youcan unbuckle and get out, ismuch greater if you are belted.

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear safetybelts?

A: Airbags are supplementalsystems only; so they work withsafety belts— not instead ofthem. Whether or not an airbagis provided, all occupants stillhave to buckle up to get themost protection.

Also, in nearly all states and inall Canadian provinces, the lawrequires wearing safety belts.

How to Wear Safety BeltsProperlyThis section is only for people ofadult size.

There are special things to knowabout safety belts and children. Andthere are different rules for smallerchildren and infants. If a child will beriding in the vehicle, see OlderChildren on page 3‑29 or Infantsand Young Children on page 3‑31.Follow those rules for everyone'sprotection.

It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who arewearing safety belts.

There are important things to knowabout wearing a safety belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in frontof you.

. Always use the correct bucklefor your seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the belt lowand snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash,this applies force to the strongpelvic bones and you would beless likely to slide under the lapbelt. If you slid under it, the beltwould apply force on yourabdomen. This could causeserious or even fatal injuries.



. Wear the shoulder belt over theshoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body are bestable to take belt restrainingforces. The shoulder belt locks ifthere is a sudden stop or crash.

{ WARNING

You can be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearingyour safety belt properly.

. Never allow the lap orshoulder belt to becomeloose or twisted.

. Never wear the shoulder beltunder both arms or behindyour back.

. Never route the lap orshoulder belt over anarmrest.

Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.

1. If the seat has a safety beltguide, and the safety belt is notrouted through the guide, slidethe edge of the belt webbingthrough the opening on theguide. Be sure the belt is nottwisted.

2. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see “Seats”in the Index.

3. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not let itget twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lock ifyou pull the belt across you veryquickly. If this happens, let thebelt go back slightly to unlock it.Then pull the belt across youmore slowly.

If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled out allthe way, the child restraintlocking feature may be engaged.If this happens, let the belt goback all the way and start again.

4. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure. If the beltis not long enough, see SafetyBelt Extender on page 3‑14.



Position the release button onthe buckle so that the safety beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

5. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.

It may be necessary to pullstitching on the safety beltthrough the latch plate to fullytighten the lap belt on smalleroccupants.

To unlatch the belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The belt shouldreturn to its stowed position.

Before a door is closed, be sure thesafety belt is out of the way. If adoor is slammed against a safetybelt, damage can occur to both thesafety belt and the vehicle.

Safety Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has safety beltpretensioners for front outboardoccupants. Although the safety beltpretensioners cannot be seen, theyare part of the safety belt assembly.

They can help tighten the safetybelts during the early stages of amoderate to severe frontal, nearfrontal, or rear crash if the thresholdconditions for pretensioneractivation are met.

And, if the vehicle has side impactairbags, safety belt pretensionerscan help tighten the safety belts in aside crash or a rollover event.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash,they need to be replaced, and othernew parts for the vehicle's safetybelt system may be required. SeeReplacing Safety Belt System Partsafter a Crash on page 3‑15.

Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides

This vehicle may have rear safetybelt comfort guides. If not, they areavailable through your dealer. Theguides may provide added safetybelt comfort for older children whohave outgrown booster seats andfor some adults. When installed and



properly adjusted, the comfort guidepositions the belt away from theneck and head.

There is one guide, if equipped, foreach outside passenger position inthe rear seat. When using a comfortguide, remove the safety belt fromthe seat‐mounted guide beforeusing the comfort guide. To install acomfort guide to the safety belt:

1. Remove the guide from itsstorage clip on the interior bodytrim next to the rear seat.

2. Place the guide over the belt,and insert the two edges of thebelt into the slots of the guide.

3. The belt should not be twistedand it should lie flat. The elasticcord must be under the belt andthe guide on top.

{ WARNING

A safety belt that is not properlyworn may not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. The shoulderbelt should go over the shoulder

(Continued)



WARNING (Continued)

and across the chest. These partsof the body are best able to takebelt restraining forces.

4. Buckle and position the safetybelt as described previously inthis section. Make sure that theshoulder belt crosses theshoulder.

To remove and store the comfortguide, squeeze the belt edgestogether so that the safety belt can

be removed from the guide. Slidethe guide back into its storage cliplocated on the interior body trimnext to the side of the seatback.

Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancySafety belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely tobe seriously injured if they do notwear safety belts.

A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lapportion should be worn as low aspossible, below the rounding,throughout the pregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus isto protect the mother. When a safetybelt is worn properly, it is more likelythat the fetus will not be hurt in acrash. For pregnant women, as foranyone, the key to making safetybelts effective is wearing themproperly.

Safety Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle's safety belt will fastenaround you, you should use it.

But if a safety belt is not longenough, your dealer will order youan extender. When you go in toorder it, take the heaviest coat youwill wear, so the extender will belong enough for you. To help avoidpersonal injury, do not let someoneelse use it, and use it only for theseat it is made to fit. The extenderhas been designed for adults. Never



use it for securing child seats. Towear it, attach it to the regular safetybelt. See the instruction sheet thatcomes with the extender.

Safety System CheckNow and then, check that the safetybelt reminder light, safety belts,buckles, latch plates, retractors, andanchorages are all working properly.Look for any other loose ordamaged safety belt system partsthat might keep a safety belt systemfrom doing its job. See your dealerto have it repaired. Torn or frayedsafety belts may not protect you in acrash. They can rip apart underimpact forces. If a belt is torn orfrayed, get a new one right away.

Make sure the safety belt reminderlight is working. See Safety BeltReminders on page 5‑14.

Keep safety belts clean and dry.See Safety Belt Care on page 3‑15.

Safety Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.

{ WARNING

Do not bleach or dye safety belts.It may severely weaken them. Ina crash, they might not be able toprovide adequate protection.Clean safety belts only with mildsoap and lukewarm water.

Replacing Safety BeltSystem Parts after aCrash

{ WARNING

A crash can damage the safetybelt system in the vehicle.A damaged safety belt systemmay not properly protect theperson using it, resulting inserious injury or even death in a

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

crash. To help make sure thesafety belt systems are workingproperly after a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

After a minor crash, replacement ofsafety belts may not be necessary.But the safety belt assemblies thatwere used during any crash mayhave been stressed or damaged.See your dealer to have the safetybelt assemblies inspected orreplaced.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the safety beltsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.



Have the safety belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been in acrash, or if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start the vehicleor while you are driving. See AirbagReadiness Light on page 5‑15.

Airbag SystemThe vehicle has the followingairbags:. A frontal airbag for the driver.. A frontal airbag for the front

outboard passenger.. A knee airbag for the driver.. A knee airbag for the front

outboard passenger.. A seat-mounted side impact

airbag for the driver.. A seat-mounted side impact

airbag for the front outboardpassenger.

. A roof-rail airbag for the driverand the passenger seateddirectly behind the driver.

. A roof-rail airbag for the frontoutboard passenger and thepassenger seated directlybehind the front outboardpassenger.

All of the airbags in the vehicle willhave the word AIRBAG embossedin the trim or on an attached labelnear the deployment opening.

For frontal airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the center of thesteering wheel for the driver and onthe instrument panel for the frontoutboard passenger.

For knee airbags, the word AIRBAGis on the lower part of theinstrument panel.

For seat-mounted side impactairbags, the word AIRBAG is on theside of the seatback closest tothe door.

For roof-rail airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by safetybelts. Even though today's airbagsare also designed to help reducethe risk of injury from the force of aninflating bag, all airbags must inflatevery quickly to do their job.



Here are the most important thingsto know about the airbag system:

{ WARNING

You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if you are notwearing your safety belt, evenwith airbags. Airbags aredesigned to work with safetybelts, not replace them. Also,airbags are not designed to inflatein every crash. In some crashessafety belts are the only restraint.See When Should an AirbagInflate? on page 3‑20.

Wearing your safety belt during acrash helps reduce the chance ofhitting things inside the vehicle orbeing ejected from it. Airbags are“supplemental restraints” to thesafety belts. Everyone in thevehicle should wear a safety beltproperly, whether or not there isan airbag for that person.

{ WARNING

Because airbags inflate with greatforce and faster than the blink ofan eye, anyone who is upagainst, or very close to anyairbag when it inflates can beseriously injured or killed. Do notsit unnecessarily close to anyairbag, as you would be if sittingon the edge of the seat or leaningforward. Safety belts help keepyou in position before and duringa crash. Always wear a safetybelt, even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle.

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted side impact airbagsand/or roof-rail airbags.

{ WARNING

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Airbags pluslap-shoulder belts offer protectionfor adults and older children, butnot for young children and infants.Neither the vehicle's safety beltsystem nor its airbag system isdesigned for them. Youngchildren and infants need theprotection that a child restraintsystem can provide. Alwayssecure children properly in thevehicle. To read how, see OlderChildren on page 3‑29 or Infantsand Young Children onpage 3‑31.



There is an airbag readiness lighton the instrument cluster, whichshows the airbag symbol. Thesystem checks the airbag electricalsystem for malfunctions. The lighttells you if there is an electricalproblem. See Airbag ReadinessLight on page 5‑15 for moreinformation.

Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in thecenter of the steering wheel.

The front outboard passengerfrontal airbag is in the passengerside instrument panel.

The driver knee airbag is below thesteering column. The front outboardpassenger knee airbag is below theglove box.



Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

The driver and front outboardpassenger seat-mounted sideimpact airbags are in the side of theseatbacks closest to the door.

Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

The roof-rail airbags for the driver,front outboard passenger, andsecond row outboard passengersare in the ceiling above the sidewindows.

{ WARNING

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, theairbag might not inflate properlyor it might force the object into

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

that person causing severe injuryor even death. The path of aninflating airbag must be keptclear. Do not put anythingbetween an occupant and anairbag, and do not attach or putanything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any otherairbag covering.

Do not use seat accessories thatblock the inflation path of aseat-mounted side impact airbag.

Never secure anything to the roofof a vehicle with roof-rail airbagsby routing a rope or tie‐downthrough any door or windowopening. If you do, the path of aninflating roof-rail airbag will beblocked.



When Should an AirbagInflate?Frontal airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe frontalor near frontal crashes to helpreduce the potential for severeinjuries, mainly to the driver's orfront outboard passenger's headand chest. However, they are onlydesigned to inflate if the impactexceeds a predetermineddeployment threshold. Deploymentthresholds are used to predict howsevere a crash is likely to be in timefor the airbags to inflate and helprestrain the occupants.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould inflate is not based primarilyon how fast the vehicle is traveling.It depends on what you hit, thedirection of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate atdifferent crash speeds depending onwhether the vehicle hits an objectstraight on or at an angle, and

whether the object is fixed ormoving, rigid or deformable, narrowor wide.

Thresholds can also vary withspecific vehicle design.

Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, inrear impacts, or in many sideimpacts.

In addition the vehicle hasdual-stage frontal airbags.Dual-stage airbags adjust therestraint according to crash severity.

The vehicle has electronic frontalsensors, which help the sensingsystem distinguish between amoderate frontal impact and a moresevere frontal impact. For moderatefrontal impacts, dual-stage airbagsinflate at a level less than fulldeployment. For more severe frontalimpacts, full deployment occurs.

Frontal knee airbags aresingle-stage airbags and designedto inflate in moderate to severe

frontal or near frontal impacts thatexceed a predetermineddeployment threshold.

The vehicle has seat-mounted sideimpact airbags and roof-rail airbags.See Airbag System on page 3‑16.Seat-mounted side impact androof-rail airbags are intended toinflate in moderate to severe sidecrashes. In addition, these roof-railairbags are intended to inflateduring a rollover or in a severefrontal impact. Seat-mounted sideimpact and roof-rail airbags willinflate if the crash severity is abovethe system's designed thresholdlevel. The threshold level can varywith specific vehicle design.

Roof-rail airbags are not intended toinflate in rear impacts.A seat-mounted side impact airbagis intended to inflate on the side ofthe vehicle that is struck. Bothroof-rail airbags will inflate wheneither side of the vehicle is struck orthe sensing system predicts that thevehicle is about to roll over on itsside, or in a severe frontal impact.



In any particular crash, no one cansay whether an airbag should haveinflated simply because of thevehicle damage or repair costs.

What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills theairbag causing the bag to break outof the cover. The inflator, the airbag,and related hardware are all part ofthe airbag module.

For airbag location, see Where Arethe Airbags? on page 3‑18.

How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steeringwheel or the instrument panel. In

moderate to severe side collisions,even belted occupants can contactthe inside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by safety belts bydistributing the force of the impactmore evenly over theoccupant's body.

Rollover capable roof-rail airbagsare designed to help contain thehead and chest of occupants in theoutboard seating positions in thefirst and second rows. The rollovercapable roof-rail airbags aredesigned to help reduce the risk offull or partial ejection in rolloverevents, although no system canprevent all such ejections.

But airbags would not help in manytypes of collisions, primarilybecause the occupant's motion isnot toward those airbags. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? onpage 3‑20.

Airbags should never be regardedas anything more than a supplementto safety belts.

What Will You See afteran Airbag Inflates?After the frontal airbags andseat-mounted side impact airbagsinflate, they quickly deflate, soquickly that some people may noteven realize an airbag inflated.Roof-rail airbags may still be at leastpartially inflated for some time afterthey inflate. Some components ofthe airbag module may be hot forseveral minutes. For location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? on page 3‑18.

The parts of the airbag that comeinto contact with you may be warm,but not too hot to touch. There maybe some smoke and dust comingfrom the vents in the deflatedairbags. Airbag inflation does notprevent the driver from seeing out ofthe windshield or being able to steerthe vehicle, nor does it preventpeople from leaving the vehicle.



{ WARNING

When an airbag inflates, theremay be dust in the air. This dustcould cause breathing problemsfor people with a history ofasthma or other breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in thevehicle should get out as soon asit is safe to do so. If you havebreathing problems but cannotget out of the vehicle after anairbag inflates, then get fresh airby opening a window or a door.If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnon the interior lamps and hazardwarning flashers, and shut off thefuel system after the airbags inflate.

You can lock the doors, and turn offthe interior lamps and hazardwarning flashers by using thecontrols for those features.

{ WARNING

A crash severe enough to inflatethe airbags may have alsodamaged important functions inthe vehicle, such as the fuelsystem, brake and steeringsystems, etc. Even if the vehicleappears to be drivable after amoderate crash, there may beconcealed damage that couldmake it difficult to safely operatethe vehicle.

Use caution if attempting torestart the vehicle after a crashhas occurred.

In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windshields arebroken by vehicle deformation.

Additional windshield breakage mayalso occur from the front outboardpassenger airbag.. Airbags are designed to inflate

only once. After an airbaginflates, you will need some newparts for the airbag system.If you do not get them, theairbag system will not be thereto help protect you in anothercrash. A new system will includeairbag modules and possiblyother parts. The service manualfor the vehicle covers the needto replace other parts.

. The vehicle has a crash sensingand diagnostic module whichrecords information after acrash. See Vehicle DataRecording and Privacy onpage 13‑13 and Event DataRecorders on page 13‑14.

. Let only qualified technicianswork on the airbag systems.Improper service can mean that



an airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer forservice.

Passenger SensingSystemThe vehicle has a passengersensing system for the frontoutboard passenger position. Thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light on the overhead consolewhen the vehicle is started.

United States

Canada

The words ON and OFF or thesymbol for on and off will be visibleduring the system check. When thesystem check is complete, either theword ON or OFF, or the symbol foron and off will be visible. SeePassenger Airbag Status Indicatoron page 5‑16.

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag, under certain conditions. Noother airbag is affected by thepassenger sensing system.

The passenger sensing systemworks with sensors that are part ofthe front outboard passenger seat.The sensors are designed to detectthe presence of a properly seatedoccupant and determine if the front

outboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag should be allowedto inflate or not.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in a correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

We recommend that children besecured in a rear seat, including: aninfant or a child riding in arear-facing child restraint; a childriding in a forward-facing child seat;an older child riding in a boosterseat; and children, who are largeenough, using safety belts.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag inflates.



{ WARNING

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the passenger frontalairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thepassenger frontal airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notinflate under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if theairbag(s) are off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger airbag andknee airbag if:. The front outboard passenger

seat is unoccupied.. The system determines that an

infant is present in a childrestraint.

. A front outboard passengertakes his/her weight off of theseat for a period of time.

. Or, if there is a critical problemwith the airbag system or thepassenger sensing system.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag, the off indicatorwill light and stay lit to remind youthat the airbags are off. SeePassenger Airbag Status Indicatoron page 5‑16.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag anytime the systemsenses that a person of adult size issitting properly in the front outboardpassenger seat.

When the passenger sensingsystem has allowed the airbags tobe enabled, the on indicator will lightand stay lit as a reminder that theairbags are active.

For some children, includingchildren in child restraints, and forvery small adults, the passengersensing system may or may not turn



off the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag,depending upon the person’sseating posture and body build.Everyone in the vehicle whohas outgrown child restraintsshould wear a safety beltproperly — whether or not there isan airbag for that person.

{ WARNING

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight on page 5‑15 for moreinformation, including importantsafety information.

If the On Indicator Is Lit for aChild Restraint

If a child restraint has been installedand the on indicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.

3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directions providedby the child restraintmanufacturer and refer toSecuring Child Restraints (FrontPassenger Seat) on page 3‑46or Securing Child Restraints(Rear Seat) on page 3‑43.

5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the on indicator is still lit,turn the vehicle off. Then slightlyrecline the vehicle seatback andadjust the seat cushion,if adjustable, to make sure thatthe vehicle seatback is notpushing the child restraint intothe seat cushion.

Also make sure the childrestraint is not trapped under thevehicle head restraint. If thishappens, adjust the headrestraint. See Head Restraintson page 3‑2.

6. Restart the vehicle.

The passenger sensing systemmay or may not turn off theairbags for a child in a childrestraint depending upon thechild's seating posture and bodybuild. It is better to secure achild restraint in a rear seat.



If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Size Occupant

If a person of adult size is sitting inthe front outboard passenger seat,but the off indicator is lit, it could bebecause that person is not sittingproperly in the seat. Use thefollowing steps to allow the systemto detect that person and enable thefront outboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag:


2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, seat massagers, alaptop, or other electronicdevices.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centered on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. Restart the vehicle and have theperson remain in this position fortwo to three minutes after the onindicator is lit.

Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Safety belts help keep thepassenger in position on the seatduring vehicle maneuvers andbraking, which helps the passengersensing system maintain thepassenger airbag status. See“Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”

in the Index for additionalinformation about the importance ofproper restraint use.

A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment such asseat covers, seat heaters, and seatmassagers can affect how well thepassenger sensing systemoperates. We recommend that younot use seat covers or otheraftermarket equipment except whenapproved by GM for your specificvehicle. See Adding Equipment tothe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle onpage 3‑27 for more informationabout modifications that can affecthow the system operates.

A wet seat can affect theperformance of the passengersensing system. Here is how:. The passenger sensing system

may turn off the passengerfrontal airbag and passengerknee airbag when liquid issoaked into the seat. If thishappens, the off indicator will be



lit, and the airbag readiness lighton the instrument panel will alsobe lit.

. Liquid pooled on the seat thathas not soaked in may make itmore likely that the passengersensing system will turn on thepassenger frontal airbag andpassenger knee airbag while achild restraint or child occupantis on the seat. If the passengerfrontal airbag and passengerknee airbag are turned on, theon indicator will be lit.

If the passenger seat gets wet, drythe seat immediately. If the airbagreadiness light is lit, do not install achild restraint or allow anyone tooccupy the seat. See AirbagReadiness Light on page 5‑15 forimportant safety information.

The on indicator may be lit if anobject, such as a briefcase,handbag, grocery bag, laptop,or other electronic device, is put on

an unoccupied seat. If this is notdesired, remove the object fromthe seat.

{ WARNING

Stowing of articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion andseatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.

Servicing theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicleshould be serviced. There are partsof the airbag system in severalplaces around the vehicle. Yourdealer and the service manual haveinformation about servicing thevehicle and the airbag system. Topurchase a service manual, seeService Publications OrderingInformation on page 13‑11.

{ WARNING

For up to 10 seconds after thevehicle is turned off and the12‐volt battery is disconnected,an airbag can still inflate duringimproper service. You can beinjured if you are close to anairbag when it inflates. Avoidyellow connectors. They areprobably part of the airbagsystem. Be sure to follow properservice procedures, and makesure the person performing workfor you is qualified to do so.

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAdding accessories that change thevehicle's frame, bumper system,height, front end, or side sheetmetal may keep the airbag systemfrom working properly.



The operation of the airbag systemcan also be affected by changing ormoving any parts of the front seats,safety belts, airbag sensing anddiagnostic module, steering wheel,instrument panel, roof-rail airbagmodules, ceiling or pillar garnishtrim, overhead console, frontsensors, side impact sensors,rollover sensor module, or airbagwiring.

Your dealer and the service manualhave information about the locationof the airbag sensors, sensing anddiagnostic module, and airbagwiring.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system thatincludes sensors as part of the frontoutboard passenger seat. Thepassenger sensing system may notoperate properly if the original seattrim is replaced with non-GMcovers, upholstery, or trim; or withGM covers, upholstery, or trimdesigned for a different vehicle. Anyobject, such as an aftermarket seatheater or a comfort-enhancing pad

or device, installed under or on topof the seat fabric, could alsointerfere with the operation of thepassenger sensing system. Thiscould either prevent properdeployment of the passengerairbag(s) or prevent the passengersensing system from properlyturning off the passenger airbag(s).See Passenger Sensing System onpage 3‑23.

If the vehicle has rollover roof‐railairbags, see Different Size Tiresand Wheels on page 10‑55 foradditional important information.

If your vehicle needs to be modifiedbecause you have a disability andyou have questions about whetherthe modifications will affect thevehicle's airbag system, or if youhave questions about whether theairbag system will be affected if thevehicle is modified for any otherreason, call Customer Assistance.See Customer Assistance Officeson page 13‑3.

Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenance orreplacement. Make sure the airbagreadiness light is working. SeeAirbag Readiness Light onpage 5‑15.

Notice: If an airbag covering isdamaged, opened, or broken, theairbag may not work properly. Donot open or break the airbagcoverings. If there are anyopened or broken airbag covers,have the airbag covering and/orairbag module replaced. For thelocation of the airbags, seeWhere Are the Airbags? onpage 3‑18. See your dealer forservice.



Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash

{ WARNING

A crash can damage the airbagsystems in the vehicle.A damaged airbag system maynot work properly and may notprotect you and yourpassenger(s) in a crash, resultingin serious injury or even death. Tohelp make sure the airbagsystems are working properlyafter a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

If an airbag inflates or the vehiclehas been in a crash, the sensingsystem may shut down the highvoltage system. When this occurs,the high voltage battery isdisconnected and the vehicle willnot start. The SERVICE VEHICLESOON message in the Driver

Information Center (DIC) will bedisplayed. Before the vehicle can beoperated again, it must be servicedat your dealer.

If an airbag inflates, you will need toreplace airbag system parts. Seeyour dealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson when you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly. Havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light onpage 5‑15 for more information.

Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear thevehicle safety belts.



The manufacturer instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the fit test below:. Sit all the way back on the seat.

Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.Does the shoulder belt rest onthe shoulder? If yes, continue.If no, try using the rear safetybelt comfort guide. See “RearSafety Belt Comfort Guides”under Lap-Shoulder Belt onpage 3‑11. If the shoulder beltstill does not rest on theshoulder, then return to thebooster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low andsnug on the hips, touching thethighs? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Can proper safety belt fit bemaintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way towear safety belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulderbelt can provide. The shoulderbelt should not cross the face orneck. The lap belt should fitsnugly below the hips, justtouching the top of the thighs.This applies belt force to thechild's pelvic bones in a crash.It should never be worn over theabdomen, which could causesevere or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

Also see “Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt onpage 3‑11.

According to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition.

In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can bethrown out of the vehicle. Olderchildren need to use safety beltsproperly.

{ WARNING

Never allow more than one childto wear the same safety belt. Thesafety belt cannot properly spreadthe impact forces. In a crash, theycan be crushed together andseriously injured. A safety beltmust be used by only one personat a time.



{ WARNING

Never allow a child to wear thesafety belt with the shoulder beltbehind their back. A child can beseriously injured by not wearingthe lap-shoulder belt properly. In acrash, the child would not berestrained by the shoulder belt.The child could move too farforward increasing the chance ofhead and neck injury. The childmight also slide under the lap

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

belt. The belt force would then beapplied right on the abdomen.That could cause serious or fatalinjuries. The shoulder belt shouldgo over the shoulder and acrossthe chest.

Infants and YoungChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infants andall other children. Neither thedistance traveled nor the age andsize of the traveler changes theneed, for everyone, to use safetyrestraints. In fact, the law in everystate in the United States and inevery Canadian province sayschildren up to some age must berestrained while in a vehicle.

{ WARNING

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck andthe safety belt continues totighten. Never leave childrenunattended in a vehicle and neverallow children to play with thesafety belts.



Airbags plus lap-shoulder belts offerprotection for adults and olderchildren, but not for young childrenand infants. Neither the vehicle'ssafety belt system nor its airbagsystem is designed for them. Everytime infants and young children ridein vehicles, they should have theprotection provided by appropriatechild restraints.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ WARNING

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a childwill become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.For example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

arms. An infant should besecured in an appropriaterestraint.

{ WARNING

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Never put a rear-facing

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

child restraint in the right frontseat. Secure a rear-facing childrestraint in a rear seat. It is alsobetter to secure a forward-facingchild restraint in a rear seat. If youmust secure a forward-facingchild restraint in the right frontseat, always move the frontpassenger seat as far back as itwill go.



Q: What are the different types ofadd-on child restraints?

A: Add-on child restraints, whichare purchased by the vehicleowner, are available in four basictypes. Selection of a particularrestraint should take intoconsideration not only the child'sweight, height, and age but alsowhether or not the restraint willbe compatible with the motorvehicle in which it will be used.

For most basic types of childrestraints, there are manydifferent models available. Whenpurchasing a child restraint, besure it is designed to be used ina motor vehicle. If it is, therestraint will have a label sayingthat it meets federal motorvehicle safety standards.

The restraint manufacturerinstructions that come with therestraint state the weight andheight limitations for a particularchild restraint. In addition, there

are many kinds of restraintsavailable for children withspecial needs.

{ WARNING

To reduce the risk of neck andhead injury during a crash, infantsneed complete support. In acrash, if an infant is in arear-facing child restraint, thecrash forces can be distributedacross the strongest part of aninfant's body, the back andshoulders. Infants should alwaysbe secured in rear-facing childrestraints.

{ WARNING

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle's regularsafety belt may not remain low onthe hip bones, as it should.Instead, it may settle up aroundthe child's abdomen. In a crash,the belt would apply force on abody area that is unprotected byany bony structure. This alonecould cause serious or fatalinjuries. To reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries during acrash, young children shouldalways be secured in appropriatechild restraints.



Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Seat

A rear-facing infant seat providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the infant.

The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts tokeep the infant positioned in therestraint.

Forward-Facing Child Seat

A forward-facing child seat providesrestraint for the child's body with theharness.

Booster Seats

A booster seat is a child restraintdesigned to improve the fit of thevehicle's safety belt system.A booster seat can also help a childto see out the window.



Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ WARNING

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle. Secure the childrestraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle safety belt orLATCH system, following theinstructions that came with thatchild restraint and the instructionsin this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be securedin the vehicle. Child restraintsystems must be secured in vehicleseats by lap belts or the lap beltportion of a lap-shoulder belt, or bythe LATCH system. See LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) on page 3‑37.

Children can be endangered in acrash if the child restraint is notproperly secured in the vehicle.

When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the instructionsthat come with the restraint whichmay be on the restraint itself or in abooklet, or both, and to this manual.The child restraint instructions areimportant, so if they are notavailable, obtain a replacementcopy from the manufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle— even when no child isin it.

In some areas, Certified ChildPassenger Safety Technicians(CPSTs) are available to inspectand demonstrate how to correctlyuse and install child restraints. Inthe U.S., refer to the NationalHighway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) website to

locate the nearest child safety seatinspection station. For CPSTavailability in Canada, check withTransport Canada or the ProvincialMinistry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child within theChild Restraint

{ WARNING

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the child is notproperly secured in the childrestraint. Secure the childproperly following the instructionsthat came with that child restraint.

Where to Put theRestraintAccording to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition.



We recommend that children andchild restraints be secured in a rearseat, including: an infant or a childriding in a rear-facing child restraint;a child riding in a forward-facingchild seat; an older child riding in abooster seat; and children, who arelarge enough, using safety belts.

A label on the sun visor says,“Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front.” This isbecause the risk to the rear-facingchild is so great, if the airbagdeploys.

{ WARNING

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the right frontpassenger airbag inflates. This isbecause the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriously

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

injured or killed if the right frontpassenger airbag inflates and thepassenger seat is in a forwardposition.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the rightfront passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are turned off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if theairbag(s) are off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe right front seat, always movethe front passenger seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

See Passenger Sensing Systemon page 3‑23 for additionalinformation.

When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with the childrestraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

Child restraints and booster seatsvary considerably in size, and somemay fit in certain seating positionsbetter than others. Always makesure the child restraint is properlysecured.

Depending on where you place thechild restraint and the size of thechild restraint, you may not be ableto access adjacent safety beltassemblies or LATCH anchors foradditional passengers or childrestraints. Adjacent seatingpositions should not be used if the



child restraint prevents access to orinterferes with the routing of thesafety belt.

Wherever a child restraint isinstalled, be sure to secure the childrestraint properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH System)The LATCH system secures a childrestraint during driving or in a crash.LATCH attachments on the childrestraint are used to attach the childrestraint to the anchors in thevehicle. This system is designed tomake installation of a child restrainteasier.

Make sure that a LATCH-compatiblechild restraint is properly installedusing the anchors, or use thevehicle's safety belts to secure therestraint, following the instructionsthat came with that restraint, andalso the instructions in this manual.When installing a child restraint witha top tether, you must also useeither the lower anchors or thesafety belts to properly secure thechild restraint. A child restraint mustnever be attached using only the toptether and anchor.

In order to use the LATCH system inyour vehicle, you need a childrestraint that has LATCHattachments. The child restraintmanufacturer will provide you withinstructions on how to use the childrestraint and its attachments. Thefollowing explains how to attach achild restraint with theseattachments in the vehicle.

Not all vehicle seating positions orchild restraints have lower anchorsand attachments or top tetheranchors and attachments.

Lower Anchors

Lower anchors (1) are metal barsbuilt into the vehicle. There are twolower anchors for each LATCHseating position that willaccommodate a child restraint withlower attachments (2).



Top Tether Anchor

A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top ofthe child restraint to the vehicle.A top tether anchor is built into thevehicle. The top tetherattachment (2) on the child restraintconnects to the top tether anchor inthe vehicle in order to reduce theforward movement and rotation ofthe child restraint during driving or ina crash.

The child restraint may have asingle tether (3) or a dual tether (4).Either will have a singleattachment (2) to secure the toptether to the anchor.

Some child restraints that have atop tether are designed for use withor without the top tether beingattached. Others require the toptether always to be attached. Besure to read and follow theinstructions for the child restraint. InCanada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached. Be sure to read and followthe instructions for your childrestraint.

Lower Anchor and Top TetherAnchor Locations

Rear Seat

I (Top Tether Anchor): Seatingpositions with top tether anchors.

H (Lower Anchor): Seatingpositions with two lower anchors.



To assist in locating the loweranchors, each seating position withlower anchors has two labels, nearthe crease between the seatbackand the seat cushion.

To assist in locating the top tetheranchors, the top tether anchorsymbol is near the top tetheranchor.

Top Tether Anchors

The top tether anchors for outboardrear seating positions are on theback of the rear seatback. Be sureto use an anchor on the same sideof the vehicle as the seatingposition where the child restraint willbe placed.

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be attached, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be attached.

According to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a child

restraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition. See Where to Put theRestraint on page 3‑35 foradditional information.

Securing a Child RestraintDesigned for the LATCHSystem

{ WARNING

If a LATCH-type child restraint isnot attached to anchors, the childrestraint will not be able to protectthe child correctly. In a crash, thechild could be seriously injured orkilled. Install a LATCH-type childrestraint properly using theanchors, or use the vehicle safetybelts to secure the restraint,following the instructions thatcame with the child restraint andthe instructions in this manual.



{ WARNING

Do not attach more than one childrestraint to a single anchor.Attaching more than one childrestraint to a single anchor couldcause the anchor or attachmentto come loose or even breakduring a crash. A child or otherscould be injured. To reduce therisk of serious or fatal injuriesduring a crash, attach only onechild restraint per anchor.

{ WARNING

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck andthe safety belt continues totighten. Buckle any unused safetybelts behind the child restraint sochildren cannot reach them. Pullthe shoulder belt all the way out

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

of the retractor to set the lock,if the vehicle has one, after thechild restraint has been installed.

Notice: Do not let the LATCHattachments rub against thevehicle’s safety belts. This maydamage these parts. If necessary,move buckled safety belts toavoid rubbing the LATCHattachments.

Do not fold the empty rear seatwith a safety belt buckled. Thiscould damage the safety belt orthe seat. Unbuckle and return thesafety belt to its stowed position,before folding the seat.

If you need to secure more than onechild restraint in the rear seat, seeWhere to Put the Restraint onpage 3‑35.

This system is designed to makethe installation of child restraintseasier. When using lower anchors,

do not use the vehicle's safety belts.Instead, use the vehicle's anchorsand child restraint attachments tosecure the restraints. Somerestraints also use another vehicleanchor to secure a top tether.

1. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments to the loweranchors. If the child restraintdoes not have lowerattachments or the desiredseating position does not havelower anchors, secure the childrestraint with the top tether andthe safety belts. Refer to yourchild restraint manufacturerinstructions and the instructionsin this manual.

1.1. Find the lower anchors forthe desired seatingposition.

1.2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

If the head restraintinterferes with the properinstallation of the childrestraint, the head restraint



may be removed. See“Head Restraint Removaland Reinstallation” at theend of this section.

1.3. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments on the childrestraint to the loweranchors.

2. If the child restraint manufacturerrecommends that the top tetherbe attached, attach and tightenthe top tether to the top tetheranchor, if equipped. Refer to thechild restraint instructions andthe following steps:

2.1. Find the top tether anchoron the back of the rearseatback.

2.2. Route, attach, and tightenthe top tether according toyour child restraintinstructions and thefollowing instructions:

If the position you are usingdoes not have a headrestor head restraint, or theheadrest or head restrainthas been removed, and youare using a single tether,route the tether over theseatback.

If the position you are usingdoes not have a headrestor head restraint, or theheadrest or head restrainthas been removed, and youare using a dual tether,route the tether over theseatback.



If the rear outboard seatingposition you are using hasan adjustable head restraintand you are using a dualtether, route the tetheraround the head restraint.

If the rear outboard seatingposition you are using hasan adjustable head restraintand you are using a singletether, raise the headrestraint and route thetether under the headrestraint and in between thehead restraint posts.

3. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. To check,grasp the child restraint at theLATCH path and attempt tomove it side to side and backand forth. There should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement for proper installation.

Head Restraint Removal andReinstallation

The rear outboard head restraintscan be removed if they interfere withthe proper installation of the childrestraint.

To remove the head restraint:

1. Partially fold the seatbackforward. See Rear Seats onpage 3‑7 for additionalinformation.

2. Press both buttons on the headrestraint posts at the same time,and pull up on the headrestraint.

3. Store the head restraint in thecargo area of the vehicle.

4. When the child restraint isremoved, reinstall the headrestraint before the seatingposition is used.



{ WARNING

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To reinstall the head restraint:

1. Insert the head restraint postsinto the holes in the top of theseatback. The notches on theposts must face the driver sideof the vehicle.

2. Push the head restraint down.

If necessary, press the heightadjustment release button tofurther lower the head restraint.See Head Restraints onpage 3‑2.

3. Try to move the head restraint tomake sure that it is locked inplace.

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash

{ WARNING

A crash can damage the LATCHsystem in the vehicle. A damagedLATCH system may not properlysecure the child restraint,resulting in serious injury or even

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

death in a crash. To help makesure the LATCH system isworking properly after a crash,see your dealer to have thesystem inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

If the vehicle has the LATCH systemand it was being used during acrash, new LATCH system partsmay be needed.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the LATCHsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Securing Child Restraints(Rear Seat)When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with the childrestraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.



If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) on page 3‑37 for how andwhere to install the child restraintusing LATCH. If a child restraint issecured in the vehicle using asafety belt and it uses a top tether,see Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) onpage 3‑37 for top tether anchorlocations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

If the child restraint does not havethe LATCH system, you will beusing the safety belt to secure thechild restraint in this position. Besure to follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint. Securethe child in the child restraint whenand as the instructions say.

If more than one child restraintneeds to be installed in the rearseat, be sure to read Where to Putthe Restraint on page 3‑35.

1. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

If the head restraint interfereswith the proper installation of thechild restraint, the head restraintmay be removed. See “HeadRestraint Removal andReinstallation” under LowerAnchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) onpage 3‑37.

2. Remove the safety belt from theguide on the seatback by slidingthe webbing through the openingon the guide. Do not secure thechild restraint with the safety beltrouted through the guide.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portions ofthe vehicle's safety belt throughor around the restraint. The childrestraint instructions will showyou how.





5. Pull the shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor to set thelock. When the retractor lock isset, the belt can be tightened butnot pulled out of the retractor.

6. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of the belt,and feed the shoulder belt backinto the retractor. When installinga forward-facing child restraint, itmay be helpful to use your kneeto push down on the childrestraint as you tighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 5 and 6.

7. If the child restraint has a toptether, follow the child restraintmanufacturer's instructionsregarding the use of the toptether. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) on page 3‑37 for moreinformation.

8. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. To check,grasp the child restraint at thesafety belt path and attempt tomove it side to side and backand forth. When the childrestraint is properly installed,there should be no more than2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle safety belt andlet it return to the stowed position.If the top tether is attached to a toptether anchor, disconnect it. If thehead restraint was removed,reinstall it before the seatingposition is used. See “HeadRestraint Removal andReinstallation” under Lower Anchors



and Tethers for Children (LATCHSystem) on page 3‑37 for additionalinformation on installing the headrestraint properly.

If the seat has a safety belt guide,return the safety belt into the guideon the seatback by sliding thewebbing through the opening on theguide.

Securing Child Restraints(Front Passenger Seat)This vehicle has airbags. A rearseat is a safer place to secure aforward-facing child restraint. SeeWhere to Put the Restraint onpage 3‑35.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system which isdesigned to turn off the right frontpassenger frontal airbag andpassenger knee airbag undercertain conditions. See PassengerSensing System on page 3‑23 andPassenger Airbag Status Indicator

on page 5‑16 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

A label on the sun visor says,“Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front.” This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag deploys.

{ WARNING

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the right frontpassenger airbag inflates. This isbecause the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the right frontpassenger airbag inflates and thepassenger seat is in a forwardposition.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the rightfront passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are turned off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if theairbag(s) are off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe right front seat, always movethe front passenger seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

See Passenger Sensing Systemon page 3‑23 for additionalinformation.



If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) on page 3‑37 for how andwhere to install the child restraintusing LATCH. If a child restraint issecured using a safety belt and ituses a top tether, see LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) on page 3‑37 fortop tether anchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

You will be using the lap-shoulderbelt to secure the child restraint inthis position. Follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint.

1. Move the seat as far back as itwill go before securing theforward-facing child restraint.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the rightfront passenger frontal airbagand passenger knee airbag, theoff indicator on the passengerairbag status indicator shouldlight and stay lit when you startthe vehicle. See PassengerAirbag Status Indicator onpage 5‑16.

2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portions ofthe vehicle's safety belt throughor around the restraint. The childrestraint instructions will showyou how.





5. Pull the shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor to set thelock. When the retractor lock isset, the belt can be tightened butnot pulled out of the retractor.

6. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of the belt,and feed the shoulder belt backinto the retractor. When installinga forward-facing child restraint, itmay be helpful to use your kneeto push down on the childrestraint as you tighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 5 and 6.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. To check,grasp the child restraint at thesafety belt path and attempt tomove it side to side and backand forth. When the childrestraint is properly installed,there should be no more than2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.

If the airbags are off, the offindicator in the passenger airbagstatus indicator will come on andstay on when the vehicle is started.

If a child restraint has been installedand the on indicator is lit, see “If theOn Indicator Is Lit for a ChildRestraint” under Passenger SensingSystem on page 3‑23 for moreinformation.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle safety belt andlet it return to the stowed position.


Storage 4-1

Storage

Storage CompartmentsInstrument Panel Storage . . . . . 4-1Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Floor Console Storage . . . . . . . . 4-1Umbrella Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Additional Storage FeaturesCargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

StorageCompartments

Instrument Panel Storage

There is a storage compartment ontop of the instrument panel thatincludes an auxiliary power outlet.

Inside is a transmitter slot for theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation onpage 2‑2.

Glove BoxOpen the glove box by lifting up onthe lever.

Floor Console Storage

Front Console

In the armrest storage area there isan auxiliary jack (2) and auxiliarypower outlet (3). Cords fromaccessories can be routed throughthe pass-thru (1) on each side. See“Auxiliary Devices” in theinfotainment manual.


4-2 Storage

Rear Console

Lift the handle to access thestorage area.

The armrest storage bin isremovable.

{ WARNING

An unsecured armrest storage bincould strike people in a suddenstop or turn, or in a crash. Storethe armrest storage bin securelyor remove it from the vehicle.

Removal

To remove the armrest storage bin,push the button and lift the armreststorage bin up.


Storage 4-3

Move the armrest storage binforward to release it from the rearbracket.

Installation

To install the armrest storage bin,align the bracket (2) on the rear ofthe armrest storage bin into theslot (3) on the rear console andpush the armrest down until thelatch (1) locks into the opening (4).

Removable Armrest Storage BinShown

The console also has an auxiliarypower outlet. See “AuxiliaryDevices” in the infotainment manual.


4-4 Storage

Umbrella Storage

Slide an umbrella into the openingon either the driver orpassenger door.

Additional StorageFeatures

Cargo Cover

There is a cover for the rear cargoarea. Use the four cargo coverloops to hook the cover to the sidepanels.


Instruments and Controls 5-1

Instruments andControls

Instrument Panel OverviewInstrument Panel Overview . . . . 5-3

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-5Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 5-5Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Pedestrian Friendly Alert . . . . . . 5-6Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-6Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13Battery Gauge (HighVoltage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13Driver Efficiency Gauge . . . . . . 5-14

Total Vehicle Range . . . . . . . . . 5-14Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . 5-14Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . 5-15Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16

Charging System Light(12-Volt Battery) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17

MalfunctionIndicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17

Brake System WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20

Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20

Service Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20

Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21

Sport Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21Mountain Mode Light . . . . . . . . 5-21Hold Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22Lane Departure Warning(LDW) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22

Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . 5-23Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . 5-23

Engine Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23

Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-24Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-24Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 5-25Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25Vehicle Ready Light . . . . . . . . . 5-25High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . 5-25Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 5-25Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . 5-26Door, Hood, or Hatch OpenLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26

Information DisplaysCenter Stack Display . . . . . . . . 5-27Power Flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27Programmable Charging . . . . . 5-29Energy Information . . . . . . . . . . 5-39Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43Battery and ChargingMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43

Brake System Messages . . . . 5-44Cruise Control Messages . . . . 5-44Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-44


5-2 Instruments and Controls

Drive Mode Messages . . . . . . . 5-45Electric Drive UnitMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45

Engine Cooling SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45

Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . 5-45Fuel System Messages . . . . . . 5-46Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-46Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47Object Detection SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47

Propulsion PowerMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48

Ride Control SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48

Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-49Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . 5-49Service Vehicle Messages . . . 5-49Starting the VehicleMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50

Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50Vehicle ReminderMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51

Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . 5-51

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization . . . . . . 5-51

Universal Remote SystemUniversal Remote System . . . 5-59Universal Remote SystemProgramming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59

Universal Remote SystemOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62



Instrument Panel Overview



1. Air Vents on page 8‑8.

2. Turn and Lane-Change Lever.See Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals on page 6‑3.

Exterior Lamp Controls onpage 6‑1.

Pedestrian Friendly Alert onpage 5‑6.

3. Instrument Cluster on page 5‑8.

Driver Information Center (DIC)Display. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) on page 5‑41.

4. Windshield Wiper/Washer onpage 5‑6.

5. Heated Front Seats on page 3‑5(If Equipped).

6. Center Stack Display onpage 5‑27.

7. Charging Status Indicator. SeeCharging Status Feedback onpage 9‑49.

8. Light Sensor. See DaytimeRunning Lamps (DRL) onpage 6‑2.

9. Instrument Panel Storage onpage 4‑1.

10. Automatic Climate ControlSystem on page 8‑1.

11. Hood Release. SeeHood onpage 10‑6.

12. Driver Information Center (DIC)Controls. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) onpage 5‑41.

13. Instrument Panel IlluminationControl on page 6‑4.

14. Data Link Connector (DLC)(Out of View). See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp on page 5‑17.

15. Cruise Control on page 9‑35.

16. Steering Wheel Adjustment onpage 5‑5.

17. Horn on page 5‑6.

18. Steering Wheel Controls onpage 5‑5 (If Equipped).

19. Leaf Button. See Center StackDisplay on page 5‑27.

20. DRIVE MODE Button. SeeDriver Selected OperatingModes on page 9‑22.

21. Power Button on page 9‑16.

22. Shift Lever. See Electric DriveUnit on page 9‑27.

23. Infotainment on page 7‑1.

Navigation System (IfEquipped). See the navigationmanual.

24. Electric Parking Brake onpage 9‑30.

25. Power Door Locks onpage 2‑11.

26. Hazard Warning Flashers onpage 6‑3.



Controls

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Steering Wheel Controls

For vehicles with audio steeringwheel controls, some audio controlscan be adjusted at the steeringwheel.

b / g (Push to Talk): For vehicleswith an OnStar, Bluetooth,or navigation system (if equipped),press to interact with those systems.

See OnStar Overview on page 14‑1and “Bluetooth” in the InfotainmentManual.

$ /i (End Call/Mute): Press tosilence the vehicle speakers only.Press again to turn the sound on.For vehicles with OnStar orBluetooth systems, press to rejectan incoming call, or to end acurrent call.

_ SRC ^ (Rotary Control): Turn _or ^ to select a radio band or audiosource.

Turn _ or ^ to select the next orprevious favorite radio station, CDtrack, DVD track/chapter, or MP3track.

Press SRC to change betweenradio and CD or DVD.

Press and hold SRC to interact withthe navigation system.

+ x − (Volume): Press + toincrease the volume; press − todecrease the volume.



HornPress near the horn symbol tosound the horn.

The pedestrian friendly alertprovides momentary soft‐note hornsound. See Pedestrian FriendlyAlert on page 5‑6 for moreinformation.

Pedestrian Friendly AlertUse this feature to alert people whomay not hear your vehicleapproaching.

The pedestrian friendly alert is onlyavailable when the vehicle is not inP (Park).

To use the pedestrian friendly alert:

Momentarily push theP button onthe end of the turn signal lever, anda soft-note alert will momentarilysound.

Repeat for additional activations ofthe pedestrian friendly alert.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

The windshield wiper/washer leveris on the side of the steeringcolumn. With the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,move the windshield wiper lever toselect the wiper speed.

HI: Use for fast wipes.

LO: Use for slow wipes.

INT: (Intermittent Wipes): Movethe lever up to INT for intermittentwipes, then turn thex INT bandup for more frequent wipes or downfor less frequent wipes.

OFF: Use to turn the wipers off.

8 (Mist): For a single wipe, brieflymove the lever down. For severalwipes, hold the lever down.

Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades and windshield before usingthem. If frozen to the windshield,carefully loosen or thaw them.Damaged blades should bereplaced. See Wiper BladeReplacement on page 10‑25.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewiper motor.



Wiper Parking

If the ignition is turned to LOCK/OFF while the wipers are on LO, HI,or INT, they will immediately stop.

If the windshield wiper lever is thenmoved to off before the driver dooris opened or within 10 minutes, thewipers will restart and move to thebase of the windshield.

If the ignition is turned to LOCK/OFF while the wipers are performingwipes due to windshield washing,the wipers continue to run until theyreach the base of the windshield.

nL (Windshield Washer): Pullthe windshield wiper lever towardyou to spray windshield washer fluidand activate the wipers. The wiperswill continue until the lever isreleased or the maximum wash timeis reached. When the lever isreleased, additional wipes mayoccur depending on how long thewindshield washer had beenactivated. See Washer Fluid on

page 10‑19 for information on fillingthe windshield washer fluidreservoir.

{ WARNING

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washerfluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

Power OutletsThe accessory power outlets can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

There are three accessory poweroutlets:. Inside the front of the floor

console.. On the rear of the floor console.. Inside the instrument panel

storage area.

The power outlets supply powerwhile the vehicle is on, or if thevehicle is in Retained AccessoryPower (RAP). See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) onpage 9‑19.

Remove the cover to access.

Certain accessory plugs may not becompatible with the accessorypower outlet and could overloadvehicle or adapter fuses. If aproblem is experienced, see yourdealer.

When adding electrical equipment,be sure to follow the installationinstructions included with theequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment on page 9‑60.

Notice: Hanging heavyequipment from the power outletcan cause damage not coveredby the vehicle warranty. Thepower outlets are designed foraccessory power plugs only, suchas cell phone charge cords.



Warning Lights,Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning lights and gauges cansignal that something is wrongbefore it becomes serious enoughto cause an expensive repair orreplacement. Paying attention to thewarning lights and gauges couldprevent injury.

Warning lights come on when therecould be a problem with a vehiclefunction. Some warning lights comeon briefly when the propulsionsystem is started to indicate theyare working.

Gauges can indicate when therecould be a problem with a vehiclefunction. Often gauges and warninglights work together to indicate aproblem with the vehicle.

When one of the warning lightscomes on and stays on whiledriving, or when one of the gaugesshows there may be a problem,

check the section that explains whatto do. Waiting to do repairs can becostly and even dangerous.

Instrument ClusterThe instrument cluster displays apreview of information that includeselectric range, charging, odometer,and battery status. This happensupon entry when the driver door isopened, and following the welcomeanimation, before starting thevehicle.

A CHARGING OVERRIDE/INTERRUPTION OCCURREDmessage may display on the lowerleft of the screen to indicate that acharging override or interruption hasoccurred due to one or more of thefollowing events:. Override of the charge settings

by the owner using OnStar.. Unintended interruption of AC

power at the vehicle'scharge port.

. Interruption of charging by theutility company using OnStar asauthorized by the vehicle owner.

The following screens may appear,depending on the status.

This screen indicates that thecharge cord is not connected. Plugthe charge cord in to charge thevehicle.



This screen indicates that thecharge cord is connected andcharging is complete.

This screen indicates that chargingis active and the estimated chargecompletion time is 10:00 a.m.

This screen indicates that chargingis programmed to be delayed withan estimated completion time of7:00 a.m.

This screen indicates that thevehicle is fully charged and thecharge cord is not connected.

This screen indicates that thecharge cord is connected, but thevehicle cannot be charged.



Complete Cluster with Enhanced Configuration in Electric Mode, Canada Similar



1. Battery Gauge (High Voltage) onpage 5‑13.

2. Forward Collision Alert (FCA)Warning Light on page 5‑22.

3. Fuel Gauge on page 5‑13.

4. Service Electric Parking BrakeLight on page 5‑20.

5. Security Light on page 5‑25.

6. Engine Coolant TemperatureWarning Light on page 5‑23.

7. Charging System Light (12-VoltBattery) on page 5‑17.

8. Engine Oil Pressure Light onpage 5‑24.

9. High-Beam On Light onpage 5‑25.

10. Second Row Passenger SafetyBelt Reminder Light. SeeSafety Belt Reminders onpage 5‑14.

11. Turn and Lane-Change Signalson page 6‑3.

12. Compass on page 5‑13.

13. Speedometer on page 5‑12.

14. Cruise Control Light onpage 5‑26.

15. Electric Parking Brake Light onpage 5‑20.

16. Door, Hood, or Hatch OpenLight on page 5‑26.

17. Low Fuel Warning Light onpage 5‑25.

18. Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning Light on page 5‑21.

19. Electric Drive Unit Positions.See Electric Drive Unit onpage 9‑27.

20. Driver Efficiency Gauge onpage 5‑14.

21. Brake System Warning Lighton page 5‑20.

22. Driver Safety Belt ReminderLight. See Safety BeltReminders on page 5‑14.

23. Airbag Readiness Light onpage 5‑15.

24. Total Vehicle Range onpage 5‑14.

25. Vehicle Ready Light onpage 5‑25.

26. Lane Departure Warning(LDW) Light on page 5‑22.

27. StabiliTrak® OFF Light onpage 5‑23.

28. Driver Information Center (DIC)on page 5‑41.

29. Traction Off Light onpage 5‑22.

30. Sport Mode Light onpage 5‑21, Mountain ModeLight on page 5‑21, and HoldMode Light on page 5‑22.

31. Lamps On Reminder onpage 5‑25.

32. Odometer on page 5‑12.

33. Malfunction Indicator Lamp onpage 5‑17.

34. Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light onpage 5‑23.



35. Tire Pressure Light onpage 5‑24.

Instrument Cluster DisplayConfigurations

There are two instrument clusterdisplay configurations to choosefrom. Press CONFIG to the left ofthe steering wheel to change theconfiguration. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) onpage 5‑41.

Choose either the Simple orEnhanced Configuration display.

Simple Configuration inElectric Mode

Simple Configuration in ExtendedRange Mode

The Enhanced Configurationdisplays the Driver EfficiencyGauge.

Enhanced Configuration inElectric Mode

Enhanced Configuration inExtended Range Mode

SpeedometerThe speedometer shows the vehiclespeed in both kilometers per hour(km/h) and miles per hour (mph).The DIC menu can be used tochange the units.

See Driver Information Center (DIC)on page 5‑41.

OdometerThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometers or miles.



Trip OdometerThe trip odometer is within theDriver Information Center. SeeDriver Information Center (DIC) onpage 5‑41 for more information.

CompassThe vehicle has a compass displayin the instrument cluster above thespeedometer. The compassreceives its heading and otherinformation from the GlobalPositioning System (GPS) antennaand vehicle speed information.

The compass system has automaticcalibration and zone adjustmentfeatures.

Avoid covering the GPS antenna forlong periods of time with objectsthat may interfere with the antenna'sability to receive a satellite signal.See “Multi-Band Antenna” in theinfotainment manual. The compasssystem is designed to operate for acertain number of miles or degreesof turn before needing a signal from

the GPS satellites. The compasssystem will automatically determinewhen a GPS signal is restored andprovide a heading.

Battery Gauge (HighVoltage)

This indicator displays the highvoltage battery charge level.

When this indicator is displayed inthe foreground, the vehicle isoperating in Electric Mode. Thenumber next to the indicatordisplays an estimate of how far thevehicle can be driven while inthis mode.

See Electric Mode on page 9‑21.

Fuel Gauge

This indicator displays the fuel level.When this indicator is in theforeground, the vehicle is operatingin Extended Range Mode.

The number next to the indicatordisplays an estimate of how far thevehicle can be driven while inthis mode.

See Extended Range Mode onpage 9‑21.



Driver Efficiency Gauge

This gauge is a guide to driving inan efficient manner by keeping theball green and in the center of thegauge. The leaves stop spinningwhen the vehicle stops or when theball travels away from the center ofthe gauge.


accel: If the ball turns yellow andtravels above the center of thegauge, acceleration is tooaggressive to optimize efficiency.

brake: If the ball turns yellow andtravels below the center of thegauge, braking is too aggressive tooptimize efficiency.

Total Vehicle Range

Total vehicle range is the remainingdistance the vehicle can be drivencombining the electric range andfuel range.


Safety Belt Reminders

Driver Safety Belt ReminderLight

There is a driver safety beltreminder light on the instrumentpanel cluster.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind the driver to fastentheir safety belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle may continue severaltimes if the driver remains orbecomes unbuckled while thevehicle is moving.

If the driver safety belt is alreadybuckled, neither the light nor thechime comes on.



Passenger Safety BeltReminder Light

There is a passenger safety beltreminder light near the passengerairbag status indicator. SeePassenger Sensing System onpage 3‑23.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind the front passenger tofasten their safety belt. Then thelight stays on solid until the belt isbuckled. This cycle may continueseveral times if the front passengerremains or becomes unbuckledwhile the vehicle is moving.

If the front passenger safety belt isbuckled, neither the chime nor thelight comes on.

The front passenger safety beltwarning light and chime may turn onif an object is put on the seat suchas a briefcase, handbag, grocerybag, laptop, or other electronicdevice. To turn off the warning lightand/or chime, remove the objectfrom the seat or buckle thesafety belt.

Second Row Passenger SafetyBelt Reminder Light

Second row seating positionsmonitored for safety belt use arerepresented by a colored symbol onthe instrument panel clusterindicating safety belt status.

When the vehicle is started, twosafety belt symbols come on andstay on for several seconds to alertthe driver that passengers may

need to fasten their safety belts.After the passenger safety belt isbuckled, the corresponding safetybelt symbol in the instrument clusterturns green. If a safety belt is notinitially buckled, the instrumentcluster displays a gray safety beltsymbol.

While the vehicle is moving, if asecond row passenger who waspreviously buckled becomesunbuckled, the corresponding safetybelt symbol will change to flashingred for several seconds and a chimemay sound.

Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system check includesthe airbag sensor(s), passengersensing system, the pretensioners,the airbag modules, the wiring, andthe crash sensing and diagnosticmodule. For more information on theairbag system, see Airbag Systemon page 3‑16.



The airbag readiness light comes onfor several seconds when thevehicle is started. If the light doesnot come on then, have it fixedimmediately.

{ WARNING

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is started orcomes on while driving, it meansthe airbag system might not beworking properly. The airbags inthe vehicle might not inflate in acrash, or they could even inflatewithout a crash. To help avoidinjury, have the vehicle servicedright away.

If there is a problem with the airbagsystem, a Driver Information Center(DIC) message may also come on.See Airbag System Messages onpage 5‑49.

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has a passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System on page 3‑23 forimportant safety information. Thepassenger airbag status indicator isin the overhead console.

United States

Canada

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light ON and OFF, or the symbolfor on and off, for several secondsas a system check. Then, afterseveral more seconds, the statusindicator will light either ON or OFF,or the on or off symbol, to let youknow the status of the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag.

If the word ON or the on symbol islit on the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag are allowed toinflate.

If the word OFF or the off symbol islit on the airbag status indicator, itmeans that the passenger sensing



system has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag.

If, after several seconds, both statusindicator lights remain on, or if thereare no lights at all, there may be aproblem with the lights or thepassenger sensing system. Seeyour dealer for service.

{ WARNING

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight on page 5‑15 for moreinformation, including importantsafety information.

Charging System Light(12-Volt Battery)

The charging system light comes onbriefly when the vehicle is in ON/RUN, as a check to show the light isworking.

If the light stays on, or comes onwhile driving, there could be aproblem with the electrical chargingsystem. Have it checked by yourdealer. Driving while this light is oncould drain the 12‐volt battery.

If a short distance must be drivenwith the light on, be sure to turn offall accessories, such as the radio.

MalfunctionIndicator LampA computer system called OBD II(On-Board Diagnostics-SecondGeneration) monitors operation ofthe vehicle. It ensures thatemissions are at acceptable levelsfor the life of the vehicle, helping tomaintain a clean environment. Themalfunction indicator lamp comeson when the vehicle is placed inService Only Mode, as a check toshow it is working. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer. See Power Button onpage 9‑16 for more information.

If the malfunction indicator lampcomes on, while the engine is inON/RUN, this indicates that the



OBD II system has detected aproblem and diagnosis and servicemight be required.

Malfunctions often are indicated bythe system before any problem isapparent. Being aware of the lightcan prevent more serious damageto the vehicle. This system alsoassists the dealer technician incorrectly diagnosing anymalfunction.

Notice: If the vehicle iscontinually driven with this lighton, the emission controls mightnot work as well, the vehicle fueleconomy might not be as good,and the engine might not run assmoothly. This could lead tocostly repairs that might not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Notice: Modifications made to theengine, electric drive unit,exhaust, intake, or fuel system ofthe vehicle or the replacement ofthe original tires with other thanthose of the same TirePerformance Criteria (TPC) can

affect the vehicle emissioncontrols and can cause this lightto come on. Modifications tothese systems could lead tocostly repairs not covered by thevehicle warranty. This could alsoresult in a failure to pass arequired Emission Inspection/Maintenance test. SeeAccessories and Modifications onpage 10‑2.

This light comes on during amalfunction in one of two ways:

Light Flashing: A misfire conditionhas been detected. A misfireincreases vehicle emissions andcould damage the emission controlsystem on the vehicle. Diagnosisand service might be required.

The following can prevent moreserious damage to the vehicle:. Reduce vehicle speed.. Avoid hard accelerations.. Avoid steep uphill grades.

If the light continues to flash, find asafe place to stop and park thevehicle. Turn the vehicle off andwait at least 10 seconds beforedriving the vehicle again. If the lightbegins to flash again, follow theprevious steps and see your dealerfor service as soon as possible.

Light On Steady: An emissioncontrol system malfunction hasbeen detected on the vehicle.Diagnosis and service might berequired.

The following may correct anemission control systemmalfunction:. Check that the fuel cap is fully

installed. The diagnostic systemcan determine if the fuel cap hasbeen left off or improperlyinstalled. A loose or missing fuelcap allows fuel to evaporate intothe atmosphere. A few drivingtrips with the cap properlyinstalled should turn the light off.



. Check that good quality fuel isused. Poor fuel quality causesthe engine not to run asefficiently as designed and maycause stalling after start-up ormisfiring. These conditions mightgo away once the engine iswarmed up.

If one or more of theseconditions occurs, change thefuel brand used. It may requireat least one full tank of theproper fuel to turn the light off.

If none of the above have made thelight turn off, your dealer can checkthe vehicle. The dealer has theproper test equipment anddiagnostic tools to fix anymechanical or electrical problemsthat might have developed.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance Programs

Depending on where you live, yourvehicle may be required toparticipate in an emission controlsystem inspection and maintenanceprogram. For the inspection, the

emission system test equipment willlikely connect to the vehicle's DataLink Connector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrumentpanel to the left of the steeringwheel. See your dealer if assistanceis needed.

The vehicle may not passinspection if:. The malfunction indicator lamp is

on while the vehicle is in ON/RUN, or if the vehicle is placedin Service Only Mode and themalfunction indicator lamp doesnot come on. See your dealer forassistance in verifying properoperation of the malfunctionindicator lamp.

. The OBD II (On-BoardDiagnostics) system determinesthat critical emission controlsystems have not beencompletely diagnosed by thesystem. If this were to occur, thevehicle would be considered notready for inspection. This canhappen if the 12-volt battery hasrecently been replaced orrun down.

The diagnostic system isdesigned to evaluate criticalemission control systems duringnormal driving. This can takeseveral days of driving. If thishas been done and the vehiclestill does not pass the inspectionfor lack of OBD II systemreadiness, your dealer canprepare the vehicle forinspection.



Brake System WarningLightThe vehicle brake system consistsof two hydraulic circuits. If onecircuit is not working, the remainingcircuit can still work to stop thevehicle. For normal brakingperformance, both circuits need tobe working.

If the warning light comes on, thereis a brake problem. Have the brakesystem inspected right away.

Metric English

This light comes on briefly when thevehicle is turned on. If it does notcome on then, have it fixed so it willbe ready to warn if there is aproblem.

If the light comes on and stays on,there is a base brake problem.

{ WARNING

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on.Driving with the brake systemwarning light on can lead to acrash. If the light is still on afterthe vehicle has been pulled offthe road and carefully stopped,have the vehicle towed forservice.

Electric Parking BrakeLight

This status light comes on when theparking brake is applied. If the lightflashes and stays on after the

parking brake is released, or whiledriving, there is a problem with theelectric parking brake system.

If the light does not come on,or remains flashing, see your dealer.

See Electric Parking Brake onpage 9‑30 for more information.

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light

The service electric parking brakelight should come on briefly whenthe vehicle is in ON/RUN. If it doesnot come on, have it fixed so it willbe ready to warn if there is aproblem.

If this light stays on, there is aproblem with a system on thevehicle that is causing the parking



brake system to work at a reducedlevel. The vehicle can still be driven,but should be taken to a dealer assoon as possible. See ElectricParking Brake on page 9‑30. If amessage displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC), see BrakeSystem Messages on page 5‑44.

Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

This light should come on brieflywhen the vehicle is in ON/RUN. If itdoes not come on, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer.

If the ABS warning light stays onlonger than a few seconds after thevehicle is in ON/RUN, or comes on

and stays on while driving, tryresetting the system. To reset thesystem:

1. While driving, pull over when it issafe to do so.

2. Place the vehicle in P (Park).


4. Restart the vehicle.

If the ABS warning light remains onafter resetting the system or comeson again while driving, the vehicleneeds service. If the ABS warninglight is on, but the regular brakesystem warning light is not on, theantilock brakes are not workingproperly, but the regular brakes arestill functioning. Have the vehicleserviced right away. If both brakelights are on, the vehicle does nothave antilock brakes, and there is aproblem with the regular brakes aswell. Have the vehicle towed forservice. See Towing the Vehicle onpage 10‑73.

Sport Mode Light

This light comes on when SportMode is selected. See “Sport Mode”in Driver Selected Operating Modeson page 9‑22 for more information.

Mountain Mode Light

This light comes on when MountainMode is selected. See “MountainMode” in Driver Selected OperatingModes on page 9‑22 for moreinformation.



Hold Mode Light

This light comes on when HoldMode is selected. See “Hold Mode”in Driver Selected Operating Modeson page 9‑22 for more information.

Lane Departure Warning(LDW) Light

This light briefly comes on amberwhile starting the vehicle. If it doesnot, have the vehicle serviced byyour dealer. If the system is workingnormally, the light then turns off.

This light comes on green when thesystem is on and ready to operate.When the system determines thatthe vehicle is leaving its lanewithout using the turn signal, thislight will change to amber and flash.

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)on page 9‑44.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) Warning Light

The vehicle ahead light comes ongreen when a vehicle is detectedahead. It changes to amber whenfollowing another vehicle tooclosely.

The forward collision alert comes onand warns when a vehicle is beingrapidly approached.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System on page 9‑38 for moreinformation.

Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light thenturns off.



The traction off light comes on whenthe Traction Control System (TCS)has been turned off by pressing andreleasing the TCS/ESC button.

This light and the StabiliTrak OFFlight come on when StabiliTrak isturned off.

If the TCS is off, wheel spin is notlimited. Adjust driving accordingly.

StabiliTrak® OFF Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer.

This light comes on when theStabiliTrak system is turned off.If StabiliTrak is off, Traction ControlSystem (TCS) is also off.

If the TCS is off, the system doesnot assist in controlling the vehicle.Turn on the TCS and the StabiliTraksystems and the warning lightturns off.

Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the vehicle.

If it does not, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally theindicator light then goes off.

If the light comes on and stays onwhile driving, there could be aproblem with the TCS/StabiliTraksystem and the vehicle might need

service. When this warning light ison, the TCS/StabiliTrak system is offand does not limit wheel spin.

The light flashes if the system isactive and is working to assist thedriver with directional control of thevehicle in difficult driving conditions.

Engine CoolantTemperature WarningLight

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light comes on briefly whenthe vehicle is started.

If it does not, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally, theindicator light then goes off.



If the light comes on and stays onwhile driving, the vehicle may havea problem with the cooling system.Stop and turn off the vehicle toavoid damage to the engine.A warning chime sounds when thislight is on.

See Engine Overheating onpage 10‑19 for more information.

Tire Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the vehicle isin ON/RUN. It provides informationabout tire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light is On Steady

This indicates that one or more ofthe tires are significantlyunderinflated.

A message in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC) may also display. SeeTire Messages on page 5‑50. Stopas soon as possible, and inflate thetires to the pressure value shown onthe Tire and Loading InformationLabel. See Tires on page 10‑39.

When the Light Flashes First andThen is On Steady

This indicates that there may be aproblem with the Tire PressureMonitor System. The light flashesfor about one minute and stays onsteady until the vehicle is in OFF.This sequence repeats each timethe vehicle is in ON/RUN. See TirePressure Monitor System onpage 10‑47.

Engine Oil Pressure LightNotice: Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engineoil low can also damage theengine. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Check the oil level as soon aspossible. Add oil if required, butif the oil level is within theoperating range and the oilpressure is still low, have thevehicle serviced. Always followthe maintenance schedule forchanging engine oil.

The oil pressure light should comeon briefly as the vehicle is started.If it does not come on have thevehicle serviced by your dealer.

If the light comes on and stays on, itmeans that oil is not flowing throughthe engine properly. The vehiclecould be low on oil and might havesome other system problem. Seeyour dealer.



Low Fuel Warning Light

The low fuel warning light comes onbriefly when the vehicle is started.

This light also comes on when thefuel level is low. When fuel is added,the light should go off. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced.

Security Light

The immobilizer light should comeon briefly as the engine is started.If it does not come on, have the

vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light stays on and the enginedoes not start, there could be aproblem with the theft-deterrentsystem. See Immobilizer Operationon page 2‑15.

Vehicle Ready Light

The vehicle ready light comes onwhenever the vehicle is ready to bedriven.

High-Beam On Light

The high-beam on light comes onwhen the high-beam headlamps arein use.

See Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger on page 6‑1 for moreinformation.

Lamps On Reminder

This light comes on when theparking lamps, headlamps,or taillamps are on.



Cruise Control Light

The cruise control light comes onwhen the cruise control is turned onand turns green when cruise controlis engaged.

See Cruise Control on page 9‑35 formore information.

Door, Hood, or HatchOpen LightIf a door, hood, or hatch is notcompletely closed, a light comes ontogether with a graphic in the DriverInformation Center (DIC).

Door(s) Open

Hood Open

Hatch Open

The DIC indicates when a door, thehood, or the hatch is open. The lightdisplays the open area as shaded.

The DIC and the light both displaywhen the vehicle is moving. Onlythe light displays if the vehicle isstopped.



Information Displays

Center Stack DisplayThe center stack screen displaysCharging, Power Flow, and EnergyInformation. See the information thatfollows.

Climate Control, Infotainment, andVehicle Personalization informationalso displays in this screen. Formore information on thesesystems, see:. Automatic Climate Control

System on page 8‑1.. The infotainment system

manual.. Vehicle Personalization on

page 5‑51.

The center stack controls only needa light touch to operate and workbest with bare hands. The controlswill work with most gloves althoughthey may take longer to respond.Use the finger pad rather than the

finger tip to minimize response time.If the controls are not responding,remove the gloves.

To view the Power Flow, Charging,and Energy Information, press the[ button on the center stack.

Power FlowsTo view the Power Flow screens,press the[ button on the centerstack and then press the PowerFlow button at the top of the touchscreen. The Power Flow screensindicate the current system

operating condition. The screensshow the energy flow between theengine, electric drive unit, and highvoltage battery. These componentswill be highlighted when they areactive.

Battery Power ‐ Battery is activewith energy flowing to the wheels.



Battery Power ‐ Vehicle is stationaryin electric mode and no power isflowing to the wheels.

Engine Power ‐ Engine is activewith energy flowing to the wheels.

Engine Power ‐ Vehicle is stationaryin extended range mode and nopower is flowing to the wheels.

Engine and Battery Power ‐ Boththe engine and battery are activewith energy flowing to the wheels.

Regen Power Recovery ‐ Powerfrom the wheels returns to thebattery during regenerative brakingor coasting.

Power Off ‐ No power is flowing tothe wheels.



Programmable ChargingImportant Information AboutPortable Electric Vehicle Charging. Charging an electric vehicle can







{ WARNING





(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)



Programmable Charge Modes

This vehicle has threeprogrammable charge modes. Toview the current charge mode statusin the center stack display, press the[ button on the center stack andthen press the Charging button atthe top of the touch screen.

The current charge mode status canalso be viewed in a temporarypop-up in the center stack displayby pressing the charge port doorrelease button on the driver door.

The Charge Start and ChargeComplete time estimations are alsodisplayed on the screen. Theseestimations are most accurate whenthe vehicle is plugged in and inmoderate temperature conditions.



Also, to get an accurate timeestimate, the vehicle uses aninternal clock for programmablecharging, not the clock in the centerstack.

Charge Mode Status

Immediately: The vehicle startscharging as soon as it is connectedto an electrical outlet. See Plug-InCharging on page 9‑47.

Delayed Departure Time: Thevehicle estimates the charging starttime considering the programmeddeparture time for the current day of

the week. Charging begins at thestart time and is complete by thedeparture time only if sufficient timeis allowed after the charge cord isplugged in.

Delayed Rate and DepartureTime: The vehicle estimates thecharging start time based on the



utility rate schedule, utility ratepreference, and the programmeddeparture time for the current day ofthe week. The vehicle will chargeduring the least expensive rateperiods to achieve a full batterycharge by the departure time.Electrical rate information from theutility company for the charginglocation is required for this mode.

Also, if the selected electric ratesettings result in a very long chargecompletion time, the vehicle willstart charging immediately uponplug-in. For example, if the electricrate table is set up with all “Peak”rates and the rate preference is tocharge during “Off-Peak” rates only,then the vehicle will start chargingimmediately upon plug-in.


The Charge Level Preferencesetting allows the customer to selecttheir vehicle’s charge level so itmatches the capability of theircharging location. If the vehicleconsistently stops charging after

plugging in, or if a circuit breakercontinues to trip, reducing to a lowerCharge Level Preference mayresolve the issue.

The Charge Level Preferenceshould be configured to match theelectrical current rating for theelectrical outlet that the charge cordis connected to. The Charge LevelPreference settings are:. Maximum: Limits AC current to

12 Amps. Reduced: Limits AC current to

8 Amps

Exact current levels may vary fromthe values shown in this manual.Please check the vehicle for thecurrent available levels.

The Charge Level Preferencesetting can be changed at any timewhile the center stack display isoperable.

For some vehicles, the ChargeLevel Preference must be updatedprior to the vehicle being chargedand the Charge Level Preferencewill reset to a default value when thevehicle is shifted from P (Park).

{ WARNING




Charge Mode Selection

From the Charge Mode Statusscreen, press ChangeCharge Mode.

Select one option:. Immediately upon plug in.. Delayed based on

departure time.. Delayed based on electric rates

& departure time.

Departure Time Entry

From the Delayed Charge ModeStatus screen, press Edit to changethe departure time for each day ofthe week to match your personalschedule.

1. Press the day to change.

2. Press + or − to change the hoursand minutes.

3. Press + or − to change AMor PM.

4. Press Back to store changesand return to the previousscreen.

Charge Rate Selection

From the Delayed Rate andDeparture Time Charge ModeStatus screen, press Edit.

Select one of the following:. Edit Electric Rate Schedule.. Edit Departure Time Schedule.

See “Departure Time Entry.”. Select Charge Rate Preference.



Charge Rate Preference Selection

From the Departure Time & RateInformation screen, press SelectCharge Rate Preference.

Press one of the following options toselect the Charge Rate Preference:. Charge during Peak, Mid-Peak,

and Off-Peak Rates: The vehiclecan charge during any rateperiod to satisfy the nextplanned departure time.However, it will select when tocharge to minimize the total costof the charge.

. Charge during Mid-Peak andOff-Peak Rates: The vehicle willcharge during Off-Peak and/or

Mid-Peak rate periods only andwill select when to charge tominimize the total cost of thecharge.

. Charge during Off-Peak Rates:The vehicle will only chargeduring Off-Peak rate periods.

Charging begins at the start timeand is complete by the departuretime only if sufficient time is allowedafter the charge cord is plugged in.For example, if the vehicle isplugged in for only one hour prior tothe departure time, and the batteryis completely discharged, thevehicle will not be fully charged bythe departure time regardless of therate selection.

Also, if the selected electric ratesettings result in a very long chargecompletion time, the vehicle willstart charging immediately uponplug-in. For example, if the electricrate table is set up with all “Peak”rates and the rate preference is to

charge during “Off-Peak” rates only,then the vehicle will start chargingimmediately upon plug-in.

Electric Rate Plan Selection

Electric rates, or cost per unit, mayvary based on time, weekday/weekend, and season. During theday when the demand for electricityis high, the rates are usually higherand called Peak rates. At nightwhen the demand for electricity islow, the rates are usually lower andcalled Off-Peak rates. In someareas, a Mid-Peak rate is offered.

Contact the utility company to obtainthe rate schedule for your area. Thesummer and winter start dates mustbe established to use a summer/winter schedule.

From the Departure Time & RateInformation screen, press EditElectric Rate Schedule.



To edit the Summer/WinterSchedule:

1. Press Summer/Winter Schedule.

2. Press Edit.

To edit the Yearly Schedule:

1. Press Yearly Schedule.

2. Press Edit.

Summer/Winter Schedule StartDate Entering

From the Select Electric Rate Planscreen, press Summer/WinterSchedule then press Edit.

1. Press Summer Start.

2. Press + or − to set the monthand day for the start of summer.

3. Press Winter Start.

4. Press + or − to set the monthand day for the start of winter.

5. Press Edit Summer Schedule orEdit Winter Schedule to edit thedaily electric rate schedule.

Electric Rate Schedule Editing

From the Enter Summer/WinterStart Dates screen, press EditSummer Schedule or Edit WinterSchedule.

From the Select Electric Rate Planscreen, press Yearly Schedule andthen press Edit.



1. Press Weekday or Weekend.

2. Press Edit next to the row to bechanged.. Weekdays are Monday

through Friday and use thesame rate schedule.

. Weekends are Saturdayand Sunday and use thesame rate schedule.

Both weekday and weekendschedules must be set. The rateschedule only applies for a 24-hourperiod, starting at 12:00 AM andending at 12:00 AM. There can befive rate changes for each day; notall must be used.

The finish times must beconsecutive. If a finish time does notfollow a start time, the errormessage displays “An invalid entrywas found in the data entered.Please re-enter data.”

Electric Rate Finish Time Editing

From the Edit (Summer, Winter,or Yearly) Electric Rate Schedulescreen, press Edit next to the row tochange.

1. Press + or − to adjust the time.

2. Press Peak, Mid-Peak,or Off-Peak to select theelectric rate.

3. Press the Back button to storechanges.

Only the finish time can be edited.The start time is automaticallypopulated in the rate table.



Electric Rate Schedule Viewing

From the Select Electric Rate Planscreen, press View (Summer,Winter, or Yearly) Schedule.

Temporary Charge ModeOverride and Cancel

Programmed Delayed ChargeModes can be temporarilyoverridden to an Immediate ChargeMode for one charge cycle. Also,the next planned departure time canbe temporarily overridden for onecharge cycle. In addition to thein-vehicle overrides via the centerstack, there are other ways totemporarily override a DelayedCharge Mode. See Plug-In Chargingon page 9‑47.

Temporary Override of a DelayedCharge Mode

To temporarily override a DelayedCharge Mode to Immediate ChargeMode from inside the vehicle:

1. Press the charge port doorrelease button on the driver doorto view the Charge Mode Statuspop-up in the center stackdisplay.

2. Press Temporary Override.



3. Press Charge Immediately UponPlug-In to temporarily override toan Immediate Charge Mode.

The Temporary Charge Mode Statusscreen will automatically display therevised charge complete time.

To cancel the temporary override toImmediate, from the TemporaryCharge Mode Status screen orpop-up, press Cancel TemporaryCharge Mode on the bottom of thetouch screen.

Temporary Override of the NextPlanned Departure Time

To temporarily override the NextPlanned Departure Time from insidethe vehicle:

1. Press the charge port doorrelease button on the driver doorto view the Charge Mode Statuspop-up in the center stackdisplay.

2. Press Temporary Override.

3. Press the + or – button tochange the NextDeparture Time.

4. Press Confirm Departure Time totemporarily override the NextPlanned Departure Time.

The Temporary Charge Mode Statusscreen will automatically display therevised charge complete time.

The Temporary Departure time canonly be updated for the same dayas the original Next PlannedDeparture Time. Also, the vehiclewill not accept a TemporaryDeparture Time that is before thepresent time of day.



To cancel the temporary override ofthe Next Planned Departure Time,from the Temporary Charge ModeStatus screen or pop-up, pressCancel Temporary Departure Timeon the bottom of the touch screen.

Charging Override/InterruptionPop-Up

The Charging Override/Interruptionpop-up will appear if any of thefollowing conditions occur:. The charging settings have been

modified via OnStar through thewebsite or the Mobile App. Forexample, the Departure TimeTables, the Rate Tables, or theCharge Mode were updatedusing the customer website(available in select regions).

. There was an unintended loss ofAC power during the plug-incharge event. For example,

there was a power outage or thecharge cord was unplugged fromthe wall.

. The charge process wasinterrupted by the utilitycompany via OnStar asauthorized by the vehicle owner(available in select regions).

For more information see UtilityInterruption of Charging onpage 9‑54.

Programmable ChargingDisabled



When the Programmable Chargingsystem is disabled, the DefaultCharge Mode Status screen and thepop-up will display “- -:- -” for theCharge Complete Time. TheProgrammable Charging system willbe disabled if the Charge CompleteTime cannot be confidentlyestimated. If the ProgrammableCharging system is consistentlydisabled, see your dealer for details.

Energy InformationTo view the Energy Usage, EnergyEfficiency, and Efficiency Tips, pressthe[ button on the center stack

and then press the Energy Infobutton at the top of the touchscreen.

Energy Usage

The Energy Usage screen displaysinformation for the total of all drivecycles since the last time the highvoltage battery was fully charged.This includes distance traveled inElectric Mode, distance traveled inExtended Range Mode, totaldistance traveled, electric energyused from the battery, total fuelused, and average fuel economy.There are maximum limits to someof the values that can be displayed.When these values are replacedwith dashes, the value limits have

been reached. To reset thesevalues, the high voltage battery willneed to be fully recharged. Thecircle graph also representsthe percentage of distance traveledusing Electric Mode versusExtended Range Mode. TheLifetime Fuel Economy is a totalover the life of the vehicle and canonly be reset by the dealer.

The Energy Usage information willalso appear automatically on poweroff when Retained Accessory Poweris active. This automatic pop-up canbe disabled through vehiclepersonalization. See “EnergySummary Exit Pop-up” underVehicle Personalization onpage 5‑51.



Energy Efficiency

The Energy Efficiency screen isaccessed by pressing EnergyEfficiency on the Energy Usagescreen. This screen displays theenergy efficiency over the drivecycle based on driving style andclimate settings. Driving in a moreefficient manner will result in ahigher percentage displayed fordriving style. Minimizing the use ofthe climate control system will resultin a higher percentage displayed forclimate setting.

Efficiency Tips

The Efficiency Tips screen isaccessed by pressing EfficiencyTips from the Energy Usage orEnergy Efficiency screen. Thisscreen provides a guide on how toimprove energy usage to increasefuel economy and range.

ClockThe clock is in the center stackdisplay.

To set the time:

1. Press the TP (Time Program)button to go directly to the timesetting page, or press theCONFIG button and select Time

from the list. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to scroll through theavailable setup features. Pressthe TUNE/MENU knob or pressthe Time screen button todisplay other options within thatfeature.

2. Press + or − to increase ordecrease the Hours and Minutesdisplayed on the clock.

12/24 HR Format: Press the 12 HRscreen button for standard time;press the 24 HR screen button formilitary time.

Day + or Day −: Press the Day +or Day − display buttons to increaseor decrease the day.

Display: Press Display to turn thedisplay of the time on the screen onor off.



Driver InformationCenter (DIC)

The DIC display is in the instrumentcluster. The DIC displaysinformation about the vehicle. It alsodisplays warning messages if asystem problem is detected. SeeVehicle Messages on page 5‑43.

DIC Operation and Displays

View the DIC displays by pressingthe DIC buttons to the left of thesteering wheel. The DIC displaystrip, fuel, and warning messages if asystem problem is detected.

DIC Controls

CONFIG: Press to select either theSimple or Enhanced instrumentcluster configuration display.

} BACK: Press to return to theprevious screen, exit a screen,or return to the main menu. Press }BACK to minimize the DIC menudisplay.

SELECT: Press the center of theknob to select the highlighted item.Turn the knob to scroll through themenu items.

DIC Menu Items

At the main DIC menu:

1. Turn the SELECT knob to scrollthrough the possible DIC menus.

2. Press the center of the SELECTknob when a menu item ishighlighted to enter that menu.

3. Continue to turn and press theSELECT knob to scroll throughand select the available menuitems:

} : Trip A

x : Trip B

: : Oil Life

v : Tire Pressure

{ : Vehicle Messages

z : Units

y : Tutorial Mode

{ : Power Gauge

3 : Following Distance Indication

u : Turn-by-Turn



Trip A and Trip B

The trip displays show fuel used,average fuel economy, and distancetraveled since the last trip reset.

Reset the trip data by pressing andholding the SELECT button wheneither Trip A or Trip B is displayed.

Oil Life

This displays the percentage ofremaining oil life. The lowerthe percentage, the closer thevehicle is to needing an oil change.

When the oil life is depleted, theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage displays. Change the oilas soon as possible. Additionalmaintenance is also recommendedin the Maintenance Schedule. SeeMaintenance Schedule onpage 11‑2 and Engine Oil onpage 10‑9.

The oil life must be reset after eachoil change. Avoid accidentalresetting of the Engine Oil LifeSystem. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oil change.

To reset the Engine Oil Life System,see Engine Oil Life System onpage 10‑12. The system is resetwhen 100% displays.

Tire Pressure

The display will show a vehicle withthe approximate pressures of allfour tires. Tire pressure is displayedin either kilopascals (kPa) or inpounds per square inch (psi).

If a low or high tire pressure isdetected, a message is displayedadvising to check the tire pressurein the specified tire. See TirePressure on page 10‑46 and TireMessages on page 5‑50.

If the tire pressure display showsdashes instead of a value, theremay be a problem with the vehicle.See your dealer for service.

Vehicle Messages

Turn the SELECT knob to scrollthrough any active warningmessages. Press SELECT to reviewthe messages.

Units

Turn the SELECT knob to changethe unit display to METRIC or USwhen the display is active. PressSELECT to confirm the setting. Thiswill change the displays on thecluster and DIC to either metric orEnglish (US) measurements.

Tutorial Mode

Select this menu item to view ascreen that explains some of theunique features of the cluster or theOpen Source Software informationfor the cluster.

Tutorial mode is only available whenthe vehicle is in P (Park).

Power Gauge

Select this menu item the powergauge.

The power gauge informs the driverof the total power coming from theengine or battery to operate thevehicle. When in Regen mode, this



gauge will inform the driver of theamount of power being restored tothe battery from the vehicle.

Following Distance Indication

Select this menu item to adjust thefollowing distance indication. See“Following Distance Indication”under Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System on page 9‑38 for moreinformation.

Turn-by-Turn

Select this menu item to view theOnStar or Navigation SystemTurn-by-Turn guidance. See theinfotainment manual.

Vehicle MessagesMessages displayed in the DICindicate the status of the vehicle orsome action that may be needed tocorrect a condition. Multiplemessages may display one after theother.

Messages that do not requireimmediate action can beacknowledged and cleared bypressing the SELECT knob. Themessages requiring immediateaction cannot be cleared until thataction is performed. All messagesshould be taken seriously. Clearingthe messages does not correct theproblem.

Battery and ChargingMessages

BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE

This message displays when thevehicle has detected that the 12-voltbattery voltage has dropped andvehicle features are being disabled.

The 12-volt battery saver systemstarts reducing certain featurestrying to save the charge of the12-volt battery. Turn off unnecessaryfeatures to allow the battery torecharge.

BATTERY TOO COLD, PLUG INTO WARM

This message displays duringextremely cold temperatures, whenthe vehicle will not start until thehigh voltage battery is warmenough.

Plug the vehicle in and make surethe power button is off to allow thecharging system to warm the highvoltage battery, then the vehicle canbe started.

CHARGE CORD CONNECTED

This message displays when thecharge cord is connected to thevehicle. The vehicle cannot beshifted out of P (Park) with thecharge cord connected.



CHARGE DOOR OPEN

This message displays when thecharge door is open and the vehicleis shifted out of P (Park).

LOW BATTERY

This message displays when the12-volt battery voltage is low. SeeBattery on page 10‑22.

SERVICE BATTERYCHARGING SYSTEM

This message displays when thereis a fault in the 12-volt batterycharging system. Take the vehicle toyour dealer for service.

SERVICE HIGH VOLTAGECHARGING SYSTEM

This message displays when thereis a problem with the high voltagecharging system. See your dealerfor service.

Brake System Messages

BRAKE FLUID LOW

This message displays when thebrake fluid level is low. See BrakeFluid on page 10‑21.

RELEASE PARKING BRAKE

This message displays if the electricparking brake is on while the vehicleis in motion. Release it beforeattempting to drive. See ElectricParking Brake on page 9‑30.

SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST

This message displays when thereis a problem with the brake boostsystem. When this messagedisplays, the brake pedal may beharder to push and the stoppingdistance may be longer. Take thevehicle to your dealer for service.

SERVICE PARKING BRAKE

This message displays when thereis a problem with the parking brake.Take the vehicle to your dealer forservice.

STEP ON BRAKE TORELEASE PARK BRAKE

This message displays whenattempting to release the electricparking brake without the brakepedal applied. See Electric ParkingBrake on page 9‑30.

Cruise Control Messages

CRUISE SET TO XXX

This message displays when thecruise control is set and shows thespeed it was set to. See CruiseControl on page 9‑35.

Door Ajar Messages

DOOR(S) OPEN, HOOD OPEN,HATCH OPEN

A symbol will appear on the displayshowing the area that is open. SeeDoor, Hood, or Hatch Open Light onpage 5‑26.



Drive Mode Messages

HOLD MODE NOT AVAILABLE

This message displays when inHold Mode and the mode becomesunavailable. See “Hold Mode” underDriver Selected Operating Modes onpage 9‑22.

MOUNTAIN MODE NOTAVAILABLE

This message displays when inMountain Mode and the modebecomes unavailable. See“Mountain Mode” under DriverSelected Operating Modes onpage 9‑22.

SPORT MODE NOTAVAILABLE

This message displays when inSport Mode and the mode becomesunavailable. See “Sport Mode”under Driver Selected OperatingModes on page 9‑22.

Electric Drive UnitMessages

SHIFT TO PARK

This message displays when thevehicle should be shifted toP (Park). This may appear whenattempting to turn off the vehiclewhen it is not in P (Park).

Engine Cooling SystemMessages

ENGINE OVERHEATED —REDUCE SPEED

This message displays when theengine coolant temperature orengine oil is too hot. Reduce speedand allow the vehicle to cool down.

ENGINE OVERHEATED —TURN VEHICLE OFF

This message displays and acontinuous chime sounds if theengine cooling system reachesunsafe temperatures for operation.

Stop and turn off the vehicle assoon as it is safe to do so to avoidsevere damage. This messageclears when the engine has cooledto a safe operating temperature.

ENGINE RUNNING DUE TOTEMPERATURE

This message displays when thehigh voltage battery is charged butthe engine has to come on becauseof the outside temperature or highvoltage battery temperature.

Engine Oil Messages

CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON

This message displays when theengine oil needs to be changed.After changing the engine oil, theEngine Oil Life System must bereset. See Engine Oil Life Systemon page 10‑12 and DriverInformation Center (DIC) onpage 5‑41 for information on how toreset the system. See Engine Oil onpage 10‑9 and MaintenanceSchedule on page 11‑2.



OIL PRESSURE LOW — TURNVEHICLE OFF

This message displays if low oilpressure levels occur. Stop thevehicle as soon as safely possibleand do not operate it until the causeof the low oil pressure has beencorrected. Check the oil as soon aspossible and have the vehicleserviced by your dealer.

Fuel System Messages

CLOSE FUEL DOOR

This message displays when thefuel door is open and the vehicle ismoving.

ENGINE NOT AVAILABLEADD FUEL

This message displays when theengine is not available due torunning out of fuel. The vehicle cancontinue to be driven in ElectricMode until the battery is depleted,but will have reduced acceleration.

When this message is displayed,refuel the vehicle. See Out of Fuel/Engine Unavailable on page 9‑24.

FUEL LEVEL LOW

This message displays when thevehicle is low on fuel. Refuel assoon as possible.

READY TO REFUEL

This message displays when thefuel system is depressurized andthe vehicle can be refueled.

TIGHTEN GAS CAP

This message displays when thefuel cap is not on tight. Tighten thefuel cap.

WAIT TO REFUEL

This message displays when thefuel system is pressurized and youmust to wait to refuel the vehicle.

Key and Lock MessagesWhen programming new RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitters,DIC messages display. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation on page 2‑2.

NO REMOTE DETECTED

This message displays when theRKE transmitter is not detectedwhile attempting to start the vehicle.The transmitter battery may beweak. See “Starting the Vehicle witha Low Transmitter Battery” underRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation on page 2‑2.

NO REMOTE DETECTED,PRESS BRAKE TO RESTART

This message displays if the RKEtransmitter is no longer detected inthe vehicle. Press the brake pedaland the POWER O button to restart

the vehicle, or press the POWER Obutton without pressing the brakepedal to turn the vehicle off. If the



vehicle is turned off and a validtransmitter is not available, thevehicle will not restart.

REMINDER: KEY LEFT INVEHICLE

This message displays whenleaving the vehicle with the RKEtransmitter still inside.

REPLACE BATTERY INREMOTE KEY

This message displays when thebattery in the RKE transmitter needsto be replaced.

SERVICE KEYLESS STARTSYSTEM

This message displays when thekeyless start system needs service.Take the vehicle to your dealer.

Lamp Messages

AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROLON OR OFF

A message will display when theautomatic light control has beenturned on or off.

CHECK LAMP or LAMPFAILURE

Depending on the lamp, one ofthese messages may display. SeeBulb Replacement on page 10‑27.

TURN SIGNAL ON

This message displays if the turnsignal has been left on. Turn off theturn signal.

Object Detection SystemMessages

FORWARD COLLISIONALERT OFF

If your vehicle has the ForwardCollision Alert (FCA) system, thismessage may display if the FCA

system cannot activate due to atemporary condition. See ForwardCollision Alert (FCA) System onpage 9‑38.

FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED,CLEAN WINDSHIELD

This message displays when theLane Departure Warning (LDW) andForward Collision Alert (FCA)systems are disabled because thecamera view is blocked and cannotoperate properly. It may alsoactivate during heavy rain or due toroad spray. To clean the system,clean the outside of the windshieldarea in front of the LDW/FCAcamera sensor.

LANE DEPARTURE SYSTEMUNAVAILABLE

If your vehicle has the LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) system,this message may display if theLDW system cannot activate due toa temporary condition. See LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) onpage 9‑44 for more information.



PARK ASSIST OFF

This message displays when theparking assist system has beenturned off or when there is atemporary condition causing thesystem to be disabled. SeeUltrasonic Parking Assist onpage 9‑40.

SERVICE FRONT CAMERA

This message displays when theLane Departure Warning (LDW) andForward Collision Alert (FCA)systems are disabled and needservice. See your dealer.

SERVICE PARKING ASSIST

This message displays if there is aproblem with the parking assistsystem. Do not use this system tohelp you park. See UltrasonicParking Assist on page 9‑40 formore information.

Propulsion PowerMessages

PROPULSION POWER ISREDUCED

This message displays when thepropulsion power is reduced andcan affect the ability to accelerate.If this message is on, but there is noreduction in performance, proceedto your destination. Theperformance may be reduced thenext time the vehicle is driven. Thevehicle may be driven at a reducedspeed while this message is on, butmaximum acceleration and speedmay be reduced. If this messagestays on when the malfunctionindicator lamp is on, the vehicleshould be taken to your dealer forservice as soon as possible.

This message can display whendriving in mountainous terrainwithout using Mountain Mode or bynot entering Mountain Mode soonenough to build a sufficient batterycharge reserve before climbing

steep grades. This is normaloperation to protect the high voltagebattery. Only if both thePROPULSION POWER ISREDUCED message and themalfunction indicator lamp are onshould the vehicle be taken to thedealer for service.

While climbing the grade with thismessage displayed, the vehiclespeed may be reduced until theengine can recover the battery stateof charge to a normal level. See“Mountain Mode” under DriverSelected Operating Modes onpage 9‑22.

Ride Control SystemMessages

LOW TRACTION

This message displays when theAntilock Brake System (ABS) isactive and is working to assist thedriver with control of the vehicle indifficult driving conditions.



SERVICE STABILITRAK

This message displays when thereis a problem detected with theStabiliTrak system. The vehicle issafe to drive, but the StabiliTraksystem is not operational. SeeElectronic Stability Control (ESC) onpage 9‑34 for information onresetting the system.

SERVICE TRACTIONCONTROL

This message displays when thereis a problem detected with theTraction Control System (TCS). Thevehicle is safe to drive, but the TCSis not operational. See TractionControl System (TCS) on page 9‑32for information on resetting thesystem.

STABILITRAK OFF

This message displays whenStabiliTrak is turned off. Adjust yourdriving accordingly.

TRACTION CONTROL OFF

This message displays when theTraction Control System (TCS) isturned off. Adjust your drivingaccordingly.

TRACTION CONTROL ON

This message displays when theTraction Control System (TCS) isturned on.

Airbag System Messages

SERVICE AIRBAG

This message displays if there is aproblem with the airbag system.Take the vehicle to your dealer forservice.

Security Messages

SERVICE THEFT ALARM

This message displays if there is aproblem with the alarm. See yourdealer for service.

SERVICE THEFT DETERRENTSYSTEM

This message displays if there is aproblem with the theft-deterrentsystem. See your dealer for service.

Service Vehicle Messages

ENGINE MAINTENANCE XXX%COMPLETE

This message displays when theEngine Maintenance Mode isrunning. See “Engine MaintenanceMode” under Maintenance Modeson page 9‑25.

ENGINE NOT AVAILABLESERVICE SOON

This message displays when theengine is not available due to amalfunction that will not allow theengine to start. The vehicle cancontinue to be driven in ElectricMode until the battery is depleted,but will have reduced acceleration.When this message is displayed,the vehicle should be taken to your



dealer for service as soon aspossible. See Out of Fuel/EngineUnavailable on page 9‑24.

SERVICE AC SYSTEM

This message displays if there is aproblem with the air conditioningsystem. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service.

SERVICE HEATER SOON

This message displays if there is aproblem with the heater system.Take the vehicle to your dealer forservice.

SERVICE POWER STEERING

This message displays if there is aproblem with the power steeringsystem. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service.

SERVICE VEHICLE SOON

This message displays if there is aproblem with the vehicle. Take thevehicle to your dealer for service.

Depending on the severity of acrash, this message may come onalong with the airbag readinesslight.

Starting the VehicleMessages

PRESS BRAKE TO STARTVEHICLE

This message displays whenattempting to start the vehiclewithout first pressing the brakepedal.

PRESS BUTTON AGAIN TOTURN OFF

This message displays as areminder to press the POWER Obutton to turn the vehicle off whenan attempt is made to turn off thevehicle while it is in motion.

Tire Messages

SERVICE TIRE MONITORSYSTEM

This message displays if there is aproblem with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS). See TirePressure Monitor Operation onpage 10‑48.

TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE

This message displays when thesystem is learning new tires. SeeTire Pressure Monitor Operation onpage 10‑48.

TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE

This message displays when thepressure in one or more of the tiresis low.

This message also displays LEFTFRONT, RIGHT FRONT, LEFTREAR, or RIGHT REAR to indicatethe location of the low tire.

The low tire pressure warning lightwill also come on. See TirePressure Light on page 5‑24.



If a tire pressure message appearson the DIC, stop as soon as youcan. Inflate the tires by adding airuntil the tire pressure is equal to thevalues shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. See Tireson page 10‑39, Vehicle Load Limitson page 9‑11, and Tire Pressure onpage 10‑46.

You can receive more than one tirepressure message at a time. TheDIC also shows the tire pressurevalues. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) on page 5‑41.

Vehicle ReminderMessages

ICE POSSIBLE DRIVEWITH CARE

This message is displayed when iceconditions are possible.

Vehicle Speed Messages

SPEED LIMITED TO XXX

This message displays when thevehicle speed is limited.

VehiclePersonalizationThe Vehicle Personalizationfeatures can be accessed by usingeither the infotainment controls orthe touch screen in the center stackdisplay. See “Overview” in theinfotainment manual.

Using the InfotainmentControls

Use the CONFIG, TUNE/MENUknob, and } BACK buttons on thecenter stack to selectpersonalization features.

CONFIG (Configure): Press toscroll through the available menusacross the top of the touch screendisplay.

TUNE/MENU Knob. Press to enter, select, or activate

a highlighted menu option.. Turn to highlight a menu option.



. Press to turn a system setting onor off.

} BACK

. Press to exit a menu.

. Press to return to a previousscreen.

Submenus

An arrow on the right-hand edge ofthe menu indicates that it has asubmenu with other options.

Selecting a Menu Option

1. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob tohighlight the function.

2. Press the TUNE/MENU knob toselect the highlighted option.A checkmark next to the optionindicates the selected option.

Turning a Function On or Off

1. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob tohighlight the function.

2. Press the TUNE/MENU knob toturn the function on or off.A checkmark next to the functionindicates that the function is on.

Using the Touch Screen

Use the touch screen icons andmenus on the center stack displayto select personalization features.

w : Touch to scroll up.

x : Touch to scroll down.

Back: Touch Back in the upperright corner of the display to returnto the previous menu.

Submenus

An arrow on the right-hand edge ofthe menu indicates that it has asubmenu with other options.

Selecting a Menu Option

Touch any one of the availablemenu options on the touch screento select the option. A checkmarknext to the option indicates theselected option.

Turning a Function On or Off

Touch the screen where theavailable function is listed to turn iton or off. A checkmark next to thefunction indicates that the functionis on.

Entering thePersonalization Menu

Press CONFIG. The ConfigurationSettings menu will display.

Languages

This allows the selection of alanguage:

1. Press the Languages menu onthe touch screen.



2. Select English, French,or Spanish.

3. Press Back to return to theprevious menu.

Vehicle Settings

Press the Vehicle Settings menu onthe touch screen.

The Vehicle Settings menu mayinclude:. Climate and Air Quality. Comfort and Convenience. Lighting. Power Door Locks. Remote Locking, Unlocking,

Starting. Return to Factory Settings

Climate and Air Quality

Select the Climate and Air Qualitymenu to display:. Auto Fan Speed. Auto Heated Seats. Remote Start Auto Heated Seats

. Auto Defog

. Engine Assisted Heating

. Engine Assisted Heating(Plugged-In)

Auto Fan Speed

This feature sets the automatic fanspeed to maintain the desiredinterior temperature. Select a blowersetting:

High: Increased speed.

Medium: Moderate speed.

Low: Reduced speed.

To select the auto fan speed:

1. Press the VehicleSettings menu.

2. Select Climate and Air Quality.

3. Select Auto Fan Speed.

4. Select the fan speed.


Auto Heated Seats

When enabled, the auto heated seatbuttons on the touch screen will behighlighted. This feature willautomatically activate heated seatsat the level required by the interiortemperature. The auto heated seatscan be turned off by using theheated seat buttons on the centerstack.

To turn the auto heated seats onor off:



3. Turn the auto heated seatsfeature on or off.


Remote Start Auto Heated Seats

When on, this feature will turn theheated seats on when using remotestart.



To turn the remote start auto heatedseats on or off:



3. Turn the remote start autoheated seats feature on or off.


Auto Defog

When on and high humidity isdetected, the climate control systemwill adjust the outside air, airconditioner, or heat to decreasefogging. The fan speed mayincrease. When high humidity is nolonger detected, the system willreturn to previous operation.

To turn the auto defog on or off:



3. Turn the auto defog feature onor off.


Engine Assisted Heating

If equipped, this feature selects theoutside temperature level at whichthe engine may run to assist heatingin Electric Mode. A change inselection will not take affect untilafter the vehicle is firstpowered down.

The Engine Assisted Heatingoptions are:. At Cold Outside Temperatures,

below approximately 2°C (35°F).. At Very Cold Outside

Temperatures, belowapproximately −10°C (15°F).

To select the outside temperaturelevel at which the engine may run toassist heating in electric mode:



3. Select Engine Assisted Heating.

4. Select the temperature level.


Engine Assisted Heating(Plugged-In)

If equipped, this feature turns on oroff the ability for the engine to run tohelp heat the vehicle when it isplugged in. A change in setting willnot take affect until after the vehicleis first powered down.

The Engine Assisted Heating(Plugged-In) options are:. On. Off

To turn the Engine Assisted Heating(Plugged-In) on or off:



3. Turn the engine assisted heating(Plugged-In) feature on or off.




Comfort and Convenience

Select the Comfort andConvenience menu and thefollowing will be displayed:. Chime Volume. Button Chime. Energy Summary Exit Pop-up. Charge Cord Theft Alert. Charge Power Loss Alert

Chime Volume

This allows the selection of thechime volume level to be eithernormal or high.

To select the chime volume level:


2. Select Comfort andConvenience.

3. Select Chime Volume.

4. Select the volume level.


Button Chime

This allows a tone to be heard whena selection is made using theinfotainment system.

To turn the button chime on or off:



3. Turn the button chime feature onor off.


Energy Summary Exit Pop-up

This allows the energy summaryexit pop-up to be turned on or off:



3. Turn the energy summary exitpop-up feature on or off.


Charge Cord Theft Alert

This allows the charge cord theftalert to be turned on or off:



3. Turn the charge cord theft alertfeature on or off.


Charge Power Loss Alert

This allows the charge power lossalert to be turned on or off:



3. Turn the charge power loss alertfeature on or off.




Lighting

Select the Lighting menu and thefollowing will be displayed:. Exit Lighting. Vehicle Locator Lights

Exit Lighting

This allows the selection of howlong the exterior lamps stay onwhen leaving the vehicle and it isdark outside.

The available options are:. OFF. 30 seconds. 1 minute. 2 minutes

To select the length of time theexterior lamps will remain on:


2. Select Lighting.

3. Select Exit Lighting.

4. Select the length of time theexterior lamps will remain on.


Vehicle Locator Lights

This allows the vehicle locator lightsto be turned on or off. When on, theheadlamps, parking lamps,taillamps, license plate lamps, andback-up lamps will illuminate whenK is pressed on the RKEtransmitter.

To turn the vehicle locator lights onor off:


2. Select Lighting.

3. Select Vehicle Locator Lights.

4. Turn the vehicle locator lights onor off.


Power Door Locks

Select Power Door Locks and thefollowing will be displayed:. Auto Door Unlock. Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out. Delayed Door Lock

Auto Door Unlock

This allows selection of which doorswill automatically unlock when thevehicle is shifted into P (Park).

The available options are:. All Doors. Driver Door. OFF

To select how the doors willautomatically unlock:


2. Select Power Door Locks.

3. Select Auto Door Unlock.

4. Select how the doors willautomatically unlock.




Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out

When on, this feature will keep thedriver door from locking until thedoor is closed. If this feature isturned on, the Delayed Door Lockmenu will not be available.

To turn the unlocked door anti lockout feature on or off:



3. Select Unlocked Door AntiLock Out.

4. Turn the unlocked door anti lockout feature on or off.


Delayed Door Lock

When on, this feature will delay thelocking of the doors. To override thedelay, press the power door lockswitch on the center stack.

To turn the delayed door lockfeature on or off:



3. Select Delayed Door Lock.

4. Turn the delayed door lockfeature on or off.


Remote Locking, Unlocking,Starting

Select Remote Locking, Unlocking,Starting and the following will bedisplayed:. Remote Lock Feedback. Remote Unlock Light Feedback. Door Unlock or Remote Door

Unlock. Remote Left in Vehicle Reminder. Passive Door Unlock. Passive Door Lock

Remote Lock Feedback

This allows selection of whatfeedback is provided whenunlocking the vehicle with the RKEtransmitter.

The available options are:. Lights and Horn. Lights Only. Horn Only. OFF

To select the remote lock feedback:


2. Select Remote Locking,Unlocking, Starting.

3. Select Remote Lock Feedback.

4. Select the remote feedback.




Remote Unlock Light Feedback

When on, the exterior lamps willflash when unlocking the vehiclewith the RKE transmitter.

To turn the remote unlock lightfeedback feature on or off:



3. Select Remote Unlock LightFeedback.

4. Turn the remote unlock lightfeedback feature on or off.


Door Unlock or Remote DoorUnlock

This allows selection of which doorswill unlock when pressing K on theRKE transmitter.

The available options are:. All Doors

. Driver Door

If All Doors is selected, all doors willbe unlocked.

If Driver Door is selected, only thedriver door will be unlocked on thefirst press of K. All doors will be

unlocked on the second press of Kwithin five seconds of the priorpress.

To select how the doors will unlockwith the RKE transmitter:



3. Select Door Unlock or RemoteDoor Unlock.

4. Select how the doors will unlock.


Remote Left in Vehicle Reminder

When on, the horn will chirp rapidlythree times if an RKE transmitter isleft in the vehicle.

To turn the remote left in vehiclereminder feature on or off:



3. Select Remote Left in VehicleReminder.

4. Turn the remote left in vehiclereminder feature on or off.


Passive Door Unlock

This allows selection of which doorsare unlocked by pressing the buttonon the outside door handle.

The available options are:. All Doors. Driver Door

To select how the doors will unlock:





3. Select Passive Door Unlock.

4. Select which doors to unlock.


Passive Door Lock

This allows passive locking to beturned on or off and select whattype of feedback.

The available options are:. Off. On. On with Active Horn Chirp

To select doors locking feedback:



3. Select Passive Door Lock.

4. Select On, Off, or On with ActiveHorn Chirp.


Return to Factory Settings

This returns all of the vehiclepersonalization settings to thefactory settings.


2. Select Return to FactorySettings.

3. Select Yes or No.


Universal RemoteSystemSee Radio Frequency Statement onpage 13‑15 for informationregarding Part 15 of the FederalCommunications Commission (FCC)rules and Industry CanadaStandards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.

Universal Remote SystemProgramming

If the vehicle has this feature, youwill see these buttons with oneindicator light next to them in theoverhead console.

This system provides a way toreplace up to three remote controltransmitters used to activate



devices such as garage dooropeners, security systems, andhome automation devices.

Do not use the Universal Remotesystem with any garage door openerthat does not have the stop andreverse feature. This includes anygarage door opener modelmanufactured before April 1,1982.

Read the instructions completelybefore attempting to program theUniversal Remote system. Becauseof the steps involved, it may behelpful to have another personavailable to assist with programmingthe Universal Remote system.

Keep the original hand-heldtransmitter for use in other vehiclesas well as for future UniversalRemote system programming. It isalso recommended that upon thesale of the vehicle, the programmedUniversal Remote system buttonsbe erased for security purposes.See “Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons” later in thissection.

When programming a garage door,park outside of the garage. Parkdirectly in line with and facing thegarage door opener motor-head orgate motor-head. Be sure thatpeople and objects are clear of thegarage door or gate beingprogrammed.

It is recommended that a newbattery be installed in the hand-heldtransmitter for quicker and moreaccurate transmission of theradio-frequency signal.

Programming the UniversalRemote System

For questions or help programmingthe Universal Remote system, call1-800-355-3515 or go towww.homelink.com.

Programming a garage door openerinvolves time-sensitive actions, soread the entire procedure beforestarting. Otherwise, the device willtime out and the procedure will haveto be repeated.

To program up to three devices:

1. Hold the end of the hand-heldtransmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 to3 in) away from the UniversalRemote system buttons whilekeeping the indicator light inview. The hand-held transmitterwas supplied by themanufacturer of the garage dooropener receiver(motor-head unit).

2. At the same time, press andhold both the hand-heldtransmitter button and one of thethree Universal Remote systembuttons to be used to operatethe garage door. Do not releasethe Universal Remote systembutton or the hand-heldtransmitter button until theindicator light changes from aslowly to a rapidly flashing light.You now may release bothbuttons.

Some entry gates and garagedoor openers may requiresubstitution of Step 2 with the



procedure noted in “GateOperator and CanadianProgramming” later in thissection.

3. Press and hold for five secondsthe newly trained UniversalRemote system button (thebutton selected in Step 2) whileobserving the indicator light andgarage door activation.. If the indicator light stays on

continuously or the garagedoor starts to move whenthe Universal Remotesystem button is pressedand released, then theprogramming is complete.There is no need tocontinue programmingSteps 4–6.

. If the Universal Remotesystem indicator light blinksrapidly for two seconds,then turns to a constantlight and the garage door

does not move, continuewith programmingSteps 4–6.

It may be helpful to haveanother person assist withthe remaining Steps 4–6.

“Learn” or “Smart” Button

4. After Steps 1–3 have beencompleted, locate the “Learn” or“Smart” button inside the garageon the garage door openerreceiver (motor-head unit). Thename and color of the buttonmay vary by manufacturer.

5. Firmly press and release the“Learn” or “Smart” button. Afterpressing this button, you willhave 30 seconds to completeStep 6.

6. Immediately return to thevehicle. Firmly press and holdfor two seconds the UniversalRemote system button, selectedin Step 2 to control the garagedoor, and then release it. If thegarage door does not move orthe lamp on the garage dooropener receiver (motor-headunit) does not flash, press andhold the same button a secondtime for two seconds, thenrelease it. Again, if the doordoes not move or the garagedoor lamp does not flash, pressand hold the same button a thirdtime for two seconds, thenrelease.

The Universal Remote systemshould now activate thegarage door.



To program the remaining twoUniversal Remote system buttons,begin with Step 1 of “Programmingthe Universal Remote System.”

Gate Operator and CanadianProgramming

If you have questions or need helpprogramming the Universal Remotesystem, call 1-800-355-3515 or goto www.homelink.com.

Canadian radio-frequency lawsrequire transmitter signals to timeout or quit after several seconds oftransmission. This may not be longenough for the Universal Remotesystem to pick up the signal duringprogramming. Similarly, some U.S.gate operators are manufactured totime out in the same manner.

If you live in Canada, or you arehaving difficulty programming a gateoperator or garage door opener byusing the “Programming theUniversal Remote System”procedures, regardless of whereyou live, replace Step 2 under“Programming the Universal RemoteSystem” with the following:

Continue to press and hold theUniversal Remote system buttonwhile you press and release everytwo seconds (cycle) the hand-heldtransmitter button until thefrequency signal has beensuccessfully accepted by theUniversal Remote system. TheUniversal Remote system indicatorlight will flash slowly at first and thenrapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under“Programming the Universal RemoteSystem” to complete.

Universal Remote SystemOperation

Using the Universal RemoteSystem

Press and hold the appropriateUniversal Remote system button forat least half of a second. Theindicator light will come on while thesignal is being transmitted.

Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons

All programmed buttons should beerased when the vehicle is sold orthe lease ends.

To erase all programmed buttons onthe Universal Remote systemdevice:

1. Press and hold down the twooutside buttons until theindicator light begins to flash.This should take about10 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.



Reprogramming a SingleUniversal Remote SystemButton

To reprogram any of the threeUniversal Remote system buttons:

1. Press and hold the desiredUniversal Remote systembutton. Do not release thebutton.

2. The indicator light will begin toflash after 20 seconds. Withoutreleasing the button, proceedwith Step 1 under “Programmingthe Universal Remote System.”

If you have questions or need helpprogramming the Universal Remotesystem, call 1-800-355-3515 or goto www.homelink.com. You mayalso call the customer assistancephone number under CustomerAssistance Offices on page 13‑3.



2 NOTES


Lighting 6-1

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . 6-1Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Automatic HeadlampSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-3Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Interior LightingInstrument Panel IlluminationControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5Battery Power Protection . . . . . . 6-5

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

The exterior lamp control is on theturn signal lever.

There are four positions.

O (Off): Turns the exteriorlamps off.

AUTO (Automatic Headlamps):Turns the exterior lamps on and offautomatically depending on theexterior light.

; (Parking Lamps): Turns on theparking lamps together with thefollowing:. Sidemarker Lamps. Taillamps

. License Plate Lamps

. Instrument Panel Lights

5 (Headlamps): Turns on theheadlamps, together with thepreviously listed lamps and lights.

Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer23 (Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger): Push the turn signallever away from you and release, toturn the high beams on. To return tolow beams, push the lever again orpull it toward you and release.

This indicator light turns on in theinstrument cluster when thehigh-beam headlamps are on.


6-2 Lighting

Flash-to-PassThe flash-to-pass feature works withthe low beams or Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) on or off.

To flash the high beams, pull theturn signal lever toward youmomentarily and then release it.

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)The DRL system comes on indaylight when the followingconditions are met:. The vehicle is on.. The exterior lamp control is in

the automatic position.. The electric drive unit is not in

P (Park).. The light sensor determines it is

daytime.

Fully functional DRL are required onall vehicles first sold in Canada.

When the DRL are on, the taillamps,sidemarker lamps, instrument panellights, and other lamps will not beon. The instrument cluster will be lit.

When the exterior lamp control isturned to the headlamp position, thelow-beam headlamps come on. Theother lamps that come on with theheadlamps will also come on.

When the vehicle is on and you arestopped, the DRL can be turned offby moving the shift lever to P (Park).The DRL will stay off until the shiftlever is moved out of the P (Park)position.

The regular headlamp systemshould be turned on when needed.

Automatic HeadlampSystemWhen the exterior lamp control isset to AUTO and it is dark enoughoutside, the headlamps come onautomatically.

There is a light sensor on top of theinstrument panel. Do not cover thesensor, otherwise the headlampswill come on when they are notneeded.

The system may also turn on theheadlamps when driving through aparking garage or tunnel.

When it is bright enough outside,the headlamps will turn off or maychange to Daytime RunningLamps (DRL).


Lighting 6-3

The automatic headlamp systemturns off when the exterior lampcontrol is turned to O or the ignitionis off.

Lights On with Wipers

If the windshield wipers areactivated in daylight with the engineon, and the exterior lamp control isin AUTO, the headlamps, parkinglamps, and other exterior lampscome on. The transition time for thelamps coming on varies based onwiper speed. When the wipers arenot operating, these lamps turn off.Move the exterior lamp control toPor; to disable this feature.

Hazard Warning Flashers

| (Hazard Warning Flasher):Press this button to make the frontand rear turn signal lamps flash onand off. This warns others that youare having trouble.

Press| again to turn theflashers off.

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

Move the lever all the way up ordown to signal a turn.

An arrow on the instrument clusterwill flash in the direction of the turnor lane change.

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. Hold it there until the lanechange is complete. If the lever ismoved momentarily to the lanechange position, the arrow will flashthree times.

The lever returns to its startingposition when it is released.


6-4 Lighting

If after signaling a turn or lanechange, the arrow flashes rapidly ordoes not come on, a signal bulbmay be burned out.

Have any burned out bulbsreplaced. If a bulb is not burned out,check the fuse. See InstrumentPanel Fuse Block (Left Side) onpage 10‑34 or Instrument PanelFuse Block (Right Side) onpage 10‑35.

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

The brightness of the instrumentpanel cluster display, infotainmentdisplay and controls, steering wheelcontrols, and all other illuminatedcontrols, as well as feature statusindicators can be adjusted.

The thumbwheel is on theinstrument panel beside the steeringcolumn.

Move the thumbwheel up or down tobrighten or dim the lights.

Dome Lamps

The dome lamp controls are in theoverhead console.

To operate, press the followingbuttons:

' (On): Press to turn on thedome lamps.

H (Door): Press to turn the lampson automatically when a door isopened.

( (Off): Press to turn the lampsoff, even when a door is open.

Reading LampsThere are front and rear readinglamps.


Lighting 6-5

The front reading lamps are in theoverhead console.

# or$ : Press to turn each lampon or off.

The rear reading lamps are in theheadliner.

Lighting Features

Entry LightingThe headlamps, parking lamps,taillamps, back‐up lamps, and theinterior lights turn on briefly whenthe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter K is pressed. The lightsturn off immediately when thePOWER O button is pressed orautomatically after a brief period.

Exit LightingThe headlamps, parking lamps,taillamps, back-up lamps, andlicense plate lamps come on whenthe vehicle is turned off and thedriver door is opened. Some interiorlights also come on when thevehicle is turned off. The exteriorlamps and interior lights remain onafter the door is closed for a briefperiod and then turn off.

The exit lighting feature can bechanged. See VehiclePersonalization on page 5‑51.

Battery Power ProtectionThe battery saver feature isdesigned to protect the vehicle's12‐volt battery.

If the exterior lamps or any interiorlamp is left on and the vehicle isturned off, the battery rundownprotection system automaticallyturns the lamps off after about10 minutes.


6-6 Lighting

2 NOTES


Infotainment System 7-1

InfotainmentSystem

IntroductionInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

Introduction

InfotainmentYour vehicle has an infotainmentsystem. See the infotainmentmanual.


7-2 Infotainment System

2 NOTES


Climate Controls 8-1

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsAutomatic Climate ControlSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Climate ControlSystems

Automatic ClimateControl SystemThe climate control buttons and thetouch screen are used to adjust theheating, cooling, and ventilation.

The vehicle may require the use ofan auxiliary heat source undercertain cold conditions. Thisprovides additional heating anddefrost capability obtained byrunning the engine, even if the highvoltage battery is adequatelycharged. Under these conditions,the engine will start and use fuel.Make sure there is fuel in the tank.

Do not allow the vehicle to remain inextreme temperatures for longperiods without being driven orbeing plugged in.


8-2 Climate Controls

Climate Control Buttons

1. Temperature Control

2. Driver and Passenger HeatedSeats

3. Defrost

4. Climate

5. Auto (Automatic Operation)

6. Rear Window Defogger




Climate Touch Screen Controls

1. Driver and Passenger AutoHeated Seats

2. Air Delivery Mode Controls

3. Auto Recirculation

4. Manual Recirculation

5. Outside Air Temperature Display

6. Climate Modes: Fan Only, ECO,Comfort

7. Climate Power Gauge


9. Temperature Setting Display

10. Air Conditioning Indicator

11. Heat Status Indicator

Climate Control Touch Screen

The climate mode, fan, air delivery,recirculation, and auto heated seatsare controlled by pressing theCLIMATE button on the center stackand viewing information in thecenter stack display.

Climate Mode Operation

There are three climate modesettings: Fan Only, ECO, andComfort. These settings adjust theimpact the climate control systemhas on the vehicle's electric rangeor fuel economy.

To select a climate mode:

1. Press CLIMATE on the centerstack.

2. Press the climate mode buttonon the touch screen. The climatemode will be lit.

Fan Only Mode: The airconditioning and electric heat areturned off. As long as0 is notselected, the climate control settings



may not have a noticeable effect onthe vehicle electric range and fueleconomy.

When in Fan Only mode, the AUTOindicator light will be off. WhenAUTO is selected in Fan Onlymode, the mode will change toeither ECO or Comfort.

When in Fan Only mode, the airconditioning system may turn onautomatically if the high voltagebattery is being cooled. The climatecontrol system could blow cold air.This is normal. To prevent cold airfrom blowing into the interior, turn offthe fan control and select the ventmode and manual recirculationmode, and close the air vents.

When in Fan Only mode, if AutoDefog is enabled, the airconditioning and electric heat mayturn on when high humidityconditions exist. See “Climate andAir Quality” under VehiclePersonalization on page 5‑51 for

more information on the Auto Defogselection. The air conditioning mayalso run if0 is selected.

ECO Mode: The air conditioningand electric heat are controlled tobalance comfort with fuel economy.As long as0 is not selected, thevehicle electric range or fueleconomy will decrease less than inComfort mode, but will result inmoderate comfort.

Comfort Mode: The airconditioning and electric heat arecontrolled to reach the best comfortlevel based on the temperaturesetting selected. In this mode,vehicle electric range or fueleconomy will decrease dependingon the amount of energy required toreach the best comfort levels.

Climate Power Gauge

When the climate mode is changed,the Climate Power gauge displaysthe impact that user setting changeshave on energy consumption. Thehigher the reading, the more energyis being used.

Air Conditioning/Heat StatusIndicators

The air conditioning/heat statusdisplays when the air conditioning orelectric heat is being used.



The air conditioning and electricheat could be on at the same timewhen dehumidification is required inECO or Comfort modes.

In Fan Only mode, occasionally theair conditioning and/or heatingstatus will be on if the Auto Defogfunction is enabled and highhumidity is detected. See “Climateand Air Quality” under VehiclePersonalization on page 5‑51, fordetails on enabling or disabling theAuto Defog function.

The air conditioning may also run if0 is selected, regardless of theclimate mode.

Automatic Operation

The system automatically controlsthe fan speed, air delivery mode,and recirculation to heat or cool thevehicle to the selected temperature.

When the AUTO indicator light ison, the system is in full automaticoperation. If the air delivery mode,

fan speed, or recirculation setting isadjusted, the AUTO indicator turnsoff and the selected settings display.

For automatic operation:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the temperature. An initialsetting of 23°C (74°F) isrecommended. Allow the systemtime to stabilize. Adjust thetemperature as needed.

Q / R (Temperature Control):Press to increase or decrease thetemperature.

Auto Defog: The system willmonitor high humidity inside thevehicle. When high humidity isdetected, the climate control systemmay adjust to outside air supply andturn on the air conditioner or theheater. The fan speed may slightlyincrease to help prevent fogging.When high humidity is no longerdetected, the system will return toits prior operation. To turn Auto

Defog off or on, see “Climate andAir Quality” under VehiclePersonalization on page 5‑51.

Manual Operation

A (Fan Control): Press the fancontrol buttons or the touch screenfan control, to increase or decreasethe fan speed. The fan speedsetting displays. Pressing eitherbutton cancels automatic fan controland the fan can be controlledmanually. Press AUTO to return toautomatic operation. Press the fandown button repeatedly to turn offthe fan and the climate controlsystem.

If the fan is manually turned offwhile in ECO or Comfort mode, thedisplay will automatically change toFan Only mode. When the fan isturned back on either by manuallyincreasing fan speed or pressing theAUTO button, the climate mode willrevert back to ECO orComfort mode.



Air Delivery Mode Control: PressCLIMATE to select the Climatetouch screen. Press the air deliverymode touch screen button tochange the direction of the airflow.The selected air delivery modebutton is lit. Pressing any of the airdelivery buttons cancels automaticair delivery control and the directionof the airflow can be controlledmanually. Press AUTO to return toautomatic operation.

To change the current mode, selectone of the following:

Y (Vent): Air is directed to theinstrument panel outlets.

\ (Bi-Level): Air is dividedbetween the instrument paneloutlets and the floor outlets.

[ (Floor): Air is directed to thefloor outlets.

- (Defog): Air is directed to thewindshield and floor outlets. Clearsthe windows of fog or moisture.

0 (Defrost): Air is directed to thewindshield. The windshield iscleared of fog or frost more quickly.Selecting0 will disable automaticcontrol and the AUTO buttonindicator will not be lit.

Selecting0 again will return to theprevious climate settings.

For best results, clear all snow andice from the windshield beforedefrosting.

If0 is selected in Fan Only orECO mode, air conditioning orelectric heat may turn on and havea noticeable effect on vehicleelectric range and fuel economy.

AUTOh (Auto Recirculation):Press to allow the system toautomatically choose the air supplymode for best performance in termsof comfort, efficiency, anddefogging. Air is recirculated oroutside air is pulled into the vehicle.The touch screen button is lit.

h (Manual Recirculation):Press to alternate betweenrecirculating air inside the vehicle orpulling in outside air. Whenselected, the touch screen buttonlights up to indicate that air is beingrecirculated. This helps to quicklycool the air inside the vehicle orprevent outside air and odors fromentering.

Pressing this button cancelsautomatic recirculation. Press AUTOor AUTOh to return to automaticoperation; recirculation runsautomatically as needed.

Manual recirculation mode is notavailable when in Defrost or Defogmodes.

M / L (Manual Heated Seats): Ifavailable, the controls are on thecenter stack. To operate, the vehiclemust be on.

Press M or L to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion andseatback. For more information, seeHeated Front Seats on page 3‑5.



M AUTO/ L AUTO (Auto HeatedSeats): If available, the controlsare on the touch screen on thecenter stack.

Press the touch screen L AUTO orM AUTO button. The button colorwill change to green when thisfeature is on. When the vehicle ison, this feature will automaticallyactivate the heated seats at thelevel required by the vehicle'sinterior temperature. The activehigh, medium, low, or off heatedseat level will be indicated by themanual heated seat button lights onthe center stack. Use the touchscreen buttons or the manualheated seat buttons on the centerstack to turn auto heated seats off.For more information, see HeatedFront Seats on page 3‑5.

Rear Window Defogger

= (Rear Window Defogger):Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off.

The rear window defogger turns offautomatically after aboutfive minutes. If turned on again, itruns for about five minutes beforeturning off. The defogger can alsobe turned off by turning thevehicle off.

For vehicles with heated outsiderearview mirrors, they turn on whenthe rear window defogger button ison and help to clear fog or frost fromthe surface of the mirror. SeeHeated Mirrors on page 2‑17.

Notice: Do not try to clear frostor other material from the insideof the front windshield and rearwindow with a razor blade oranything else that is sharp. Thismay damage the rear windowdefogger grid and affect theradio's ability to pick up stationsclearly. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Remote Start: For vehicles withthis feature, the climate controlsystem may be started by using theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter. The climate controlsystem will default to an appropriateheating or cooling mode. SeeRemote Start on page 2‑8.

The rear window defogger turns onif it is cold outside.

Compressor

The vehicle has an electric poweredair conditioning compressor. Thisallows for continuous airconditioning and/or high voltagebattery cooling operation, withoutrunning the engine.

The compressor operating speed isnot tied to the engine speed, sosome noise may be heard from thecompressor, especially when airconditioning use is high and theengine has turned off. This isnormal.



Sensors

Solar Sensor

The solar sensor is on top of theinstrument panel, near thewindshield, where it monitors solarintensity.

The climate control system uses thesensor information to adjust thetemperature, fan speed,recirculation, and air delivery modefor best comfort.

Do not cover the sensor; otherwisethe automatic climate control systemmay not work properly.

Humidity Sensor

The humidity sensor is near thebase of the inside rearview mirror.The climate control system uses thesensor information to adjust thetemperature and recirculation forbest comfort.

Outside Air Temperature Sensor

The outside air temperature sensoris located behind the front grille ofthe vehicle. The vehicle uses thesensor information to displayoutside air temperature. The climatecontrol system uses the informationto adjust the climate systemoperation.

Air VentsUse the louvers on the air vents tochange the direction of the airflow.

Use the thumbwheels near eachvent to open and close off theairflow.

Operation Tips. Keep all outlets open whenever

possible for best systemperformance.

. Keep the path under all seatsclear of objects to help circulatethe air inside the vehicle moreeffectively.

. Use of non-GM approved hooddeflectors can adversely affectthe performance of the system.

. Do not attach any devices to theair vent slats, this restrictsairflow and may cause damageto the air vents.


Driving and Operating 9-1

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDriving for Better EnergyEfficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . 9-7Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 9-8Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 9-11Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . 9-11

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . 9-16Power Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16Starting and Stopping theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19

Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . 9-20Parking over ThingsThat Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20

Electric Vehicle OperatingModesSystem Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21Electric Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21Extended Range Mode . . . . . . 9-21Driver Selected OperatingModes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22

Out of Fuel/EngineUnavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24

Maintenance Modes . . . . . . . . . 9-25

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27

Electric Drive UnitElectric Drive Unit . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27

BrakesAntilock BrakeSystem (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29

Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . 9-30Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . 9-32

Ride Control SystemsTraction ControlSystem (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32

Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-34

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35

Object Detection SystemsForward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-38

Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 9-40Rear VisionCamera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-42

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-44


9-2 Driving and Operating

ChargingPlug-In Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-47Delayed ChargingOverride . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-49

Charging StatusFeedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-49

Charge Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-53Utility Interruption ofCharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-54

Electrical Requirements forBattery Charging . . . . . . . . . . . 9-54

FuelFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-55Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . 9-56California FuelRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56

Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-56Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-57Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-59

TowingGeneral TowingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-60

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On ElectricalEquipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-60

Driving Information

Driving for Better EnergyEfficiencyUse the following tips to helpmaximize energy efficiency andrange.

Driving Style

Efficiency Gauge (InstrumentCluster)

The ball indicator should be keptgreen and in the center of thegauge.

Inefficient acceleration is indicatedwhen the ball turns yellow andtravels above the center of thegauge.

Aggressive braking is indicatedwhen the ball turns yellow andtravels below the center of thegauge.

Acceleration/Braking/Coasting

Avoid unnecessary rapidaccelerations and decelerations.

Electric range is maximized at80 km/h (50 mph) and below. Higherspeeds use more energy and cansignificantly reduce electric range.

Use cruise control whenappropriate.

Plan ahead for decelerations andcoast whenever possible. Forexample, do not rush to trafficsignals.

Do not shift to N (Neutral) to coast.The vehicle recovers energy whilecoasting and braking in D (Drive)or L (Low).

Drive Mode and PRNDL Selection

Use Normal Mode when possible.

Sport Mode provides moreresponsive acceleration thanNormal Mode but can reduceefficiency.

Use Mountain Mode prior toclimbing long, steep grades inmountainous areas. Be sure toengage Mountain Mode beforestarting to climb. Mountain Mode



reduces electric range and powerbut may be needed to maintainspeeds above 96 km/h (60 mph)when climbing grades of 5% orgreater.

Use L (Low) in heavy stop-and-gotraffic or when traveling downhill.L (Low) requires less brake pedalapplication and provides acontrolled, efficient way to slow thevehicle down.

Climate Setting

Using the heat and air conditioningsystems decreases the energyavailable for electric driving.

Optimal energy efficiency isachieved with the heat, airconditioning, and fan turned off.

Less energy is used at low fanspeeds. When using the fan:. Fan Only is the most energy

efficient climate setting as longas0 is not selected.

. ECO is for moderate airconditioning and heateroperation and is the next mostenergy efficient setting as longas0 is not selected.

. Comfort provides the mostcomfort but is the least energyefficient.

Use the auto heated seat featureinstead of climate settings. Heatingthe seat uses less energy thanheating the vehicle interior.

Use remote start to heat or cool theinterior when the vehicle is pluggedin to maximize the electric range byutilizing electricity from the electricaloutlet.

Engine Assisted Heating operation,if equipped, can be personalized.

In hot weather, avoid parking indirect sunlight or use sunshadesinside the vehicle.

Turn off the front and rear windowdefog/defrost when they are nolonger needed.

Avoid driving with the windows openat highway speeds.

See Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑51.

Vehicle Charging/Maintenance

Charging

Keep the vehicle plugged in, evenwhen fully charged, to keep thebattery temperature ready for thenext drive. This is important whenoutside temperatures are extremelyhot or cold.

Maintenance

Always keep the tires properlyinflated and the vehicle properlyaligned.

The weight of excess cargo in thevehicle affects efficiency and range.Avoid carrying more than is needed.

If fuel is not regularly used, considerkeeping the fuel tank only one-thirdfull. Excess fuel weight impactsefficiency and range.

Use premium fuel.



Avoid unnecessary use of electricalaccessories. Power used forfunctions other than propelling thevehicle will reduce EV range.

Using a rooftop carrier will reduceefficiency due to additional weightand drag.

Distracted DrivingDistraction comes in many formsand can take your focus from thetask of driving. Exercise goodjudgment and do not let otheractivities divert your attention awayfrom the road. Many localgovernments have enacted lawsregarding driver distraction. Becomefamiliar with the local laws inyour area.

To avoid distracted driving, alwayskeep your eyes on the road, handson the wheel, and mind on the drive.. Do not use a phone in

demanding driving situations.Use a hands-free method toplace or receive necessaryphone calls.

. Watch the road. Do not read,take notes, or look upinformation on phones or otherelectronic devices.

. Designate a front seatpassenger to handle potentialdistractions.

. Become familiar with vehiclefeatures before driving, such asprogramming favorite radiostations and adjusting climatecontrol and seat settings.Program all trip information intoany navigation device prior todriving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parkedto retrieve items that have fallento the floor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tendto children.

. Keep pets in an appropriatecarrier or restraint.

. Avoid stressful conversationswhile driving, whether with apassenger or on a cell phone.

{ WARNING

Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.

Refer to the infotainment section formore information on using thatsystem, including pairing and usinga cell phone.

If equipped, refer to the navigationmanual for information on thatsystem, including pairing and usinga cell phone.

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The firststep in driving defensively is to wearthe safety belt. See Safety Belts onpage 3‑9.. Assume that other road users

(pedestrians, bicyclists, andother drivers) are going to be



careless and make mistakes.Anticipate what they might doand be ready.

. Allow enough following distancebetween you and the driver infront of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

Drunk DrivingDeath and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.

{ WARNING

Drinking and then driving is verydangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, andjudgment can be affected by evena small amount of alcohol. Youcan have a serious — or evenfatal — collision if you drive afterdrinking.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

Do not drink and drive or ride witha driver who has been drinking.Ride home in a cab; or if you arewith a group, designate a driverwho will not drink.

Control of a VehicleBraking, steering, and acceleratingare important factors in helping tocontrol a vehicle while driving.

BrakingBraking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Deciding topush the brake pedal is perceptiontime. Actually doing it isreaction time.

Average driver reaction time isabout three-quarters of a second. Inthat time, a vehicle moving at100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m(66 ft), which could be a lot ofdistance in an emergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:. Keep enough distance between

you and the vehicle in frontof you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.

If propulsion is disabled while thevehicle is being driven, brakenormally but do not pump thebrakes. If the brakes are pumped,the pedal could get harder to pushdown. If propulsion stops, there willstill be some power brake assist butit will be used when the brake isapplied. Once the power assist isused up, it can take longer to stopand the brake pedal will be harderto push.

Steering

Electric Power Steering

The vehicle has electric powersteering. It does not have powersteering fluid. Regular maintenanceis not required.



If power steering assist is lost dueto a system malfunction, the vehiclecan be steered, but may requireincreased effort. See your dealer ifthere is a problem.

If the steering wheel is turned until itreaches the end of its travel and isheld against that position for anextended period of time, powersteering assist may be reduced.

Normal use of the power steeringassist should return when thesystem cools down.

See specific vehicle steeringmessages under Service VehicleMessages on page 5‑49.

See your dealer if there is aproblem.

Curve Tips. Take curves at a reasonable

speed.. Reduce speed before entering a

curve.. Maintain a reasonable steady

speed through the curve.. Wait until the vehicle is out of

the curve before acceleratinggently into the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when

steering around a problem maybe more effective than braking.

. Holding both sides of thesteering wheel allows you to turn180 degrees without removinga hand.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) allows steering whilebraking.

Off-Road Recovery

The vehicle's right wheels can dropoff the edge of a road onto theshoulder while driving. Followthese tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator andthen, if there is nothing in theway, steer the vehicle so that itstraddles the edge of thepavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until theright front tire contacts thepavement edge.



3. Turn the steering wheel to gostraight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems:. Braking Skid — wheels are not

rolling.. Steering or Cornering

Skid — too much speed orsteering in a curve causes tiresto slip and lose cornering force.

. Acceleration Skid — too muchthrottle causes the drivingwheels to spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skidsby taking reasonable care suited toexisting conditions, and by notoverdriving those conditions. Butskids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, followthese suggestions:. Ease your foot off the

accelerator pedal and steer theway you want the vehicle to go.The vehicle may straighten out.Be ready for a second skid if itoccurs.

. Slow down and adjust yourdriving according to weatherconditions. Stopping distancecan be longer and vehiclecontrol can be affected whentraction is reduced by water,snow, ice, gravel, or othermaterial on the road. Learn torecognize warning clues — suchas enough water, ice, or packedsnow on the road to make amirrored surface — and slowdown when you have any doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering,acceleration, or braking,including reducing vehicle speedby shifting to a lower gear. Anysudden changes could causethe tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes helpavoid only the braking skid.

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reducevehicle traction and affect yourability to stop and accelerate.Always drive slower in these typesof driving conditions and avoiddriving through large puddles anddeep‐standing or flowing water.

{ WARNING

Wet brakes can cause crashes.They might not work as well in aquick stop and could causepulling to one side. You couldlose control of the vehicle.

After driving through a largepuddle of water or a car/vehiclewash, lightly apply the brakepedal until the brakes worknormally.

(Continued)



WARNING (Continued)

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicleoccupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and bevery cautious about trying to drivethrough flowing water.

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Watercan build up under the vehicle'stires so they actually ride on thewater. This can happen if the road iswet enough and you are going fastenough. When the vehicle ishydroplaning, it has little or nocontact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:. Allow extra following distance.. Pass with caution.. Keep windshield wiping

equipment in good shape.. Keep the windshield washer fluid

reservoir filled.. Have good tires with proper

tread depth. See Tires onpage 10‑39.

. Turn off cruise control.

Highway HypnosisAlways be alert and pay attention toyour surroundings while driving.If you become tired or sleepy, find asafe place to park the vehicleand rest.

Other driving tips include:. Keep the vehicle well ventilated.. Keep the interior

temperature cool.

. Keep your eyes moving — scanthe road ahead and to the sides.

. Check the rearview mirror andvehicle instruments often.

Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than drivingon flat or rolling terrain. See“Mountain Mode” under DriverSelected Operating Modes onpage 9‑22. Tips for driving in theseconditions include:. Keep the vehicle serviced and in

good shape.. Check all fluid levels and brakes,

tires, cooling system, andelectric drive unit.

. Keep the vehicle in gear whengoing down steep or long hills.



{ WARNING

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)or with the vehicle turned off isdangerous. The brakes will haveto do all the work of slowing downthe vehicle and could become toohot. Hot brakes may not be ableto slow the vehicle enough tomaintain speed and control. Youcould crash. Always have thevehicle running and in gear(preferably LOW range) whengoing downhill. This will allow theelectric drive unit to assist inslowing and maintaining speed.

. Stay in your own lane. Do notswing wide or cut across thecenter of the road. Drive atspeeds that let you stay in yourown lane.

. Top of hills: Bealert — something could be inyour lane (stalled car, accident).

. Pay attention to special roadsigns (falling rocks area, windingroads, long grades, passing orno-passing zones) and takeappropriate action.

Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Drive carefully when there is snowor ice between the tires and theroad, creating less traction or grip.Wet ice can occur at about 0°C(32°F) when freezing rain begins tofall, resulting in even less traction.Avoid driving on wet ice or infreezing rain until roads can betreated with salt or sand.

Drive with caution, whatever thecondition. Accelerate gently sotraction is not lost. Accelerating tooquickly causes the wheels to spinand makes the surface under thetires slick, so there is even lesstraction.

Try not to break the fragile traction.If you accelerate too fast, the drivewheels will spin and polish thesurface under the tires even more.

The Antilock Brake System (ABS)improves vehicle stability duringhard stops on slippery roads, butapply the brakes sooner than whenon dry pavement.

Allow greater following distance onany slippery road and watch forslippery spots. Icy patches canoccur on otherwise clear roads inshaded areas. The surface of acurve or an overpass can remain icywhen the surrounding roads areclear. Avoid sudden steeringmaneuvers and braking whileon ice.

Turn off cruise control on slipperysurfaces.



Blizzard Conditions

Being stuck in snow can be aserious situation. Stay with thevehicle unless there is help nearby.If possible, use the RoadsideAssistance Program. To get helpand keep everyone in thevehicle safe:. Turn on the hazard warning

flashers.. Tie a red cloth to an outside

mirror.

{ WARNING

Snow can trap engine exhaustunder the vehicle. This maycause exhaust gases to getinside. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO) whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

If the vehicle is stuck in the snow:. Clear away snow from aroundthe base of the vehicle,especially any that is blockingthe exhaust pipe.

. Check again from time totime to be sure snow doesnot collect there.

. Open a window about 5 cm(2 in) on the side of thevehicle that is away from thewind to bring in fresh air.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatcirculates the air inside thevehicle and set the fan speedto the highest setting. See“Climate Control Systems” inthe Index.

For more information aboutcarbon monoxide, see EngineExhaust on page 9‑26.

To conserve energy, run the vehiclefor only short periods as needed towarm the vehicle and then shut thevehicle off and close the windowmost of the way to save heat.Repeat this until help arrives butonly when you feel reallyuncomfortable from the cold. Movingabout to keep warm also helps.



If it takes some time for help toarrive, start the vehicle. The enginemay start to charge the 12‐voltbattery. Turn off unnecessaryaccessories to conserve energy.

If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin thewheels to free the vehicle whenstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.

The Traction Control System (TCS)must be turned off by pressing theTCS/ESC button. Traction control isnot completely off, but will onlyengage if the maneuver can causedamage to the electric drive unit.

{ WARNING

If the vehicle's tires spin at highspeed, they can explode, and youor others could be injured. Thevehicle can overheat, causing anengine compartment fire or other

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

damage. Spin the wheels as littleas possible and avoid goingabove 56 km/h (35 mph).

Rocking the Vehicle to Getit Out

Turn the steering wheel left andright to clear the area around thefront wheels. Shift back and forthbetween R (Reverse) and a forwardgear, spinning the wheels as little aspossible. The Traction ControlSystem prevents the tires fromspinning at high speeds. To preventelectric drive unit wear, wait until thewheels stop spinning before shiftinggears. Release the acceleratorpedal while shifting, and presslightly on the accelerator pedalwhen the electric drive unit is ingear. Slowly spinning the wheels inthe forward and reverse directions

causes a rocking motion that couldfree the vehicle. If that does not getthe vehicle out after a few tries, itmight need to be towed out. If thevehicle does need to be towed out,see Towing the Vehicle onpage 10‑73.

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to know howmuch weight the vehicle cancarry. This weight is called thevehicle capacity weight andincludes the weight of alloccupants, cargo, and allnonfactory-installed options.Two labels on the vehicle showhow much weight it wasdesigned to carry, the Tire andLoading Information label andthe Certification label.



{ WARNING

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoshorten the life of the vehicle.

Tire and Loading InformationLabel

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Tire andLoading Information label isattached to the center pillar(B-pillar). With the driver dooropen, the label is attachedbelow the door lock post. TheTire and Loading Informationlabel shows the number ofoccupant seating positions (1),

and the maximum vehiclecapacity weight (2) in kilogramsand pounds.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label also shows thetire size of the originalequipment tires (3) and therecommended cold tire inflationpressures (4). For moreinformation on tires and inflationsee Tires on page 10‑39 andTire Pressure on page 10‑46.

There is also important loadinginformation on the Certificationlabel. It tells you the GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)and the Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR) for the front andrear axle; see “CertificationLabel” later in this section.



Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit

1. Locate the statement “Thecombined weight ofoccupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs” on your vehicle'splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will be ridingin your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount of cargoand luggage load capacity.For example, if the “XXX”amount equals 1400 lbs andthere will be five 150 lbpassengers in your vehicle,the amount of available cargo

and luggage load capacity is650 lbs (1400 − 750 (5 x 150)= 650 lbs).

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, the load from yourtrailer will be transferred toyour vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine how thisreduces the available cargoand luggage load capacity ofyour vehicle.

The vehicle is neither designednor intended to tow a trailer.

Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weight forExample 1 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

2. Subtract Occupant Weight @68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg(300 lbs).

3. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 317 kg(700 lbs).



Example 2


2. Subtract Occupant Weight @68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 340 kg(750 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight =113 kg (250 lbs).

Example 3


2. Subtract Occupant Weight @91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight =0 kg (0 lbs).

Refer to the vehicle's Tire andLoading Information label forspecific information about thevehicle's capacity weight and

seating positions. The combinedweight of the driver, passengers,and cargo should never exceedthe vehicle's capacity weight.

Certification Label

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certificationlabel is found on the center pillar(B-pillar). The label shows thegross weight capacity of thevehicle. This is the GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)and includes the weight of thevehicle, all occupants, fuel, and



cargo. Never exceed the GVWRfor the vehicle, or the GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR) foreither the front or rear axle.

Spread out heavy loads equallyon both sides of the vehicle. See“Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit” earlier in thissection.

{ WARNING

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoshorten the life of the vehicle.

If you put things inside thevehicle — like suitcases,tools, packages, or anythingelse — they will go as fast asthe vehicle goes. If you have tostop or turn quickly, or if there isa crash, they will keep going.

{ WARNING

Things inside the vehicle canstrike and injure people in asudden stop or turn, or in acrash.

. Put things in the cargoarea of the vehicle. In thecargo area, put them asfar forward as possible.Try to spread the weightevenly.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

. Never stack heavierthings, like suitcases,inside the vehicle so thatsome of them are abovethe tops of the seats.

. Do not leave anunsecured child restraintin the vehicle.

. Secure loose items in thevehicle.

. Do not leave a seat foldeddown unless needed.



Starting andOperating

New Vehicle Break-InNotice: The vehicle does notrequire a break-in period. Vehiclebreak‐in is performed duringmanufacturing.

Power Button

The vehicle has an electronicpush‐button start. The POWER Obutton light flashes when the driver

door is open and the vehicle is noton. The flashing light will eventuallytime out. The POWER O buttonlight is on steady when in ON/RUNpower mode. When the vehicle isturned off, the POWER O buttonlight will turn off.

The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter must be in the vehicle forthe system to operate. If the vehiclewill not start, place the RKEtransmitter in the transmitter slot.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation on page 2‑2.

ON/RUN: This position is forstarting and driving. With the vehicleoff, and the brake pedal applied,pressing the POWER O button oncewill place the vehicle in ON/RUN.When the READY light is on in theinstrument cluster, the vehicle isready to be driven. This could takeup to 15 seconds at extremely coldtemperatures. See Vehicle ReadyLight on page 5‑25. The engine willonly start if needed. If the vehicledid not start, the instrument cluster

will display a screen with inactivefuel and battery gauges. SeeStarting and Stopping the Vehicleon page 9‑17.

Service Only Mode

This power mode is available forservice and diagnostics, and toverify the proper operation of themalfunction indicator lamp as maybe required for emission inspectionpurposes. With the vehicle off, andthe brake pedal not applied,pressing and holding the POWER Obutton for more than five secondswill place the vehicle in ServiceOnly Mode. The instruments andaudio systems will operate as theydo in ON/RUN, but the vehicle willnot be able to be driven. Thepropulsion system will not start inService Only Mode. Push the buttonagain to turn the vehicle off.

Notice: Service Only Mode willdischarge the 12‐volt battery. Donot use Service Only Mode for anextended period, or the vehiclemay not start.



STOPPING THE VEHICLE/OFF:To turn the vehicle off, push thePOWER O button with the vehiclein P (Park). Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) will remain active untilthe driver door is opened. SeeRetained Accessory Power (RAP)on page 9‑19. When turning off thevehicle, if the vehicle is not inP (Park), the vehicle will go to ACC/ACCESSORY and display themessage SHIFT TO PARK in theDriver Information Center (DIC).See Electric Drive Unit Messageson page 5‑45.

If the vehicle must be shut off in anemergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shifting

to N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle to asafe location.

3. Come to a complete stop, shiftto P (Park), and turn the vehicleoff by pushing the POWER Obutton.

4. Set the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake onpage 9‑30.

{ WARNING

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may disable the airbags.While driving, only shut thepropulsion system off in anemergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,and must be shut off while driving,press and hold the POWER Obutton for longer than two seconds,or press twice in five seconds.

Starting and Stopping theVehicle

Starting Procedure

Move the shift lever to P (Park) orN (Neutral). The propulsion systemwill not start in any other position.

Notice: Do not try to shift toP (Park) if the vehicle is movingor the electric drive unit could bedamaged. Shift to P (Park) onlywhen the vehicle is stopped.

Notice: If you add electrical partsor accessories, you could changethe way the vehicle operates. Anyresulting damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.See Add-On Electrical Equipmenton page 9‑60.

The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter must be in the vehicle.Press the brake pedal and push andrelease the POWER O button.

If the RKE transmitter is not in thevehicle or something is interferingwith the transmitter, a message



displays in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See Key and LockMessages on page 5‑46.

If the vehicle will not start due to alow RKE transmitter battery, thevehicle can still be driven. See“Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” in RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation on page 2‑2.

A Welcome, Ready, and Good-byeaudio message will be heard in thevehicle and animated on theinstrument cluster when opening the

driver door upon entry, when thevehicle is ready to be driven, andwhen the vehicle is turned off.

The instrument cluster displays anactive fuel or battery gauge, alongwith an audio startup cue, when thevehicle is ready to be driven. Thiscould take up to 15 seconds atextremely cold temperatures. Theengine will only start if needed.If the vehicle did not start, theinstrument cluster will display ascreen with inactive fuel and batterygauges. See Starting and Stoppingthe Vehicle on page 9‑17.

Restarting Procedure

If the vehicle must be restartedwhile it is still moving, move the shiftlever to N (Neutral) and press thePOWER O button twice withoutpressing the brake pedal. Thepropulsion system will not restart inany other position.

Computers determine when theengine needs to run. The enginemay start, if required, when thepropulsion system is on. Somevehicle conditions that force theengine to run:. There are cold ambient

temperatures.. The hood is open or not

completely latched.. The high voltage battery has a

low charge.. The engine is needed to

maintain the high voltage batterytemperature.

. The engine needs to run formaintenance.

See Maintenance Modes onpage 9‑25.

A chime will sound if the driver dooris opened while the vehicle is in ON/RUN. Always press the POWER Obutton to turn the vehicle off beforeexiting.



Stopping Procedure

For information on how to turn thevehicle off, see Power Button onpage 9‑16.

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)The following features will operatefor up to 10 minutes or until thedriver door is opened:. Audio System. Accessory Power Outlets

Power windows will operate for upto 10 minutes or until any door isopened.

Shifting Into Park1. Hold the brake pedal down and

set the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake onpage 9‑30.

2. Move the shift lever into P (Park)by pushing the lever all the waytoward the front of the vehicle.


Leaving the Vehicle with thePropulsion System On

{ WARNING

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the propulsionsystem running. It could overheatand catch fire.

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when thepropulsion system is running.If you have left the propulsionsystem running, the vehicle canmove suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake and

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

move the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park onpage 9‑19.

If you have to leave the vehicle withthe propulsion system on, be surethe vehicle is in P (Park) and theparking brake is firmly set beforeyou leave it. After you have movedthe shift lever into P (Park), holddown the regular brake pedal. See ifyou can move the shift lever awayfrom P (Park) without first pulling ittoward you. If you can, it means thatthe shift lever was not fully lockedinto P (Park).

Torque Lock

Torque lock is when the weight ofthe vehicle puts too much force onthe parking pawl in the electric driveunit. This happens when parking ona hill and shifting the electric driveunit into P (Park) is not doneproperly and then it is difficult to



shift out of P (Park). To preventtorque lock, set the parking brakeand then shift into P (Park).

If torque lock does occur, yourvehicle may need to be pusheduphill by another vehicle to relievethe parking pawl pressure, so youcan shift out of P (Park).

Shifting out of ParkTo shift out of P (Park), the vehiclemust be in ON/RUN, the brakepedal must be applied, and thecharge cord must be unplugged.

The vehicle has an electronic shiftlock release system. The shift lockrelease is designed to:. Prevent the vehicle from turning

off unless the shift lever is inP (Park).

. Prevent moving the shift leverout of P (Park), unless thevehicle is in ON/RUN, the brakepedal is applied, and the chargecord is unplugged.

Parking the vehicle in extreme coldfor several days without the chargecord connected may cause theelectric drive unit to be locked inP (Park) until the propulsion systemhas warmed sufficiently.

The shift lock is always functionalexcept in the case of an unchargedor low charged 12‐volt battery (lessthan 9 volts).

If the vehicle has an uncharged12‐volt battery or a 12‐volt batterywith low voltage, try charging orjump starting the 12‐volt battery.See Battery on page 10‑22 or JumpStarting on page 10‑68.

If the console shift lever cannot bemoved out of P (Park):

1. Apply and maintain the regularbrakes.

2. Turn the vehicle on using thePOWER O button. See PowerButton on page 9‑16.

3. Let up on the shift lever andmake sure the shift lever ispushed all the way into P (Park).

4. Press the shift lever button.

5. Move the shift lever into thedesired gear.

If you still cannot move the shiftlever from P (Park), see your dealeror a professional towing service.

Parking over ThingsThat Burn

{ WARNING

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under thevehicle and ignite. Do not parkover papers, leaves, dry grass,or other things that can burn.



Electric VehicleOperating Modes

System OperationThis vehicle is an Extended RangeElectric Vehicle (EREV). It uses anelectric propulsion system to drivethe vehicle at all times. Electricity isthe vehicle's primary source ofenergy, while gasoline is thesecondary source.

The vehicle has two modes ofoperation: Electric and ExtendedRange. In both modes, the vehicleis propelled by its electric drive unit.It converts electrical energy intomechanical energy to drive thewheels. The vehicle's performanceremains the same in either mode.See Driving for Better EnergyEfficiency on page 9‑2.

Electric ModeIn Electric Mode, the vehicle doesnot use fuel or produce tailpipeemissions. During this primary

mode, the vehicle is powered byelectrical energy stored in the highvoltage battery. The vehicle canoperate in this mode until thebattery has reached a low charge.

There are some conditions when thebattery charge is high enough toprovide Electric Mode operation, butthe engine still runs. They are:. Cold ambient temperatures.. Hot or cold high voltage battery

temperatures.. The hood being open or not

completely closed and latched.. Certain high voltage battery fault

conditions.. Engine Maintenance Mode or

Fuel Maintenance Modebeing run.

Extended Range ModeWhen the vehicle reaches the endof its electric range, it switches toExtended Range Mode (ERM). Inthis secondary mode, electricity is

produced by the fuel‐poweredengine. This secondary source ofelectric power extends the vehiclerange. Operation will continue inERM until the vehicle can beplugged in to recharge the highvoltage battery and restoreElectric Mode.

The high voltage battery willcontinue to provide some power andwork together with the engine toprovide peak performance when it isrequired, such as driving up a steepincline or for high accelerationmaneuvers. The battery will not becharged nor will electric vehiclerange be restored by the engine.

In either Electric Mode or ExtendedRange Mode, when the hood isopen, the engine will run withoutturning off if the vehicle is on. Thehigh voltage battery is neithercharged nor discharged when thisoccurs.

In either Electric Mode or ExtendedRange Mode, if there is a highvoltage battery fault, the engine may



run without turning off to generateneeded electricity. The malfunctionindicator lamp will turn on. SeeMalfunction Indicator Lamp onpage 5‑17.

Driver Selected OperatingModesWhile driving in Electric or ExtendedRange Mode, additional operatingmodes can be selected.

Press the DRIVE MODE button todisplay selectable drive modes inthe Driver Information Center (DIC).Continue pressing to scroll throughthe modes.

Highlight either the Mountain, Sport,or Hold Mode, then release theDRIVE MODE button. Afterthree seconds, the new drive modewill become active.

Pressing the DRIVE MODE buttonagain will return to Normal Mode,and become active afterthree seconds.

At next start, the vehicle will defaultto Normal Mode. Drive modes canthen be selected again as desired.

During some conditions, certaindrive modes may be unavailable.The unavailable mode is grayed outin the DIC menu and cannot beselected.

If in Sport, Mountain, or Hold Mode,the mode may become unavailableand the vehicle will return to NormalMode. The indicator light goes offand a DIC message displays. SeePropulsion Power Messages onpage 5‑48.

Sport Mode



Sport Mode provides moreresponsive acceleration thanNormal Mode, but can reduceefficiency. Use Normal Modewhenever possible.

Press the DRIVE MODE button toselect Sport Mode.

Press the DRIVE MODE buttonagain to return to Normal Mode andit becomes active afterthree seconds.

The Sport light comes on whenSport Mode is selected. See SportMode Light on page 5‑21.

Each time the vehicle is started, itwill return to Normal Mode.

Mountain Mode

Mountain Mode should be selectedat the beginning of a trip beforeclimbing steep, uphill grades andwhen expecting to drive in very hillyor mountainous terrain. This modemaintains a reserve electricalcharge of the high voltage battery toprovide better grade climbingperformance. While driving inMountain Mode, the vehicle willhave less responsive acceleration.

Mountain Mode will not changenormal vehicle braking performancefor steep downhill grades. See Hilland Mountain Roads on page 9‑8and Electric Drive Unit onpage 9‑27.

Press the DRIVE MODE button toselect Mountain Mode. If steep hilldriving is expected, it isrecommended to select MountainMode at least 20 minutes beforedriving on steep grades. This willallow the vehicle time to build asufficient battery charge reserve.

If Mountain Mode is not selected forthese conditions, propulsion powermay be reduced and the enginespeed may increase. SeePropulsion Power Messages onpage 5‑48.

The engine may run when MountainMode is selected, depending onhigh voltage battery charge, to buildreserve battery charge for uphillclimbs. If Mountain Mode is enteredwith a sufficient battery chargereserve, the battery charge reservewill appear grayed out and anybattery charge reserve still unusedupon exiting Mountain Mode willreturn to normal appearance.



Press the Drive Mode button againto return to Normal Mode and itbecomes active after three seconds.

The Mountain light comes on whenMountain Mode is selected. SeeMountain Mode Light on page 5‑21.

Each time the vehicle is started, itwill return to Normal Mode tomaintain a smaller battery chargereserve for normal driving.

Hold Mode

Hold Mode is only available whenthe vehicle is in Electric Mode. Thismode places the remaining batterycharge into a reserve for the driverto use as desired. Selecting this

mode transitions the vehicle toExtended Range Mode to maintainthe battery charge reserve.

Upon exiting Hold Mode, thereserved battery charge becomesavailable again and the vehiclereturns to Electric Mode. If thetransition is from Hold Mode directlyto Mountain Mode, the electricrange displayed adjusts for theMountain Mode charge reserve.

Hold Mode will not change normalvehicle acceleration or brakingperformance.

Press the DRIVE MODE button toselect Hold Mode.

Press the DRIVE MODE buttonagain to return to Normal Mode andit becomes active afterthree seconds.

The Hold light comes on when HoldMode is selected. See Hold ModeLight on page 5‑22.

Each time the vehicle is started, itwill return to Normal Mode.

Out of Fuel/EngineUnavailableIf the vehicle runs out of fuel, or theengine will not start due to amalfunction, the vehicle cancontinue to be driven in ElectricMode. The vehicle will have lessresponsive acceleration. DICmessages indicate reducedpropulsion power, that the engine isnot available, and the need for fuelor service.

Once the vehicle is refueled, or themalfunction is corrected, the enginewill start the next time the vehicle isturned on to perform a self test, andDIC messages will not be displayed.Once the engine starts successfully,normal operation will continue ineither Electric or Extended RangeMode. The engine will stop runningafter the self test is completed, andbased on the current mode ofoperation. See Fuel SystemMessages on page 5‑46 andService Vehicle Messages onpage 5‑49.



Maintenance ModesEngine Maintenance Mode (EMM)

Engine Maintenance Mode (EMM)runs the engine to keep it in goodworking condition afterapproximately six weeks of no orvery limited engine operation. EMMwill force the engine to run, even ifthere is a charge to power thevehicle. When EMM is needed, theEMM Request screen appears onthe center stack display at vehiclestart.

If Yes is selected, EMM will begin.The engine will run for a set amountof time without turning off. During

EMM, a DIC message displays toshow the EMM percentagecomplete.

If No is selected, the EMM Requestscreen will appear when the vehicleis next started. The EMM requestcan be delayed for only one day.

If the EMM request was delayed forone day, EMM will automaticallystart the engine at the next vehiclestart. An EMM Notification screenwill appear in the center stackdisplay.

If the vehicle shuts off during EMM,it will restart the next time thevehicle is driven. A messagedisplays to indicate that EMM isactive.

If EMM is required and the fuel levelis low, EMM may eventually emptythe fuel tank if fuel is not added.This will result in reduced, or nopower. An adequate fuel level mustbe maintained in the vehicle to keepit operational. See Propulsion PowerMessages on page 5‑48.

Fuel Maintenance Mode (FMM)

Fuel Maintenance Mode (FMM)tracks average fuel age. Old fuelcan cause engine problems. If lowengine usage causes average fuelage to exceed approximatelyone year, FMM will run the engine touse up the old fuel. The engine willrun until enough fresh fuel is addedto bring the average fuel age into an



acceptable range. Allowing more oldfuel to be used up by FMM andadding a larger amount of fresh fuelwill maximize the length of timebefore another fuel maintenancemode is needed. During FMM theengine may turn on and off.

When FMM is needed, the FMMRequest screen appears on thecenter stack display at vehicle start.

If Yes is selected, FMM will begin.FMM will automatically continue ateach vehicle start until fresh fuel isadded.

If No is selected, the FMM Requestscreen will appear when the vehicleis next started. The FMM requestcan be delayed for only one day.

If the FMM request was delayed forone day, FMM will start at the nextvehicle start and display the FMMNotification screen on the centerstack display.

If FMM is required and the fuel levelis low, FMM may eventually emptythe fuel tank if fuel is not added.This will result in reduced, or nopower. An adequate fuel level mustbe maintained in the vehicle to keepit operational. See Propulsion PowerMessages on page 5‑48.

Engine Exhaust

{ WARNING

Engine exhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO) which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to COcan cause unconsciousness andeven death.

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:. The engine is running inExtended Range Mode inareas with poor ventilation(parking garages, tunnels,or deep snow that may blockunderbody airflow or tailpipes).

. The exhaust smells orsounds strange or different.

. The exhaust system leaksdue to corrosion or damage.

. The vehicle exhaust systemhas been modified, damaged,or improperly repaired.

(Continued)



WARNING (Continued)

. There are holes or openingsin the vehicle body fromdamage or aftermarketmodifications that are notcompletely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected orif it is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with the windowscompletely down.

. Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park with the enginerunning in Extended Range Modein an enclosed area such as agarage or a building that has nofresh air ventilation.

Running the VehicleWhile ParkedIt is better not to park with thepropulsion system running.

If the vehicle is left with thepropulsion system running, followthe proper steps to be sure thevehicle will not move. See ShiftingInto Park on page 9‑19 and EngineExhaust on page 9‑26.

Electric Drive UnitThe vehicle uses an electricdrive unit.

P (Park): This position locks thefront wheels. It is the best positionto use when starting the propulsionsystem because the vehicle cannotmove easily.



{ WARNING

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when thepropulsion system is running.If you have left the propulsionsystem running, the vehicle canmove suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park onpage 9‑19.

Make sure the shift lever is fully inP (Park) before starting thepropulsion system. The vehicle hasan electric drive unit shift lockcontrol system. The regular brakemust be fully applied first and thenthe shift lever button pressed before

shifting from P (Park) when thevehicle is in ON/RUN. If you cannotshift out of P (Park), ease pressureon the shift lever, then push the shiftlever all the way into P (Park) asyou maintain brake application.Then press the shift lever buttonand move the shift lever intoanother gear. See Shifting out ofPark on page 9‑20.

R (Reverse): Use this gear toback up.

Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse)while the vehicle is movingforward could damage the electricdrive unit. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Shift to R (Reverse) onlyafter the vehicle is stopped.

To rock the vehicle back and forth toget out of snow, ice, or sand withoutdamaging the electric drive unit, seeIf the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9‑11.

N (Neutral): In this position, thepropulsion system does not connectwith the wheels.

D (Drive): This position is fornormal driving. It provides the bestfuel economy. If more power isneeded for passing, and thevehicle is:. Going less than 56 km/h

(35 mph), push the acceleratorpedal about halfway down.

. Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) ormore, push the accelerator allthe way down.

Notice: If the vehicle seems toaccelerate slowly or not respondwhen you go faster, and youcontinue to drive the vehicle thatway, you could damage theelectric drive unit. Have thevehicle serviced right away.

L (Low): This position reducesvehicle speed without using thebrakes. You can use L (Low) onhills. It can help control vehiclespeed going down steep mountainroads along with using the brakesoff and on. You can use L (Low) onvery steep hills, in deep snow,or in mud.



Notice: Spinning the tires orholding the vehicle in one placeon a hill using only theaccelerator pedal may damagethe electric drive unit. The repairwill not be covered by the vehiclewarranty. If you are stuck, do notspin the tires. When stopping ona hill, use the brakes to hold thevehicle in place.

Brakes

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)This vehicle has the Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS), an advancedelectronic braking system that helpsprevent a braking skid.

When propulsion is active and thevehicle begins to drive away, ABSchecks itself. A momentary motor orclicking noise might be heard whilethis test is going on, and it mighteven be noticed that the brakepedal moves a little. This is normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) Warning Lighton page 5‑21.

If driving safely on a wet road and itbecomes necessary to slam on thebrakes and continue braking toavoid a sudden obstacle, acomputer senses that the wheelsare slowing down. If one of thewheels is about to stop rolling, thecomputer will separately work thebrakes at each wheel.

ABS can change the brake pressureto each wheel, as required, fasterthan any driver could. This can helpthe driver steer around the obstaclewhile braking hard.

As the brakes are applied, thecomputer keeps receiving updateson wheel speed and controlsbraking pressure accordingly.

Remember: ABS does not changethe time needed to get a foot up tothe brake pedal or always decreasestopping distance. If you get tooclose to the vehicle in front of you,there will not be enough time toapply the brakes if that vehicle



suddenly slows or stops. Alwaysleave enough room up ahead tostop, even with ABS.

Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down firmly and letABS work. You might hear the ABSpump or motor operating and feelthe brake pedal pulsate, but this isnormal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows the driver to steer andbrake at the same time. In manyemergencies, steering can helpmore than even the very bestbraking.

Electric Parking Brake

The vehicle has an Electric ParkingBrake (EPB). TheY switch is onthe center stack. The EPB canalways be activated, even if thevehicle is off. To prevent drainingthe 12‐volt battery, avoid repeatedcycles of the EPB system when thevehicle is off.

In case of insufficient electricalpower, the EPB cannot be appliedor released.

Before leaving the vehicle, checkthe Electric Parking Brake Light toensure the parking brake is applied.

EPB Apply

The EPB can be applied anytimethe vehicle is stopped. The EPB isapplied by momentarily lifting up ontheY switch. Once fully applied,the Electric Parking Brake Light willbe on. While the brake is beingapplied, the Electric Parking BrakeLight will flash until full apply isreached. If the light does not comeon, or remains flashing, have thevehicle serviced. Do not drive thevehicle if the Electric Parking BrakeLight is flashing. See your dealer.

If the EPB is applied while thevehicle is in motion, a chime willsound, and the DIC messageRELEASE PARKING BRAKE will bedisplayed. The vehicle willdecelerate as long as the switch isheld in the up position. ReleasingtheY switch during thedeceleration will release the parking



brake. If theY switch is held inthe up position until the vehiclecomes to a stop, the EPB willremain applied.

If the Electric Parking Brake Lightflashes continuously, the EPB isonly partially applied or released,or there is a problem with the EPB.The DIC message SERVICEPARKING BRAKE will be displayed.If this light flashes continuously,release the EPB, and attempt toapply it again. If this light continuesto flash, do not drive the vehicle.See your dealer.

If the Service Electric Parking BrakeLight is on, the EPB has detected asystem problem and is operatingwith reduced functionality. To applythe EPB when this light is on, lift upon theY switch and hold it in theup position. Full application of theparking brake by the EPB systemmay take a longer period of timethan normal when this light is on.Continue to hold theY switch untilthe Electric Parking Brake Light

remains on. If the Service ElectricParking Brake Light is on, see yourdealer.

If the EPB fails to apply, the rearwheels should be blocked toprevent vehicle movement.

For maximum EPB force whenparking on a hill, pull the EPBswitch twice.

EPB Release

To release the EPB, place thevehicle in ON/RUN, apply and holdthe brake pedal, and push downmomentarily on theY switch.If attempting to release the EPBwithout the brake pedal applied, achime will sound, and the DICmessage STEP ON BRAKE TORELEASE PARK BRAKE will bedisplayed. The EPB is releasedwhen the Electric Parking BrakeLight is off.

If the Service Electric Parking BrakeLight is on, the EPB has detected asystem problem, and is operatingwith reduced functionality. To

release the EPB when this light ison, push down on theY switchand hold it in the down position.EPB release may take a longerperiod of time than normal when thislight is on. Continue to hold theYswitch until the Electric ParkingBrake Light is off. If the light is on,see your dealer.

Notice: Driving with the parkingbrake on can overheat the brakesystem and cause prematurewear or damage to brake systemparts. Make sure that the parkingbrake is fully released and theElectric Parking Brake Light is offbefore driving.

Automatic EPB Release

The EPB will automatically release ifthe vehicle is running, placed intogear, and an attempt is made todrive away. Avoid rapid accelerationwhen the EPB is applied, topreserve parking brake lining life.



See Electric Parking Brake Light onpage 5‑20, Service Electric ParkingBrake Light on page 5‑20, andBrake System Messages onpage 5‑44.

Regenerative BrakingRegenerative braking takes some ofthe energy from the moving vehicleand turns it back into electricalenergy. This energy is then storedback into the high voltage batterysystem, contributing to increasedenergy efficiency.

The hydraulic disc brakes work withthe regenerative braking to ensureeffective braking, such as when ahigh braking demand is requested.

The braking system is computercontrolled and blends theregenerative braking with theconventional hydraulic disc brakesto meet any requirements fordeceleration. The controllerinterprets the braking request anduses regenerative braking,conventional hydraulic braking, or a

combination of both as necessary.Because the controller applies thehydraulic brakes through its highpressure accumulator, you mayoccasionally hear the motor‐drivenpump when it recharges the system.This is normal.

See Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators on page 5‑8 and DriverInformation Center (DIC) onpage 5‑41. In the event of acontroller problem, the brake pedalmay be harder to push and thestopping distance may be longer.

Ride Control Systems

Traction ControlSystem (TCS)The vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) that limits wheel spin.The system operates if it sensesthat one or both of the drive wheelsare slipping or beginning to losetraction. When this happens, thesystem brakes the spinning wheel(s)and/or reduces power to limitwheel spin.

The system may be heard or feltwhile it is working, but this isnormal.

To assist with directional control ofthe vehicle, TCS automaticallycomes on whenever the vehicle isturned on. To limit wheel spin,especially in slippery roadconditions, the system shouldalways be left on. But, TCS can beturned off if needed.



When the vehicle is started andbegins to move, the systemperforms several diagnostic checksto ensure there are no problems.

The system may be heard or feltwhile it is working. This is normaland does not mean there is aproblem with the vehicle. Thesystem should initialize before thevehicle reaches 32 km/h (20 mph).In some cases, it may takeapproximately 3.2 km (2 mi) ofdriving before the system initializes.

The TCS may activate on dry orrough roads or under conditionssuch as heavy acceleration whileturning or abrupt changes in outputfrom the electric drive unit. Whenthis happens, a reduction inacceleration may be noticed, or anoise or vibration may be heard.This is normal.

d flashes to indicate that TCS isactive. See Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light onpage 5‑23.

If there is a problem detected withTCS, SERVICE TRACTIONCONTROL is displayed on theDriver Information Center (DIC).See Ride Control System Messageson page 5‑48. When this messageis displayed and d comes on andstays on, the vehicle is safe to drivebut the system is not operational.Driving should be adjustedaccordingly.

If d comes on and stays on, resetthe system:

1. Stop the vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and wait15 seconds.

3. Start the engine.

If d still comes on and stays on, thevehicle needs service.

Notice: Do not repeatedly brakeor accelerate heavily when TCS isoff. The vehicle's driveline couldbe damaged.

TCS can be turned off by pressingand releasing the TCS/ESC buttonon the overhead console. WhenTCS is turned off, i comes on, andthe appropriate DIC message alsodisplays. See Ride Control SystemMessages on page 5‑48. With TCSturned off, the system does not limitwheel spin. Driving should beadjusted accordingly. See TractionOff Light on page 5‑22.

Press and release the TCS/ESCbutton again to turn the systemback on.



It may be necessary to turn thesystem off if the vehicle gets stuckin sand, mud, or snow and rockingthe vehicle is required. See If theVehicle Is Stuck on page 9‑11 formore information. See also WinterDriving on page 9‑9 for informationon using TCS when driving in snowyor icy conditions.

Adding non-GM accessories canaffect the vehicle performance. SeeAccessories and Modifications onpage 10‑2.

Electronic StabilityControl (ESC)The vehicle has an ElectronicStability Control system calledStabiliTrak. It is an advancedcomputer-controlled system thatassists with directional control of thevehicle in difficult driving conditions.

StabiliTrak comes on automaticallywhenever the vehicle is turned on.To assist with directional control ofthe vehicle, the system shouldalways be left on.

The system may be heard or feltwhile it is working, but this isnormal.

StabiliTrak activates when thecomputer senses a differencebetween the intended path and thedirection the vehicle is actuallytraveling. StabiliTrak selectivelyapplies braking pressure to thevehicle brakes to help steer thevehicle in the intended direction.

When the vehicle is started andbegins to move, the systemperforms several diagnostic checksto ensure there are no problems.The system may be heard or feltwhile it is working. This is normaland does not mean there is aproblem with the vehicle. Thesystem should initialize before thevehicle reaches 32 km/h (20 mph).In some cases, it may takeapproximately 3.2 km (2 mi) ofdriving before the system initializes.

When StabiliTrak activates, dflashes on the instrument cluster.This also occurs when traction

control is activated. This is normal.Continue to steer the vehicle in theintended direction. A noise may beheard or vibration may be felt in thebrake pedal. This is normal.Continue to steer the vehicle in theintended direction. See TractionControl System (TCS)/StabiliTrak®

Light on page 5‑23.

If a problem is detected withStabiliTrak, SERVICESTABILITRAK is displayed on theDriver Information Center (DIC).See Ride Control System Messageson page 5‑48. When this messageis displayed and d comes on andstays on, the vehicle is safe to drivebut the system is not operational.Driving should be adjustedaccordingly.

If d comes on and stays on, resetthe system:

1. Stop the vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and wait15 seconds.

3. Start the engine.



If d still comes on and stays on, thevehicle needs service.

. To turn off both StabiliTrak andTCS, press and hold the TCS/ESC button on the overheadconsole, until i and gilluminate and the appropriateDIC message is displayed. SeeRide Control System Messageson page 5‑48.

When StabiliTrak is turned off,the system will not assist withdirectional control of the vehicleor limit wheel spin. Drivingshould be adjusted accordingly.See StabiliTrak® OFF Light onpage 5‑23.

. Press and release the TCS/ESCbutton again to turn the systemback on.

If cruise control is being used whenStabiliTrak activates, cruise controlwill automatically disengage. Pressthe cruise control button toreengage when road conditionsallow. See Cruise Control onpage 9‑35.

Cruise ControlThe cruise control lets the vehiclemaintain a speed of about 40 km/h(25 mph) or more without keepingyour foot on the accelerator. Cruisecontrol does not work at speedsbelow 40 km/h (25 mph).

With the Traction Control System(TCS) or Electronic Stability Control(ESC), the system may begin tolimit wheel spin while you are usingcruise control. If this happens, thecruise control will automaticallydisengage. See Traction ControlSystem (TCS) on page 9‑32 orElectronic Stability Control (ESC) onpage 9‑34. If a collision alert occurswhen cruise control is activated,cruise control is disengaged. SeeForward Collision Alert (FCA)System on page 9‑38. When roadconditions allow you to safely use itagain, the cruise control can beturned back on.



{ WARNING

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely ata steady speed. So, do not usethe cruise control on windingroads or in heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerouson slippery roads. On such roads,fast changes in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip, andyou could lose control. Do not usecruise control on slippery roads. 1 (On/Off): Press to turn the

cruise control system on and off. Anindicator light will turn on or off inthe instrument cluster.

* (Cancel): Press to disengagecruise control without erasing theset speed from memory.

RES/+ (Resume/Accel): Move thethumbwheel up to resume to apreviously set speed or toaccelerate.

SET/− (Set/Coast): Move thethumbwheel down to set a speedand activate cruise control or tomake the vehicle decelerate.

Setting Cruise Control

If the cruise button is on when not inuse, it could get bumped and go intocruise when not desired. Keep thecruise control button off when cruiseis not being used.

To set a speed:

1. Press 1 to turn cruisecontrol on.

2. Get up to the speed desired.

3. Move the thumbwheel downtoward SET/− and release it.The desired set speed brieflyappears in the instrumentcluster.

4. Take your foot off the acceleratorpedal.

When the brakes are applied, thecruise control shuts off.



Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at adesired speed and then the brakesare applied, the cruise control isdisengaged without erasing the setspeed from memory. Once thevehicle speed is about 40 km/h(25 mph) or greater, move thethumbwheel up toward RES/+briefly and then release it. Thevehicle returns to the previously setspeed and stays there.

Increasing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:. Move the thumbwheel up toward

RES/+ and hold it until thevehicle accelerates to thedesired speed, then release it.

. To increase the speed in smallamounts, move the thumbwheelup toward RES/+ briefly andthen release it. Each time this isdone, the vehicle goes about1 km/h (1 mph) faster.

Reducing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:. Move the thumbwheel toward

SET/− and hold until the desiredlower speed is reached, thenrelease it.

. To slow down in very smallamounts, move the thumbwheeltoward SET/− briefly. Each timethis is done, the vehicle goesabout 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.

Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal toincrease vehicle speed. When youtake your foot off the pedal, thevehicle will slow down to thepreviously set cruise control speed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well the cruise control workson hills depends upon the vehiclespeed, load, and the steepness ofthe hills. When going up steep hills,

you might have to step on theaccelerator pedal to maintain thevehicle speed. When goingdownhill, you might have to brake orshift to a lower gear to maintain thevehicle speed. When the brakes areapplied the cruise control isdisengaged.

Ending Cruise Control

There are three ways to end cruisecontrol:. Step lightly on the brake pedal;

when cruise control disengages,the indicator light will not be lit.

. Press*.

. Press 1 to turn the cruisecontrol system off completely.The cruise control cannot beresumed.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory if 1 is pressedor if the vehicle is turned off.



Object DetectionSystems

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemThe Forward Collision Alert (FCA)system may help to avoid or reducethe harm caused by front-endcrashes. FCA provides a flashingvisual alert and beeps whenapproaching a vehicle directlyahead too quickly. FCA alsoprovides a visual alert if followinganother vehicle much too closely.The FCA symbol is in the instrumentcluster.

The forward-looking FCA camerasensor is on the windshield aheadof the rearview mirror. FCA detectsvehicles within a distance ofapproximately 60 m (197 ft) andoperates at speeds above 40 km/h(25 mph).

{ WARNING

FCA is a warning system anddoes not apply the brakes. Whenapproaching a slower-moving orstopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,or when following a vehicle tooclosely, FCA may not provide awarning with enough time to helpavoid a crash. FCA does not warnof pedestrians, animals, signs,guardrails, bridges, constructionbarrels, or other objects. Be readyto take action and apply thebrakes. For more information, seeDefensive Driving on page 9‑4.

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

The green vehicle ahead indicatorwill appear when a vehicle isdetected ahead. Whenever thisindicator does not appear, FCA willnot respond. The indicator maydisappear on curves, highway exitramps, or hills, or due to poorvisibility. The FCA system will notdetect another vehicle ahead until itis completely in the driving lane.

{ WARNING

FCA does not provide a warningto help avoid a crash, unless itdetects a vehicle. FCA may notdetect a vehicle ahead if the FCAsensor is blocked by dirt, snow,or ice, or if the windshield isdamaged. It may also not detect avehicle on winding or hilly roads,or in conditions that can limitvisibility such as fog, rain,or snow, or if the headlamps orwindshield are not cleaned or in

(Continued)



WARNING (Continued)

proper condition. Keep thewindshield, headlamps, and FCAsensors clean and in good repair.

Tailgating Alert

The vehicle ahead indicator willchange to amber if following thevehicle ahead much too close.

Collision Alert

When your vehicle approachesanother vehicle too rapidly, the redFCA display will appear and soundseveral beeps. When this occurs,the brake system prepares for driverbraking to occur more rapidly.Continue to apply the brake pedalas the driving situation dictates.

Selecting the Alert Timing

The Collision Alert control is on thesteering wheel. Press COLLISIONALERT to set the alert timing to far,medium, near or off. The first buttonpress shows the current controlsetting on the DIC. Additional buttonpresses will change this setting. Thechosen setting will remain until it ischanged and will affect both theCollision Alert and the TailgatingAlert features. The timing of bothalerts will vary based on vehiclespeed. The faster the vehicle speed,the further away the alert will occur.

Consider traffic and weatherconditions when selecting the alerttiming. The range of selectable alerttiming may not be appropriate for alldrivers and driving conditions.

Following Distance Indication

The following distance indicationdisplays the distance to a movingvehicle in front. When a vehicle isdetected ahead at speeds over40 km/h (25 mph), the distance isindicated in seconds on the DriverInformation Center (DIC). SeeDriver Information Center (DIC) onpage 5‑41. The minimum distance is0.5 seconds away. If there is novehicle ahead, or the vehicle aheadis out of range, dashes will bedisplayed.

Unnecessary Alerts

FCA may sometimes setunnecessary alerts to turningvehicles, vehicles in other lanes,objects that are not vehicles,



or shadows. These alerts arenormal operation and the vehicledoes not need service.

Other Messages

There are messages that mayappear on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC) in the instrumentcluster to provide information aboutFCA. See Object Detection SystemMessages on page 5‑47.

Cleaning the System

If the FCA system does not seem tooperate properly, clean the outsideof the windshield area in front of thecamera sensor before consideringtaking the vehicle in for service.

Ultrasonic Parking AssistIf available, the Ultrasonic Front andRear Parking Assist (UFRPA) orUltrasonic Rear Parking Assist(URPA) system assists the driverwith parking and avoiding objects.At speeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph),the system detects objects up to2.5 m (8 ft) behind the vehicle, and

at least 25 cm (10 in) off the ground.If the vehicle has the UFRPAsystem, it also detected objects1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the vehicle.

{ WARNING

The parking assist system doesnot detect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objectslocated below the bumper or thatare too close or too far from thevehicle. It is not available atspeeds greater than 8 km/h(5 mph). To prevent injury, death,or vehicle damage, even withparking assist, always check thearea around the vehicle andcheck all mirrors before movingforward or backing.

How the System Works

When the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse) the sensors areautomatically turned on. After thevehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse),the rear sensors are turned off and

the front sensors (if equipped) stayon until the vehicle is above aspeed of 8 km/h (5 mph). For thefront park assist system to be activeagain without shifting intoR (Reverse), the park assist buttonin the overhead console must bepressed. See “Turning the SystemOn and Off” later in this section.

When the vehicle is in N (Neutral),the system may be active. If thevehicle is in a car wash, the sensorsmay detect objects in the car wash.See “Turning the System On andOff” later in this section to turn thesystem off.

For vehicles with UFRPA,high-toned beeps from the frontspeakers are for objects detectednear the front bumper. Low-tonedbeeps from the rear speakers arefor objects detected near the rearbumper. The interval between thebeeps becomes shorter as thevehicle gets closer to the obstacle.When the distance is less than30 cm (12 in) the beeping is acontinuous tone for five seconds.



To be detected, objects must be atleast 25 cm (10 in) off the groundand below hatch level. Objects mustalso be within 1.2 m (4 ft) in front ofthe vehicle and 2.5 m (8 ft) from therear bumper. This distance may beless during warmer or humidweather.

Objects Detected by Both theFront and Rear Sensors (IfEquipped)

In general, if objects are detected atthe same time near both the frontand rear bumpers while backing up,the beeps only sound to indicatethat objects are close to the rearbumper.

However, if an object comes within0.3 m (1 ft) of the front bumper whilethe vehicle is backing up and at thesame time there is another objectfurther than 0.3 m (1 ft) from the rearbumper, then the beeps only soundto indicate the object that is closerto the front bumper.

Turning the System On and Off

The system can be turned on andoff by pressing the park assistbutton located in the overheadconsole.

The indicator light next to the parkassist button lights up when thesystem is on and turns off when ithas been disabled.

When the system is off, PARKASSIST OFF displays on the DriverInformation Center (DIC). Themessage disappears after a shortperiod of time.

The system defaults to the onsetting each time the vehicle isstarted.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The following messages may bedisplayed on the DIC:

SERVICE PARKING ASSIST: Ifthis message occurs, check thefollowing conditions:. The ultrasonic sensors are not

clean. Keep the vehicle'sbumpers free of mud, dirt, snow,ice, and slush. For cleaninginstructions, see Exterior Careon page 10‑77.

. The park assist sensors arecovered by frost or ice. Frost orice can form around and behindthe sensors and may not alwaysbe seen; this can occur afterwashing the vehicle in coldweather. The message may notclear until the frost or ice hasmelted.

If the above conditions do not exist,take the vehicle to your dealer torepair the system.



PARK ASSIST OFF: If the systemdoes not activate due to atemporary condition, the messagedisplays on the DIC. This can occurunder the following conditions:. The driver has disabled the

system.. An object was hanging out of the

hatch during the last drive cycle.Once the object is removed, thesystem will return to normaloperation.

. An object or cover is attached tothe front of the vehicle.

. The bumper is damaged. Takethe vehicle to your dealer torepair the system.

. Other conditions, such asvibrations from a jackhammer orthe compression of air brakes ona very large truck, are affectingsystem performance.

Rear VisionCamera (RVC)The vehicle may have a Rear VisionCamera (RVC) system. Read thisentire section before using it.

The RVC system can assist thedriver when backing up bydisplaying a view of the area behindthe vehicle.

{ WARNING

The RVC system does not displaychildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,animals, or any other objectlocated outside the camera's fieldof view, below the bumper,or under the vehicle. Perceiveddistances may be different fromactual distances. Do not back thevehicle using only the RVCscreen, during longer, higherspeed backing maneuvers,or where there could be crosstraffic. Failure to use proper care

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

before backing may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.Always check behind and aroundthe vehicle before backing.


When the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse), the image of the areabehind the vehicle appears in thecenter stack display. The previousscreen displays when the vehicle isshifted out of R (Reverse) afterapproximately 10 seconds.

To cancel the delay, do one of thefollowing:. Press a button on the

infotainment system.. Shift into P (Park).. Reach a vehicle speed of

8 km/h (5 mph).



Turning the Rear Vision CameraSystem On or Off

To turn the RVC system on or off:

1. Shift into P (Park).

2. Press the CONFIG button on thecenter stack.

3. Select Display.

4. Select Camera. When acheckmark appears next toCamera, then the RVC systemis on.

Symbols

The navigation system may have afeature that lets the driver viewsymbols on the navigation screenwhile using the RVC. The UltrasonicFront and Rear Parking Assist(UFRPA) or Ultrasonic Rear ParkingAssist (URPA) system must not bedisabled to use the caution symbols.The error message REAR PARKINGASSIST SYMBOLS UNAVAILABLEmay display if parking assist hasbeen disabled and the symbols

have been turned on. SeeUltrasonic Parking Assist onpage 9‑40.

The symbols appear and may coveran object when viewing thenavigation screen when an object isdetected by the parking assistsystem.

To turn the symbols on or off:

1. Shift into P (Park).

2. Press the CONFIG button on thecenter stack.

3. Select Display.

4. Select Symbols. When acheckmark appears next toSymbols, symbols will appear.

Rear Vision Camera ErrorMessages

SERVICE REAR VISION CAMERASYSTEM: If this message appearsin the center stack display, thesystem is not receiving information itrequires from other vehicle systems.

If any other problem occurs or if aproblem persists, see your dealer.

Rear Vision Camera Location

The RVC is located above thelicense plate.

The area displayed by the camera islimited.

It does not display objects that areclose to either corner or under thebumper and can vary depending onvehicle orientation or roadconditions. The distance of theimage that appears on the screen isdifferent from the actual distance.



The following illustration shows thefield of view that the cameraprovides.

1. View displayed by the camera.

1. View displayed by the camera.

2. Corner of the rear bumper.

When the System Does NotSeem To Work Properly

The RVC system may not workproperly or display a clear image if:. The RVC is turned off. See

“Turning the Rear Vision CameraSystem On or Off” earlier in thissection.

. It is dark.

. The sun or the beam ofheadlamps is shining directlyinto the camera lens.

. Ice, snow, mud, or anything elsehas built up on the camera lens.Clean the lens, rinse it withwater, and wipe it with a softcloth.

. The back of the vehicle was inan accident. The position andmounting angle of the cameracan change or the camera canbe affected. Be sure to have the

camera and its position andmounting angle checked at yourdealer.

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)For vehicles with this feature, readthe entire section before using it.

{ WARNING

The LDW system is an aid to helpthe vehicle stay in the drivinglane. It does not steer the vehicle.The LDW system may not:

. Provide enough time to avoida crash.

. Detect lane markings underbad weather conditions or ifthe windshield is dirty.

. Detect lane markings and willnot detect road edges.

(Continued)



WARNING (Continued)

. Warn that the vehicle iscrossing a lane marking if thesystem does not detect thelane marking.

If LDW only detects lanemarkings on one side of the road,it will only warn you whendeparting the lane on the sidewhere it has detected a lanemarker. Even with LDW, alwayskeep your attention on the roadand maintain proper vehicleposition within the lane, or vehicledamage, injury, or death couldoccur. Always keep thewindshield clean and do not useLDW in bad weather conditions.

When the vehicle crosses adetected lane marking, the LDWindicator will flash and three beepswill sound. LDW will not warn if theturn signal is on or if a sharpmaneuver is made.


The LDW camera sensor is on thewindshield ahead of the rearviewmirror.

To turn LDW on and off, press theLANE DEPART button on thesteering wheel. The control indicatorwill light when LDW is on.

When the vehicle is started, theLDW indicator on the instrumentpanel will come on briefly.

LDW operates at speeds of 56 km(35 mph) or greater. If LDW is on,the LDW indicator will appear greenif the system detects a left or rightlane marking. This indicator willchange to amber, flash, and threechimes will sound if the vehiclecrosses a detected lane markingwithout using the turn signal.

To change the volume of thewarning chime, see “Chime Volume”under Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑51 for more information.



When the System Does NotSeem To Work Properly

If the LDW symbol does not appear:. The lane markings on the road

may not be seen.. The camera sensor may be

blocked by dirt, snow or ice.. The windshield may be

damaged.. The weather may be limiting

visibility.

This is normal operation; the vehicledoes not need service. Clean thewindshield.

{ WARNING

If the LDW camera sensor isblocked by dirt, snow, or ice, or ifthe headlamps are not cleaned orproperly aimed, or if thewindshield is dirty or damaged, itmay not detect the lanes ahead.LDW may not help avoid a crash

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

under these conditions. Keep theheadlamps cleaned and properlyaimed and the windshield clean.

LDW warnings may occasionallyoccur due to tar marks, shadows,cracks in the road, or other roadimperfections. This is normal systemoperation, the vehicle does not needservice.

LDW Messages

FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED,CLEAN WINDSHIELD: Thismessage may appear because thefront camera is blocked and cannotoperate properly. It may alsoactivate during heavy rain or due toroad spray.

LANE DEPARTURE SYSTEMUNAVAILABLE: This messagemay appear if LDW does notactivate due to a temporarycondition.

SERVICE FRONT CAMERA: Thismessage may appear to indicatethat LDW is not working properly.If this message remains on aftercontinued driving, the system needsservice. Take the vehicle to yourdealer.



Charging

Plug-In ChargingThis section explains the processfor charging the vehicle's highvoltage battery. Do not allow thevehicle to remain in temperatureextremes for long periods withoutbeing driven or plugged in. It isrecommended that the vehicle beplugged in when temperatures arebelow 0°C (32°F) and above 32°C(90°F) to maximize high voltagebattery life.

When using a 120-volt AC electricaloutlet, it will take approximately10 hours to charge the vehicle withthe 12 amp AC current setting or16 hours using the default 8 ampAC current setting. When using a240-volt charging station, it will takeapproximately four hours to chargethe vehicle. Charge times will varywith outside temperature.

The charging system may run fansand pumps that result in soundsfrom the vehicle while it is turned

off. Additional unexpected clickingsounds may be caused by theelectrical devices used whilecharging.

While the charge cord is pluggedinto the vehicle, the vehicle cannotbe driven.

Charging

Start Charge

1. The charge port door releasebutton is on the driver door innertrim panel. With the vehicle inP (Park), press the button forone second and release to open

the charge port door. The chargeport door can also be openedusing the RKE transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation on page 2‑2.

In cold weather conditions, icemay form around the charge portdoor. The charge port door maynot open on the first attempt.Remove ice from the area andrepeat attempting to open thecharge port door.

2. Open the rear hatch, lift the loadsupport floor covering (1), andremove the charge cord (4). It is



near the tire sealant andcompressor kit (3). Pull up onthe charge cord handle (4) torelease it from the handle clip.Lift the charge cord up andrearward to remove it from thevehicle. The vehicle plug (2) isstored as shown.

3. Plug the charge cord into theelectrical outlet. See ElectricalRequirements for BatteryCharging on page 9‑54. Verifythe charge cord status. See thecharge cord user guide. SeeCharge Cord on page 9‑53.Select the appropriate chargelevel using the Select ChargeLevel Preference screen on thecenter stack. See “Charge LevelSelection” under ProgrammableCharging on page 5‑29.

4. Plug in the vehicle plug of thecharge cord into the charge porton the vehicle. Verify that thecharging status indicatorilluminates on top of theinstrument panel and a hornchirp occurs. See ChargingStatus Feedback on page 9‑49.

5. To arm the charge cord theftalert, lock the vehicle with theRKE transmitter. To disable thisfeature, see “Charge Cord TheftAlert” in Vehicle Personalizationon page 5‑51.

End Charge

1. Unlock the vehicle with the RKEtransmitter to disarm the chargecord theft alert.

2. Unplug the vehicle plug of thecharge cord from the vehicle.

3. Close the charge port door bypressing firmly in the center tolatch properly.

4. Unplug the charge cord from theelectrical outlet.

5. Place the charge cord into thestorage compartment.



Delayed ChargingOverrideTo temporarily override a delayedcharge event, unplug the chargecord from the charge port and thenplug it back in within five seconds.A single horn chirp will sound andcharging will begin immediately.

To cancel a temporary override,unplug the charge cord, wait for10 seconds, and then plug thecharge cord back in. A double hornchirp will sound and charging will bedelayed.

See “Programmable Charging” inProgrammable Charging onpage 5‑29 for advanced chargescheduling options.

Charging StatusFeedback

The vehicle has a Charging StatusIndicator (CSI) at the center of theinstrument panel near thewindshield. When the vehicle isplugged in and the vehicle power isoff, the CSI indicates the following:. Solid Green – Vehicle is plugged

in. Battery is not fully charged.Battery is charging.

. Long Flashing Green – Vehicleis plugged in. Battery is not fullycharged. Battery charging isdelayed.

. Short Flashing Green – Vehicleis plugged in. Battery is fullycharged.

. Solid Yellow – Vehicle is pluggedin. It is normal for the CSI to turnyellow for a few seconds afterplugging in a compatible chargecord. The solid yellow may beextended depending on thevehicle and if there is a totalutility interruption via OnStar.See “Utility Interruption ofCharging” later in this section.This may also indicate that thecharging system has detected afault and will not charge thebattery. See “Charge CordStatus Indicators” in the chargecord user guide.

The system may be thermallyconditioning the battery during anyof the states above, requiringelectrical energy to be transferred tothe vehicle.



If the vehicle is plugged in andvehicle power is on, the CSI will beon solid green. The same is trueduring a remote start if the vehicle isplugged in.

If the vehicle is plugged in and theCSI is off, a total utility interruptionusing OnStar or a charging fault hasbeen detected. See “UtilityInterruption of Charging” or “ChargeCord Status Indicators” in thecharge cord user guide.



This chart indicates vehicle feedback when the charge cord is plugged in.

Charging StatusIndicator

Sound Action/Reason

Solid Green One horn chirp Charging has begun.

Long Flashing Green Two horn chirps Charging is delayed by ProgrammableCharging or, if the vehicle is equippedaccordingly, by a total utility interruption viaOnStar. Charging will begin later. See UtilityInterruption of Charging on page 9‑54.

Short Flashing Green None Charging is complete.

Yellow (Upon Plug-in) None Charge cord is OK and vehicle is not yetcharging.

Yellow (For ExtendedTime Period afterPlug-in)

None Charge cord is OK, but the vehicle is notcharging. This may be due to a total utilityinterruption via Onstar and charging willbegin later. See Utility Interruption ofCharging on page 9‑54 or MalfunctionIndicator Lamp on page 5‑17.

Solid Green or LongFlashing Green

Four horn chirps Insufficient time to fully charge bydeparture time.

None (Upon Plug-in) None Charge cord connection should be checked.



Charging StatusIndicator

Sound Action/Reason

None (After Green orYellow CSI IndicationObserved)

None Charge cord connection should be checked.If connection is good, this may be due to atotal utility interruption via OnStar andcharging will begin later. See UtilityInterruption of Charging on page 9‑54 orMalfunction Indicator Lamp on page 5‑17.

None Repeated horn chirpsTo disable this feature, see “Charge PowerLoss Alert” in Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑51.To stop this alert, do one of the following:. Unplug the charge cord.

. Press K on the RKE.

. Press and hold 7 on the RKE, thenpress again to stop the panic alarm.

. Press the horn pad.

Electricity was interrupted before chargingwas complete.



Charge CordSee Radio Frequency Statement onpage 13‑15 for informationregarding Part 15 of the FederalCommunications Commission (FCC)rules and Industry CanadaStandards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.

A portable charge cord used tocharge the vehicle high voltagebattery is stored under the rearluggage compartment.

Important Information AboutPortable Electric Vehicle Charging. Charging an electric vehicle can







{ WARNING









Charge Cord Status Indicators

See “Charge Cord Status Indicators”in the charge cord user guide.


Charge level selection can be madeusing the Select Charge LevelPreference screen on the centerstack. See “Charge Level Selection”under Programmable Charging onpage 5‑29.

{ WARNING


Utility Interruption ofChargingFor participating customers, thisvehicle will respond to remoterequests via OnStar to limit orcompletely block electrical powergrid usage for brief time periods.A utility interruption of charging mayincrease vehicle charge time.

When electrical grid power iscompletely blocked, the vehicle willdelay charging until the utilityinterruption has expired. The vehicleshould be left plugged in so that,when the utility interruption expires,the vehicle can automatically begincharging.

Changing the charge mode toImmediate or performing a delayedcharging override will not disable autility interruption.

A pop-up will be displayed in thecenter stack display during the keycycle following any utilityinterruption. See “Charge Override/

Interruption Pop-up” underProgrammable Charging onpage 5‑29.

Text will be displayed on theinstrument cluster indicating that autility interruption has occurred. SeeInstrument Cluster on page 5‑8.

Electrical Requirementsfor Battery ChargingThis vehicle is capable of beingcharged with standard vehiclecharging equipment complying to:. SAE J1772. IEC 61851-1. IEC 61851-22. IEC 62196-1. IEC 62196-2

The following are the minimumrequirements for circuits used tocharge this vehicle:. 120 volts/15 amp. 240 volts/20 amp



Charging equipment with a rating ofat least 240V/20Amp will providethe fastest charging time torecharge the high voltage battery.240V/40Amp circuits provideflexibility for future vehicle chargingneeds. Always follow your chargingequipment installation instructions.Contact your dealer for moreinformation.

Notice: Do not use portable orstationary backup generatingequipment to charge the vehicle.This may cause damage to thevehicle's charging system. Onlycharge the vehicle from utilitysupplied power.

FuelUse of the recommended fuel is animportant part of the propermaintenance of this vehicle. To helpkeep the engine clean and maintainoptimum vehicle performance, werecommend the use of gasolineadvertised as TOP TIER DetergentGasoline.

Look for the TOP TIER label on thefuel pump to ensure gasoline meetsenhanced detergency standardsdeveloped by auto companies. A listof marketers providing TOP TIERDetergent Gasoline can be found atwww.toptiergas.com. TOP TIERgasoline is only available in the U.S.and Canada.

Use premium unleaded gasolinewith a posted octane rating of 91 orhigher. If the octane is less than 91,you could damage the engine.If heavy knocking is heard whenusing gasoline rated at 91 octane orhigher, the engine needs service.

Use of Seasonal Fuels

Use summer and winter fuels in theappropriate season. Driving orstarting could be affected if theincorrect fuel is used. Drive thevehicle with the engine running untilthe fuel is a half tank or less, thenrefuel with the current seasonal fuel.



Gasoline SpecificationsAt a minimum, gasoline should meetASTM specification D 4814. Somegasolines contain anoctane-enhancing additive calledmethylcyclopentadienyl manganesetricarbonyl (MMT). We recommendagainst the use of gasolinescontaining MMT. See Fuel Additiveson page 9‑56.

California FuelRequirementsIf the vehicle is certified to meetCalifornia Emissions Standards, it isdesigned to operate on fuels thatmeet California specifications. Seethe underhood emission controllabel. If this fuel is not available instates adopting California EmissionsStandards, the vehicle will operatesatisfactorily on fuels meetingfederal specifications, but emissioncontrol system performance mightbe affected. The malfunctionindicator lamp could turn on and thevehicle might fail a smog‐check test.

See Malfunction Indicator Lamp onpage 5‑17. If this occurs, return toyour authorized dealer for diagnosis.If it is determined that the conditionis caused by the type of fuel used,repairs might not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Fuels in ForeignCountriesIf planning to drive in countriesoutside the U.S. or Canada, theproper fuel might be hard to find.Check regional auto club or fuelretail brand websites for availabilityin the country where driving. Neveruse leaded gasoline, fuel containingmethanol, or any other fuel notrecommended. Costly repairscaused by use of improper fuelwould not be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Fuel AdditivesTo provide cleaner air, all gasolinesin the United States are nowrequired to contain additives that

help prevent engine and fuel systemdeposits from forming, allowing theemission control system to workproperly. In most cases, nothingshould have to be added to the fuel.However, some gasolines containonly the minimum amount ofadditive required to meet U.S.Environmental Protection Agencyregulations. To help keep fuelinjectors and intake valves cleanand avoid problems due to dirtyinjectors or valves, look for gasolinethat is advertised as TOP TIERDetergent Gasoline. Look for theTOP TIER label on the fuel pump toensure gasoline meets enhanceddetergency standards developed bythe auto companies. A list ofmarketers providing TOP TIERDetergent Gasoline can be found atwww.toptiergas.com.

For customers who do not use TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline regularly,one bottle of Fuel System TreatmentPLUS, part number 88861013,added to the fuel tank at everyengine oil change, can help clean



deposits from fuel injectors andintake valves. GM Fuel SystemTreatment PLUS is the onlygasoline additive recommended byGeneral Motors. It is available atyour dealer.

Gasolines containing oxygenates,such as ethers and ethanol, andreformulated gasolines might beavailable in your area. Werecommend that you use thesegasolines, if they comply with thespecifications described earlier.However, E85 (85% ethanol) andother fuels containing more than15% ethanol must not be used invehicles that were not designed forthose fuels.

Notice: This vehicle was notdesigned for fuel that containsmethanol. Do not use fuelcontaining methanol. It cancorrode metal parts in the fuelsystem and also damage plasticand rubber parts. That damagewould not be covered under thevehicle warranty.

Some gasolines that are notreformulated for low emissions cancontain an octane-enhancingadditive calledmethylcyclopentadienyl manganesetricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendantwhere you buy gasoline whether thefuel contains MMT. We recommendagainst the use of such gasolines.Fuels containing MMT can reducespark plug life and affect emissioncontrol system performance. Themalfunction indicator lamp mightturn on. If this occurs, return to yourdealer for service.

Filling the Tank

{ WARNING

Fuel vapors and fuel fires burnviolently and can cause injury ordeath.

. To help avoid injuries to youand others, read and followall the instructions on the fuelpump island.

. Turn off the engine whenrefueling.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended.

. Do not reenter the vehiclewhile pumping fuel.

. Keep children away from thefuel pump and never letchildren pump fuel.

(Continued)



WARNING (Continued)

. Fuel can spray out if the fuelcap is opened too quickly.This spray can happen if thetank is nearly full, and ismore likely in hot weather.Open the fuel cap slowly andwait for any hiss noise to stopthen unscrew the cap allthe way

The fuel system on this vehiclerequires a refueling process tocontrol evaporative emissions. Torefuel the vehicle:

1. Press the fuel door button on thedriver door for one second.A WAIT TO REFUEL messagedisplays on the DriverInformation Center.

2. When the READY TO REFUELmessage displays, the fuel dooron the passenger side willunlock. Push the rearward edgeof the fuel door in and release toopen the door.

3. Turn the fuel capcounterclockwise to remove.While refueling, hang the fuelcap tether from the hook on theinside of the fuel door. Completerefueling within 30 minutes ofpushing the fuel door button onthe driver door. If refueling morethan 30 minutes, push the fueldoor button again.

4. After refueling, reinstall the fuelcap by turning it clockwise until itclicks. Close the fuel door.



Do not top off or overfill the tank andwait a few seconds before removingthe nozzle. Clean fuel from paintedsurfaces as soon as possible. SeeExterior Care on page 10‑77.

{ WARNING

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove thenozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel byshutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.

Notice: If a new fuel cap isneeded, be sure to get the righttype of cap from your dealer. Thewrong type of fuel cap might notfit properly, might cause themalfunction indicator lamp tolight, and could damage the fueltank and emissions system. SeeMalfunction Indicator Lamp onpage 5‑17.

Filling a Portable FuelContainer

{ WARNING

Filling a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle can causefuel vapors that can ignite eitherby static electricity or othermeans. You or others could bebadly burned and the vehiclecould be damaged. Always:

. Use approved fuelcontainers.

. Remove the container fromthe vehicle, trunk, or pickupbed before filling.

. Place the container on theground.

. Place the nozzle inside the fillopening of the containerbefore dispensing fuel, and

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

keep it in contact with the fillopening until filling iscomplete.

. Fill the container no morethan 95% full to allow forexpansion.

. Do not smoke, light matches,or use lighters whilepumping fuel.

. Avoid using cell phones orother electronic devices.



Towing

General TowingInformationThe vehicle is neither designed norintended to tow a trailer or anothervehicle.

For information on towing a disabledvehicle, see Towing the Vehicle onpage 10‑73. For information ontowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle such as a motor home, seeRecreational Vehicle Towing onpage 10‑76.

Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipmentNotice: Some electricalequipment can damage thevehicle or cause components tonot work and would not becovered by the warranty. Alwayscheck with your dealer beforeadding electrical equipment.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12-volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

When adding electrical equipment, itshould only be connected using theaccessory power outlets. Themaximum power that can besupplied by one accessory poweroutlet or spread across all three is200 watts or 15 amps. Exceeding200 watts or 15 amps may causeerratic vehicle operation. See PowerOutlets on page 5‑7.

The vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to add anythingelectrical to the vehicle, seeServicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle on page 3‑27 and AddingEquipment to the Airbag-EquippedVehicle on page 3‑27.


Vehicle Care 10-1

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2California Proposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

California PerchlorateMaterials Requirements . . . . 10-2

Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

Lifting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your OwnService Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6Engine CompartmentOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8

Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-12Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-12Cooling System (Engine) . . . 10-14Cooling System (HighVoltage Battery) . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15

Cooling System (PowerElectronics and ChargerModules) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16

Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16

Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . 10-19Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22Electric Drive Unit Shift LockControl Function Check . . . 10-24

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-25

Wiper BladeReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . 10-26

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-27Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . 10-29Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . 10-29

Electrical SystemHigh Voltage Devices andWiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30

Electrical SystemOverload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30

Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31

Instrument Panel Fuse Block(Left Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34

Instrument Panel Fuse Block(Right Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . 10-41Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42Tire Terminology andDefinitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46Tire Pressure MonitorSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47

Tire Pressure MonitorOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48

Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53


10-2 Vehicle Care

Different Size Tires andWheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55

Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-57Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-59Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60

Storing the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67

Jump StartingJump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-68

TowingTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 10-73Recreational VehicleTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-76

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83

General InformationFor service and parts needs, visityour dealer. You will receivegenuine GM parts and GM-trainedand supported service people.

Genuine GM parts have one ofthese marks:

California Proposition 65WarningMost motor vehicles, including thisone, contain and/or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California to

cause cancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm. Engineexhaust, many parts and systems,many fluids, and some componentwear by-products contain and/oremit these chemicals.

California PerchlorateMaterials RequirementsCertain types of automotiveapplications, such as airbaginitiators, safety belt pretensioners,and lithium batteries contained inRemote Keyless Entry transmitters,may contain perchlorate materials.Special handling may be necessary.For additional information, seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Accessories andModificationsAdding non‐dealer accessories ormaking modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performance andsafety, including such things asairbags, braking, stability, ride and


Vehicle Care 10-3

handling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like antilockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. These accessories ormodifications could even causemalfunction or damage not coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from modifications or theinstallation or use of non‐GMcertified parts, including controlmodule or software modifications, isnot covered under the terms of thevehicle warranty and may affectremaining warranty coverage foraffected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. See yourdealer to accessorize the vehicleusing genuine GM Accessoriesinstalled by a dealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle onpage 3‑27.

Lifting the VehicleThis vehicle can be lifted with ahoist or a service jack. Do not useany other type of jack to lift thevehicle.

Lifting the Vehicle with a Hoist

This vehicle can be lifted with ahoist at the four locations, asillustrated.

Notice: Lifting the vehicleimproperly can damage thevehicle and result in costlyrepairs not covered by thewarranty.

The front lifting points can beaccessed from either side of thevehicle, behind the front tires.

The rear lifting points can beaccessed from either side of thevehicle, in front of the rear tires.


10-4 Vehicle Care

Lifting the Vehicle with aService Jack

{ WARNING

Lifting a vehicle can cause aninjury. The vehicle can slip off thejack and roll over you or otherpeople. You and they could bebadly injured. Find a level placeto lift your vehicle. To helpprevent the vehicle from moving:

1. Set the parking brake firmly.

2. Put the shift lever inP (Park).

3. Turn off the vehicle.

To be even more certain thevehicle will not move, put blocksin front of and behind the wheels.

{ WARNING

Getting under a vehicle when it islifted on a jack is dangerous.If the vehicle slips off the jack,you could be badly injured orkilled. Never get under a vehiclewhen it is supported only bya jack.

{ WARNING

Raising the vehicle with the jackimproperly positioned candamage the vehicle or the vehiclemay fall and cause you or othersinjury.

When using a jack to lift the vehicle,follow the instructions that camewith the jack and be sure to use thecorrect lifting points to avoiddamaging the vehicle.

Notice: Lifting the vehicleimproperly can cause damageand result in costly repairs notcovered by the warranty. To liftthe vehicle properly, use thisprocedure.

For additional information, seeyour dealer and the servicemanual.

There are four points where thevehicle can be lifted with aservice jack.


Vehicle Care 10-5

When lifting the vehicle from therear, place the service jack directlyunder the spring seat.

When lifting the vehicle from thefront, place the service jack directlyunder the cradle mount. Ramps maybe needed under the front tires toprovide the necessary clearance forcertain service jacks in this location.

For more information, see DoingYour Own Service Work onpage 10‑5.

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ WARNING

Never try to do your own serviceon high voltage batterycomponents. You can be injuredand the vehicle can be damagedif you try to do your own servicework. Service and repair of thesehigh voltage battery componentsshould only be performed by atrained dealer technician with theproper knowledge and tools.


(Continued)


10-6 Vehicle Care

WARNING (Continued)


{ WARNING

It can be dangerous to work onyour vehicle if you do not havethe proper knowledge, servicemanual, tools, or parts. Alwaysfollow owner manual proceduresand consult the service manualfor your vehicle before doing anyservice work.

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper servicemanual. It tells you much more

about how to service the vehiclethan this manual can. To order theproper service manual, see ServicePublications Ordering Informationon page 13‑11.

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Airbag SystemCheck on page 3‑28.

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the date ofany service work performed. SeeMaintenance Records onpage 11‑14.

Notice: Even small amounts ofcontamination can cause damageto vehicle systems. Do not allowcontaminants to contact thefluids, reservoir caps,or dipsticks.

HoodTo open the hood:

1. Turn the vehicle off beforeopening the hood. If the vehicleis on, the engine will start when

the hood is opened. See ElectricMode on page 9‑21 andExtended Range Mode onpage 9‑21.

2. Pull the release handle with thissymbol. It is below theinstrument panel to the left of thesteering wheel.

3. Go to the front of the vehicle andlocate the secondary releaselever under the front center of


Vehicle Care 10-7

the hood. Push the secondaryhood release lever to the right todisengage.

4. Lift the hood and release thehood prop rod from its retainerabove the radiator support.Place the prop rod securely intothe slotted retainer in the hood.

To close the hood:

1. Before closing the hood, checkthat all filler caps are properlyinstalled. Then, lift the hood torelieve pressure on thehood prop.

2. Remove the hood prop from theslotted retainer in the hood andreturn it to its retainer above theradiator support. The prop rodmust lock into place whenreturning it to the retainer toprevent hood damage.

3. Lower the hood 20 cm (8 in)above the vehicle and release itso it fully latches. Check tomake sure the hood is firmlyclosed. Repeat the process ifnecessary.


10-8 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview


Vehicle Care 10-9

1. Engine Coolant Surge Tank andPressure Cap. See EngineCoolant on page 10‑16.

2. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter onpage 10‑12.

3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See EngineOil on page 10‑9.

4. High Voltage Battery CoolantReservoir and Pressure Cap.See Cooling System (Engine) onpage 10‑14 or Cooling System(High Voltage Battery) onpage 10‑15 or Cooling System(Power Electronics and ChargerModules) on page 10‑16.

5. Engine Cover.

6. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See EngineOil on page 10‑9.

7. Power Electronics CoolantReservoir and Pressure Cap.See Cooling System (Engine) onpage 10‑14 or Cooling System(High Voltage Battery) onpage 10‑15 or Cooling System(Power Electronics and ChargerModules) on page 10‑16.

8. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See“Brake Fluid” under Brakes onpage 10‑20.

9. High Voltage Cables (OrangeColor).

10. Remote Positive (+) Terminal.See Jump Starting onpage 10‑68.

11. Power Electronics Module.

12. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See “Adding WasherFluid” under Washer Fluid onpage 10‑19.

13. Remote Negative (−) Terminal.See Jump Starting onpage 10‑68.

14. Engine Compartment FuseBlock on page 10‑31.

Engine OilTo ensure proper engineperformance and long life, carefulattention must be paid to engine oil.Following these simple, butimportant steps will help protectyour investment:. Always use engine oil approved

to the proper specification and ofthe proper viscosity grade. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”in this section.

. Check the engine oil levelregularly and maintain theproper oil level. See “CheckingEngine Oil” and “When to AddEngine Oil” in this section.

. Change the engine oil at theappropriate time. See Engine OilLife System on page 10‑12.

. Always dispose of engine oilproperly. See “What to Do withUsed Oil” in this section.


10-10 Vehicle Care

Checking Engine Oil

It is a good idea to check the engineoil level at each fuel fill. In order toget an accurate reading, the vehiclemust be on level ground. Theengine oil dipstick handle is a loop.See Engine Compartment Overviewon page 10‑8 for the location of theengine oil dipstick.

Obtaining an accurate oil levelreading is essential:

1. If the engine has been runningrecently, turn off the engine andallow several minutes for the oilto drain back into the oil pan.Checking the oil level too soonafter engine shutoff will notprovide an accurate oil levelreading.

{ WARNING

The engine oil dipstick handlemay be hot; it could burn you.Use a towel or glove to touch thedipstick handle.

2. Pull out the dipstick and clean itwith a paper towel or cloth, thenpush it back in all the way.Remove it again, keeping the tipdown, and check the level.

When to Add Engine Oil

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick, add1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oiland then recheck the level. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” inthis section for an explanation ofwhat kind of oil to use. For engineoil crankcase capacity, seeCapacities and Specifications onpage 12‑2.

Notice: Do not add too much oil.Oil levels above or below theacceptable operating rangeshown on the dipstick are harmful

to the engine. If you find that youhave an oil level above theoperating range, i.e., the enginehas so much oil that the oil levelgets above the cross-hatchedarea that shows the properoperating range, the engine couldbe damaged. You should drainout the excess oil or limit drivingof the vehicle and seek a serviceprofessional to remove theexcess amount of oil.

See Engine Compartment Overviewon page 10‑8 for the location of theengine oil fill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the wayback in when through.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil

Selecting the right engine oildepends on both the proper oilspecification and viscosity grade.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11‑12.


Vehicle Care 10-11

Specification

Use and ask for licensed engine oilswith the dexos1® approvedcertification mark. Engine oilsmeeting the requirements for thevehicle should have the dexos1approved certification mark. Thiscertification mark indicates that theoil has been approved to the dexos1specification.

Notice: Failure to use therecommended engine oil orequivalent can result in enginedamage not covered by thevehicle warranty. Check with yourdealer or service provider onwhether the oil is approved to thedexos1 specification.

Viscosity Grade

SAE 5W-30 is the best viscositygrade for the vehicle. Do not useother viscosity grade oils such asSAE 10W-30, 10W-40, or 20W-50.

Cold Temperature Operation: In anarea of extreme cold, where thetemperature falls below −29°C(−20°F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may beused. An oil of this viscosity gradewill provide easier cold starting forthe engine at extremely lowtemperatures. When selecting an oilof the appropriate viscosity grade,always select an oil of the correctspecification. See “Specification”earlier in this section for moreinformation.

Engine Oil Additives/EngineOil Flushes

Do not add anything to the oil. Therecommended oils with the dexosspecification and displaying thedexos certification mark are all thatis needed for good performance andengine protection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could causeengine damage not covered by thevehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil

Used engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy foryour skin and could even causecancer. Do not let used oil stay onyour skin for very long. Clean yourskin and nails with soap and water,or a good hand cleaner. Wash orproperly dispose of clothing or ragscontaining used engine oil. See themanufacturer's warnings about theuse and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change yourown oil, be sure to drain all the oilfrom the filter before disposal. Neverdispose of oil by putting it in thetrash or pouring it on the ground,into sewers, or into streams orbodies of water. Recycle it by takingit to a place that collects used oil.


10-12 Vehicle Care

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine Oil

This vehicle has a computer systemthat indicates when to change theengine oil and filter. This is basedon a combination of factors whichinclude engine revolutions, enginetemperature, and miles driven.Based on driving conditions, themileage at which an oil change isindicated can vary considerably. Forthe oil life system to work properly,the system must be reset every timethe oil is changed.

When the system has calculatedthat oil life has been diminished, itindicates that an oil change isnecessary. A CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message comes on.Change the oil as soon as possiblewithin the next 1 000 km (600 mi).It is possible that, if driving underthe best conditions, the oil lifesystem might indicate that an oilchange is not necessary for up totwo years. The engine oil and filtermust be changed at least once

every two years and, at this time,the system must be reset. Yourdealer has trained service peoplewho will perform this work and resetthe system. It is also important tocheck the oil regularly over thecourse of an oil drain interval andkeep it at the proper level.

If the system is ever resetaccidentally, the oil must bechanged at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)since the last oil change.Remember to reset the oil lifesystem whenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine OilLife System

Reset the system whenever theengine oil is changed so that thesystem can calculate the nextengine oil change. To reset thesystem:

1. Use the SELECT knob to selectOIL LIFE on the DIC menu.

2. Press SELECT to start the OILLIFE reset procedure.

3. The DIC menu will display “Areyou sure that you want to reset?”Use SELECT to choose YES toreset oil life or NO to exit andreturn to the previous menu.

4. If YES is selected, the DIC menuwill display RESET OIL LIFE fora short time and then 100% OILLIFE will be displayed when OILLIFE is successfully reset.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage comes back on when thevehicle is started, the engine oil lifesystem has not reset. Repeat theprocedure.

Engine Air Cleaner/FilterSee Engine Compartment Overviewon page 10‑8 for the location of theengine air cleaner/filter.

When to Inspect the Engine AirFilter

Inspect the air filter at the scheduledmaintenance intervals and replace itat the first oil change after each80 000 km (50,000 mi) interval. See


Vehicle Care 10-13

Maintenance Schedule onpage 11‑2 for more information.If driving in dusty/dirty conditions,inspect the air filter at each engineoil change.

How to Inspect the Engine AirFilter

To inspect the air filter, remove itfrom the engine air cleaner/filterassembly and lightly shake torelease loose dust and dirt. If the airfilter remains covered with dirt, anew air filter is required.

1. Retaining Clips

2. Air Duct Clamp

3. Electrical Connector

To inspect or replace the air filter:

1. Open the hood. See Hood onpage 10‑6.

2. Locate the engine air cleaner/filter assembly on the passengerside of the engine compartment.See Engine CompartmentOverview on page 10‑8.

3. Disconnect the air duct byloosening the air duct clamp (2).

4. Disconnect the electricalconnector (3).

5. Lift the retaining clips (1) fromthe engine air cleaner/filterassembly.

6. Turn and tilt the air cleaner coverslightly upward and slide it out.Remove the air filter.

How to Reinstall the EngineAir Filter

1. Install the air filter into theengine air cleaner/filterassembly. The outer air filterseal must be fitted properly inthe engine air cleaner/filterassembly.

2. Replace the air cleaner cover bylowering it to meet the bottom ofthe engine air cleaner/filterassembly. Place the retainingclips (1) on the engine aircleaner/filter assembly andsecure. The rear tabs must besecured into the lower portion ofthe air cleaner.

3. Reconnect the air duct andtighten the air duct clamp (2).

4. Reconnect the electricalconnector (3).


10-14 Vehicle Care

{ WARNING

Operating the engine with the aircleaner/filter off can cause you orothers to be burned. The aircleaner not only cleans the air; ithelps to stop flames if the enginebackfires. Use caution whenworking on the engine and do notdrive with the air cleaner/filter off.

Notice: If the air cleaner/filter isoff, dirt can easily get into theengine, which could damage it.Always have the air cleaner/filterin place when you are driving.

Cooling System (Engine)

1. Engine Coolant Surge Tank andPressure Cap

2. Engine Cooling Fans (Outof View)

{ WARNING

The electric fans under the hoodcan start up even when theengine is not running and cancause injury. Keep hands,clothing, and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.

If the coolant inside the coolantsurge tank is boiling, do not doanything else until it cools down.The vehicle should be parked on alevel surface.

The coolant level should be up tothe cold fill line. If it is not, theremight be a leak at the radiatorhoses, heater hoses, radiator, waterpump, or somewhere else in thecooling system.

{ WARNING

Heater and radiator hoses, andother engine parts, can be veryhot. Do not touch them. If you do,you can be burned.

Do not run the vehicle if there is aleak. If you run the engine, itcould lose all coolant. That couldcause an engine fire, and youcould be burned. Get any leakfixed before you drive the vehicle.


Vehicle Care 10-15

If there seems to be no leak, withthe engine on, check to see if thecooling fans are running. If theengine is overheating, the fansshould be running. If it is not, thevehicle needs service. Turn off thevehicle.

Cooling System (HighVoltage Battery)During vehicle operation and alsoduring charging, the high voltagebattery cells in the vehicle are keptwithin a normal operatingtemperature range. If thetemperature rises above thistemperature, the battery coolingsystem turns on the air conditioningcompressor and cools the coolantuntil the correct temperature isreached. If the temperature fallsbelow this temperature, a highvoltage heater, located in thebattery, heats the coolant until thecorrect temperature is reached.

What to Use

The high voltage battery coolantreservoir in the vehicle is filled witha 50/50 mixture of DEX-COOL™engine coolant and deionized water.If using this mixture, nothing elseneeds to be added.

The coolant needs to be replaced atthe appropriate interval. SeeMaintenance Schedule onpage 11‑2.

Checking Coolant

The vehicle must be on a levelsurface when checking the coolantlevel.

The high voltage battery coolantreservoir is located in the enginecompartment. See EngineCompartment Overview onpage 10‑8.

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe high voltage battery coolantreservoir. If coolant is visible but thecoolant level is below the cold fillline, there could be a leak in thecooling system.

The high voltage battery coolantshould only be serviced by aqualified technician.


10-16 Vehicle Care

Cooling System (PowerElectronics and ChargerModules)The power electronics and chargermodules are cooled using the samecoolant loop.

The power electronics and chargermodules in the vehicle are keptbelow a maximum temperature.If the temperature rises above thistemperature, the electric coolingfans will turn on and cool thecoolant until the correct temperatureis reached.

What to Use

The power electronics and chargermodules coolant reservoir in thevehicle is filled with a 50/50 mixtureof DEX-COOL engine coolant anddeionized water. If using thismixture, nothing else needs to beadded.

The coolant needs to be replaced atthe appropriate interval. SeeMaintenance Schedule onpage 11‑2.

Checking Coolant


The power electronics and chargermodules coolant reservoir is locatedin the engine compartment. SeeEngine Compartment Overview onpage 10‑8.

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe power electronics and chargermodules coolant reservoir. If coolantis visible but the coolant level isbelow the cold fill line, there couldbe a leak in the cooling system.

The power electronics and chargermodules coolant should only beserviced by a qualified technician.

Engine CoolantThe engine cooling system in thevehicle is filled with DEX-COOLengine coolant. The coolant needsto be replaced every 5 years or240 000 km (150,000 mi), whicheveroccurs first.

The following explains the coolingsystem and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating,see Engine Overheating onpage 10‑19.


Vehicle Care 10-17

What to Use

{ WARNING

Adding only plain water or someother liquid to the cooling systemcan be dangerous. Plain waterand other liquids, can boil beforethe proper coolant mixture will.The coolant warning system is setfor the proper coolant mixture.With plain water or the wrongmixture, the engine could get toohot but you would not get theoverheat warning. The enginecould catch fire and you orothers could be burned. Use a50/50 mixture of deionized waterand DEX-COOL coolant.

Use a 50/50 mixture of deionizedwater and DEX-COOL coolant.If using this mixture, nothing elseneeds to be added. This mixture:. Gives freezing protection down

to −37°C (−34°F), outsidetemperature.

. Gives boiling protection up to129°C (265°F), enginetemperature.

. Protects against rust andcorrosion.

. Will not damage aluminum parts.

. Helps keep the proper enginetemperature.

Notice: If an improper coolantmixture is used, the engine couldoverheat and be badly damaged.The repair cost would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Too much water in the mixturecan freeze and crack the engine,radiator, heater core, and otherparts.

Never dispose of engine coolant byputting it in the trash, pouring it onthe ground, or into sewers, streams,or bodies of water. Have the coolantchanged by an authorized servicecenter, familiar with legalrequirements regarding usedcoolant disposal. This will helpprotect the environment and yourhealth.

Checking Coolant


Check to see if coolant is visible inthe coolant surge tank. If the coolantinside the coolant surge tank isboiling, do not do anything else untilit cools down. If coolant is visiblebut the coolant level is not at orabove the cold fill mark, add a50/50 mixture of deionized waterand DEX-COOL coolant at thecoolant surge tank, but be sure thecooling system is cool before this isdone. See Engine Overheating onpage 10‑19 for more information.

The coolant reservoir is located onthe passenger side of the enginecompartment. See EngineCompartment Overview onpage 10‑8 for more information onlocation.


10-18 Vehicle Care

The coolant level should be at orabove the cold fill line on thecoolant surge tank. If it is not, therecould be a leak in the coolingsystem.

How to Add Coolant to theCoolant Surge Tank

{ WARNING

You can be burned if you spillcoolant on hot engine parts.Coolant contains ethylene glycoland it will burn if the engine partsare hot enough. Do not spillcoolant on a hot engine.

Notice: This vehicle has aspecific coolant fill procedure.Failure to follow this procedurecould cause the engine tooverheat and be severelydamaged.

{ WARNING

The electric fans under the hoodcan start up even when theengine is not running and cancause injury. Keep hands,clothing, and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.

{ WARNING

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system can blow outand burn you badly. They areunder pressure, and if you turnthe surge tank pressurecap— even a little— they cancome out at high speed. Neverturn the cap when the coolingsystem, including the surge tankpressure cap, is hot. Wait for thecooling system and surge tankpressure cap to cool if you everhave to turn the pressure cap.

If coolant is needed, add the properDEX-COOL coolant mixture at thecoolant surge tank.

The coolant surge tank pressurecap can be removed when thecooling system, including the surgetank pressure cap and upperradiator hose, is no longer hot.

1. Turn the pressure cap slowlycounterclockwise. If a hiss isheard, wait for that to stop.A hiss means there is still somepressure left.

2. Keep turning the cap andremove it.


Vehicle Care 10-19

3. Fill the coolant surge tank withthe proper mixture to the coldfill line.

4. Replace the pressure cap.Be sure the pressure cap ishand‐tight and fully seated.

Notice: If the pressure cap is nottightly installed, coolant loss andpossible engine damage mayoccur. Be sure the cap is properlyand tightly secured.

Engine OverheatingThe vehicle has an indicator to warnof engine overheating.

If the decision is made not to lift thehood when this warning appears,get service help right away. SeeRoadside Assistance Program onpage 13‑5.

If the decision is made to lift thehood, make sure the vehicle isparked on a level surface.

Then check to see if the enginecooling fans are running. If theengine is overheating, the fansshould be running. If they are not,do not continue to run the vehicleand have the vehicle serviced.

Notice: Engine damage fromrunning the engine withoutcoolant is not covered by thewarranty.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When adding windshield washerfluid to the vehicle, be sure to readthe manufacturer's instructionsbefore use. If operating the vehiclein an area where the temperaturemay fall below freezing, use a fluidthat has sufficient protection againstfreezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

Open the cap with the washersymbol on it. Add washer fluid untilthe tank is full. See EngineCompartment Overview onpage 10‑8 for reservoir location.


10-20 Vehicle Care

Notice. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer instructions foradding water.

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause the solutionto freeze and damage thewasher fluid tank and otherparts of the washer system.

. Fill the washer fluid tank onlythree-quarters full when it isvery cold. This allows forfluid expansion if freezingoccurs, which could damagethe tank if it iscompletely full.

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in the windshieldwasher. It can damage thewindshield washer systemand paint.

BrakesThis vehicle has disc brakes. Discbrake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or beheard all the time the vehicle ismoving, except when applying thebrake pedal firmly.

{ WARNING

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes willnot work well. That could lead toa crash. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.

Notice: Continuing to drive withworn-out brake pads could resultin costly brake repair.

Some driving conditions or climatescan cause a brake squeal when thebrakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not meansomething is wrong with the brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts arenecessary to help prevent brakepulsation. When tires are rotated,inspect brake pads for wear andevenly tighten wheel nuts in theproper sequence to torquespecifications in Capacities andSpecifications on page 12‑2.

Brake linings should always bereplaced as complete axle sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedaldoes not return to normal height,or if there is a rapid increase inpedal travel. This could be a signthat brake service might berequired.

Brake Adjustment

Every time the brakes are applied,with or without the vehicle moving,the brakes adjust for wear.


Vehicle Care 10-21

Replacing Brake System Parts

The braking system on a vehicle iscomplex. Its many parts have to beof top quality and work well togetherif the vehicle is to have really goodbraking. The vehicle was designedand tested with top-quality brakeparts. When parts of the brakingsystem are replaced, be sure to getnew, approved replacement parts.If this is not done, the brakes mightnot work properly. For example,installing disc brake pads that arewrong for the vehicle, can changethe balance between the front andrear brakes — for the worse. Thebraking performance expected canchange in many other ways if thewrong replacement brake parts areinstalled.

Brake Fluid

The brake master cylinder reservoiris filled with DOT 3 brake fluid asindicated on the reservoir cap. SeeEngine Compartment Overview onpage 10‑8 for the location of thereservoir.

There are only two reasons why thebrake fluid level in the reservoirmight go down:. The brake fluid level goes down

because of normal brake liningwear. When new linings areinstalled, the fluid level goesback up.

. A fluid leak in the brakehydraulic system can also causea low fluid level. Have the brake

hydraulic system fixed, since aleak means that sooner or laterthe brakes will not work well.

Do not top off the brake fluid.Adding fluid does not correct a leak.If fluid is added when the linings areworn, there will be too much fluidwhen new brake linings areinstalled. Add or remove brake fluid,as necessary, only when work isdone on the brake hydraulic system.

{ WARNING

If too much brake fluid is added, itcan spill on the engine and burn,if the engine is hot enough. Youor others could be burned, andthe vehicle could be damaged.Add brake fluid only when work isdone on the brake hydraulicsystem.

When the brake fluid falls to a lowlevel, the brake warning light comeson. See Brake System WarningLight on page 5‑20.


10-22 Vehicle Care

Checking Brake Fluid

Check brake fluid by looking at thebrake fluid reservoir. See EngineCompartment Overview onpage 10‑8.

With the vehicle not running for atleast one minute, the maximum fluidlevel (1) is at the top of the reservoirbody. With the vehicle running, thefluid level should be in the properoperating range (2) between theMIN and MAX marks. If it is not,have the brake hydraulic systemchecked to see if there is a leak.

After work is done on the brakehydraulic system, make sure thelevel, with the vehicle running, is inthe proper operating range (2)between the MIN and MAX marks.

What to Add

Use only new DOT 3 brake fluidfrom a sealed container. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11‑12.

Always clean the brake fluidreservoir cap and the area aroundthe cap before removing it. Thishelps keep dirt from entering thereservoir.

{ WARNING

With the wrong kind of fluid in thebrake hydraulic system, thebrakes might not work well. Thiscould cause a crash. Always usethe proper brake fluid.

Notice. Using the wrong fluid canbadly damage brakehydraulic system parts. Forexample, just a few drops ofmineral-based oil, such asengine oil, in the brakehydraulic system candamage brake hydraulicsystem parts so badly thatthey will have to be replaced.Do not let someone put inthe wrong kind of fluid.

. If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces,the paint finish can bedamaged. Be careful not tospill brake fluid on thevehicle. If you do, wash it offimmediately.

BatteryThis vehicle has a high voltagebattery and a standard 12-voltbattery.


Vehicle Care 10-23

If the vehicle is in a crash, thesensing system may shut down thehigh voltage system. When thisoccurs, the high voltage battery isdisconnected and the vehicle willnot start. The SERVICE VEHICLESOON message in the DriverInformation Center (DIC) will bedisplayed. Before the vehicle can beoperated again, it must be servicedat your dealer.

See “If a Crash Occurs” underCollision Damage Repair onpage 13‑9 for additional information.If an airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an AirbagInflates? on page 3‑21.

Only a trained service technicianwith the proper knowledge and toolsshould inspect, test, or replace thehigh voltage battery. See yourdealer if the high voltage batteryneeds service. The dealer hasinformation on how to recycle thehigh voltage battery. There isalso information available athttp://www.recyclemybattery.com.

Keep the vehicle plugged in, evenwhen fully charged, to keep the highvoltage battery temperature readyfor the next drive. This is importantwhen outside temperatures areextremely hot or cold.

A vehicle cover, which can reducesun loading on the vehicle andimprove high voltage battery life, isavailable from your dealer.

Refer to the replacement numbershown on the original battery labelwhen a new 12-volt battery isneeded. The vehicle has anAbsorbed Glass Mat (AGM) 12-voltbattery. Installation of a standard12-volt battery will result in reduced12-volt battery life.

When using a 12-volt batterycharger on the 12-volt AGM battery,some chargers have an AGMbattery setting on the charger.If available, use the AGM setting onthe charger, to limit charge voltageto 14.8 volts.

{ WARNING

Battery posts, terminals, andrelated accessories contain leadand lead compounds, chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and reproductiveharm. Wash hands after handling.

Vehicle Storage

{ WARNING

12‐volt batteries have acid thatcan burn you and gas that canexplode. You can be badly hurt ifyou are not careful. See JumpStarting on page 10‑68 for tips onworking around a battery withoutgetting hurt.


10-24 Vehicle Care

Up to four weeks. Plug in the high voltage battery

charge cord if temperatures willexceed 35°C (95°F) and keepthe 12-volt battery cablesconnected.

Four weeks to 12 months. Discharge the high voltage

battery until two or three barsremain on the battery rangeindicator (Battery symbol) on theinstrument cluster.

. Do not plug in the high voltagebattery charge cord.

. Remove the black negative (−)cable from the 12-volt batteryand attach a trickle charger tothe battery terminals or keep the12-volt battery cables connectedand trickle charge from theunderhood remote positive (+)and negative (−) terminals. SeeJump Starting on page 10‑68 forthe location of these terminals.

Notice: The vehicle is equippedwith an AGM/VRLA 12-voltbattery, which can be damaged byusing the incorrect type of tricklecharger. An AGM/VRLA-compatible charger mustbe used, with the appropriatesetting selected. Follow thetrickle charger manufacturerinstructions.

Reconnecting the 12-Volt BlackNegative Cable

With the 12-volt black negative (−)cable disconnected, the hatchcannot be opened by pressing thehatch release button. If the hatch isclosed and latched, reopen it:

1. Use the door key to open thedriver door.

2. Manually unlock and open oneof the rear doors.

3. Lower one of the rear seatbacks.

4. Pull the load floor cover forwardto access and reconnect the12-volt battery black negative (−)cable.

5. After the cable has beenconnected, open the hatch andthen tighten the cable.

After the battery cable isreconnected, it is possible that thevehicle may not operate in ElectricMode. If this happens, the highvoltage battery may need to becharged.

Electric Drive Unit ShiftLock Control FunctionCheck

{ WARNING

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle. It should beparked on a level surface.


Vehicle Care 10-25

2. Firmly apply the parking brake.See Electric Parking Brake onpage 9‑30.

Be ready to apply the regularbrake immediately if the vehiclebegins to move.

3. With the vehicle off and thebrake not applied, press andhold the POWER O button formore than five seconds to placethe vehicle in Service OnlyMode. See Power Button onpage 9‑16. Without applying theregular brake, try to move theshift lever out of P (Park) withnormal effort. If the shift levermoves out of P (Park), contactyour dealer for service.

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ WARNING

When you are doing this check,the vehicle could begin to move.You or others could be injuredand property could be damaged.Make sure there is room in frontof the vehicle in case it begins toroll. Be ready to apply the regularbrake at once should the vehiclebegin to move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keepingyour foot on the regular brake, setthe electric parking brake.. To check the electric parking

brake's holding ability: With thepropulsion system active and theelectric drive unit in N (Neutral),slowly remove foot pressurefrom the regular brake pedal. Dothis until the vehicle is held bythe electric parking brake only.

. To check the P (Park)mechanism's holding ability:With the propulsion systemactive, shift to P (Park). Thenrelease the electric parkingbrake followed by the regularbrake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Wiper Blade ReplacementWindshield wiper blades should beinspected for wear and cracking.See the Maintenance Schedule onpage 11‑2.

Replacement blades come indifferent types and are removed indifferent ways. For proper type andlength, see MaintenanceReplacement Parts on page 11‑13.

Notice: Allowing the wiper arm totouch the windshield when nowiper blade is installed coulddamage the windshield. Anydamage that occurs would not be


10-26 Vehicle Care

covered by your warranty. Do notallow the wiper arm to touch thewindshield.

To replace the windshield wiperblade:

1. Pull the windshield wiperassembly away from thewindshield.

2. Press the button in the middle ofthe wiper arm connector, andpull the wiper blade away fromthe arm connector.

3. Remove the wiper blade.

4. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiperblade replacement.

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset andshould need no further adjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,the headlamp aim may be affected.If adjustment to the headlamps isnecessary, see your dealer.


Vehicle Care 10-27

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, see Replacement Bulbs onpage 10‑29.

For any bulb‐changing procedurenot listed in this section, contactyour dealer.

Halogen Bulbs

{ WARNING

Halogen bulbs have pressurizedgas inside and can burst if youdrop or scratch the bulb. You orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the instructionson the bulb package.

LED LightingThis vehicle has several LED lamps.For replacement of any LED lightingassembly, contact your dealer.

Headlamps

Driver Side Headlamps

To replace the high/low‐beamheadlamp:


2. Remove the cover from the backof the headlamp assembly byturning it counterclockwise.

3. Remove the bulb socket fromthe headlamp assembly byturning it counterclockwise.

4. Remove the bulb from thesocket.

5. Install the new bulb in thesocket.

6. Install the bulb socket by turningit clockwise.

7. Install the cover in the back ofthe headlamp assembly byturning it clockwise.

Passenger Side Headlamps

To replace the high/low‐beamheadlamp:


2. Remove the air cleaner cover.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter onpage 10‑12.


10-28 Vehicle Care

3. Remove the air cleanerassembly by pulling up torelease the rear two retentionposts from the securinggrommets. Then pull it forward toremove the remaining retentionpost from the securing grommet.

4. Remove the cover from the backof the headlamp assembly byturning it counterclockwise.

5. Remove the bulb from theheadlamp assembly by turning itcounterclockwise.

6. Disconnect the bulb from thewiring harness connector.

7. Install the new bulb in theheadlamp assembly by turning itclockwise.

8. Reconnect the wiring harnessconnector.

9. Install the cover on the back ofthe headlamp assembly byturning it clockwise.

10. Install the air cleaner assemblyby lowering the three retentionposts into the grommets.

11. Install the engine air cleaner/filter assembly cover. SeeEngine Air Cleaner/Filter onpage 10‑12.

Back-Up Lamps

The back-up lamp is in the rearfascia.

To replace a bulb:

1. Remove the three inboardscrews from the aero panellocated under the rear fascia.

2. Push up on the aero panel tolocate the bulb socket.

3. Turn the bulb socketcounterclockwise to remove itfrom the bulb assembly.

4. Pull the bulb from the bulbsocket.

5. Push a new bulb straight into thebulb socket.

6. Reinstall the bulb socket bylining up the tabs in the lampassembly and turn it clockwiseto lock it into place.

7. Replace the three inboardscrews from the aero panel.


Vehicle Care 10-29

License Plate LampTo replace one of these bulbs:

1. Press the spring clip on the rightend of the lamp assembly to theleft to unlock the lamp assembly.

2. Pull down on the lamp assemblyto remove it from the fascia.

3. Turn the bulb socket (1)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the lamp assembly (3).

4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out ofthe bulb socket (1).

5. Push the replacement bulbstraight into the bulb socket (1)and turn the bulb socket (1)clockwise to install it into thelamp assembly (3).

6. Reinstall the lamp assembly (3)into the fascia by inserting theleft side first.

7. Push the spring clip side intoplace.

Replacement Bulbs

Exterior Lamp BulbNumber

Back-Up Lamps 3157K

High/Low‐BeamHeadlamps

HIR2 (9012)

License PlateLamps

W5W LL

For replacement bulbs not listedhere, contact your dealer.


10-30 Vehicle Care

Electrical System

High Voltage Devices andWiring

{ WARNING



Electrical SystemOverloadThe vehicle has fuses and circuitbreakers to protect against anelectrical system overload.

When the current electrical load istoo heavy, the circuit breaker opensand closes, protecting the circuituntil the current load returns tonormal or the problem is fixed. Thisgreatly reduces the chance of circuitoverload and fire caused byelectrical problems.

Fuses and circuit breakers protectthe following in the vehicle:. Headlamp Wiring. Windshield Wiper Motor. Power Windows and other

Power Accessories

Replace a bad fuse with a new oneof the identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the road anda fuse needs to be replaced, thesame amperage fuse can be

borrowed. Choose some feature ofthe vehicle that is not needed to useand replace it as soon as possible.

Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may causethe lamps to go on and off, or insome cases to remain off. Have theheadlamp wiring checked right awayif the lamps go on and off orremain off.

Windshield Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due toheavy snow or ice, the windshieldwipers will stop until the motor coolsand the wiper control is turned off.After removal of the blockage, thewiper motor will restart when thecontrol is then moved to the desiredoperating position.

Although the circuit is protectedfrom electrical overload, overloaddue to heavy snow or ice, maycause wiper linkage damage.Always clear ice and heavy snowfrom the windshield before using thewindshield wipers.


Vehicle Care 10-31

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snow orice, be sure to get it fixed.

Engine CompartmentFuse Block

To open the fuse block cover, pressthe clips at the front and back androtate the cover up to the side.

Notice: Spilling liquid on anyelectrical component on thevehicle may damage it. Alwayskeep the covers on any electricalcomponent.

Engine Compartment Fuse Block

A fuse puller is in the enginecompartment fuse block.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Mini Fuses Usage

1 Engine ControlModule – SwitchedPower

2 Emissions

3 Not Used


10-32 Vehicle Care

Mini Fuses Usage

4 Ignition Coils/Injectors

5 Not Used

6a Empty

6b Rear Defogger

7 Empty

8 Empty

9 Heated Mirrors

10 Air ConditioningControl Module

11 Traction PowerInverterModule – Battery

12 Not Used

13 Cabin Heater Pumpand Valve

14 Not Used

Mini Fuses Usage

15 Traction PowerInverter Module andTransmissionControlModule – Battery

17 Engine ControlModule – Battery

22 Left High -BeamHeadlamp

24 Empty

25 Empty

26 Not Used

31 Not Used

32 Run/Crank –Sensing DiagnosticModule (SDM),Instrument Cluster,Passenger AirbagDisplay, AutomaticDimming InsideRearview Mirror (IfEquipped)

Mini Fuses Usage

33 Run/Crank forVehicle IntegrationControl Module

34 Vehicle IntegrationControlModule – Battery

35 Not Used

36 Power ElectronicsCoolant Pump

37 Cabin HeaterControl Module

38 RechargeableEnergy StorageSystem (HighVoltage Battery)Coolant Pump

39 RechargeableEnergy StorageSystem (HighVoltage Battery)Control Module

40 Front WindshieldWasher


Vehicle Care 10-33

Mini Fuses Usage

41 Right High-BeamHeadlamp

46 Empty

47 Empty

49 Empty

50 Run/Crank – RearVision Camera,Accessory PowerModule

51 Run/Crank for ABS/RechargeableEnergy StorageSystem (HighVoltage Battery)

52 Engine ControlModule/TransmissionControl Module –Run/Crank

53 Traction PowerInverter Module –Run/Crank

Mini Fuses Usage

54 Run/Crank – FuelSystem ControlModule, AirConditioning ControlModule, On BoardCharger

J-CaseFuses

Usage

16 AIR Solenoid(PZEV Only)

18 Empty

19 Power Window –Front

20 Empty

21 Antilock BrakeSystem ElectronicControl Unit

23 Charge Port Door

27 AIR Pump(PZEV Only)

28 Empty

J-CaseFuses

Usage

29 Empty

30 Antilock BrakeSystem Motor

42 Cooling Fan – Right

43 Front Wipers

44 Charger

45 Empty

48 Cooling Fan – Left

Mini Relays Usage

3 Powertrain

4 Heated Mirrors

7 Empty

9 AIR Pump(PZEV Only)

11 Empty

12 Empty

13 Empty


10-34 Vehicle Care

Mini Relays Usage

14 Run/Crank

MicroRelays

Usage

1 Empty

2 AIR Solenoid(PZEV Only)

6 Empty

8 Empty

10 Empty

Ultra MicroRelays

Usage

5 Charge Port Door

Instrument Panel Fuse Block (Left Side)The left instrument panel fuse block is on the left side end of the instrumentpanel. To access the fuses, open the fuse panel door by pulling out.

To reinstall the door, insert the bottom tab first, then push the door back intoits original location.

Instrument Panel Fuse Block



Fuses Usage

F1 Power Outlet – Topof IP Storage Bin

F2 Radio

F3 Instrument Cluster


Vehicle Care 10-35

Fuses Usage

F4 Infotainment Display

F5 Heating, Ventilation& Air Conditioning/Integrated CenterStack Switches

F6 Airbag (SensingDiagnostic Module/Passenger SensingModule)

F7 Data LinkConnector, Left(Primary)

F8 Empty

F9 OnStar

F10 Body ControlModule 1/BodyControl ModuleElectronics/KeylessEntry/Power Moding/Center HighMounted Stoplamp/License PlateLamps/Left DaytimeRunning Lamp/Left

Fuses Usage

Parking Lamps/Hatch ReleaseRelay Control/Washer Pump RelayControl/SwitchIndicator Lights

F11 Body ControlModule 4/LeftHeadlamp

F12 Empty

F13 Empty

F14 Empty

F15 Power Outlet (InsideFloor Console/Rearof Floor Console)

F16 Empty

F17 Empty

F18 Empty

Relays Usage

R1 Retained AccessoryPower Relay forPower Outlets

R2 Empty

R3 Empty

R4 Empty

Diodes Usage

DIODE Empty

Instrument Panel FuseBlock (Right Side)The right instrument panel fuseblock is on the right side end of theinstrument panel. To access thefuses, open the fuse panel door bypulling out.

To reinstall the door, insert thebottom tab first, then push the doorback into its original location.


10-36 Vehicle Care

Instrument Panel Fuse Block



Fuses Usage

F1 Steering WheelSwitch Backlighting

F2 Empty

F3 Empty

Fuses Usage

F4 Body ControlModule 3/RightHeadlamp

F5 Body ControlModule 2/BodyControl ModuleElectronics/HatchLamp/Right DaytimeRunning Lamp/Shifter Lock/SwitchBacklighting

Fuses Usage

F6 Body ControlModule 5/RetainedAccessory PowerRelay Control/RightFront Turn SignalLamp/Left Rear Stopand Turn SignalLamp/Right ParkingLamps/RemotePRNDL

F7 Body ControlModule 6/MapLights/CourtesyLights/Back– upLamp

F8 Body ControlModule 7/Left FrontTurn Signal/RightRear Stop and TurnSignal Lamp/ChildSecurity Lock RelayControl

F9 Body ControlModule 8/Locks


Vehicle Care 10-37

Fuses Usage

F10 Data LinkConnector, Right(Secondary)

F11 Universal GarageDoor Opener (IfEquipped)

F12 Blower Motor

F13 Empty

F14 Empty

F15 Empty

F16 Empty

F17 Empty

F18 Empty

Relays Usage

R1 Empty

R2 Empty

R3 Empty

R4 Child Lockout Relay

Diodes Usage

DIODE Empty


10-38 Vehicle Care

Rear Compartment Fuse BlockThe rear compartment fuse block is on the left side of the rear compartmentbehind a removable cover. Open the latch to remove the cover and accessthe fuse block.


The vehicle may not have all of thefuses, relays, and features shown.

Fuses Usage

F1 Empty

Fuses Usage

F2 Fuel System ControlModule

F3 Passive Start/Passive EntryModule

F4 Heated Seats (IfEquipped)

F5 Driver DoorSwitches (OutsideRearview Mirror/Charge Port DoorRelease/RefuelRequest/DriverWindow Switch)

F6 Fuel (Diurnal Valveand Evap. LeakCheck Module)

F7 Accessory PowerModule Cooling Fan

F8 Amplifier (IfEquipped)

F9 Empty


Vehicle Care 10-39

Fuses Usage

F10 Regulated VoltageControl/UltrasonicFront and RearParking Assist (IfEquipped)

F11 Horn

F12 Rear PowerWindows

F13 Electric ParkingBrake

F14 Rear Defog(Upper Grid)

F15 Empty

F16 Hatch Release

F17 Empty

F18 Empty

Relays Usage

R1 Rear Defog(Upper Grid)

R2 Hatch Release

R3 Empty

R4 Empty

R5 Empty

R6 Empty

R7/R8 Horn

Diodes Usage

DIODE Empty

Wheels and Tires

TiresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tires made by aleading tire manufacturer. Seethe warranty manual forinformation regarding the tirewarranty and where to getservice. For additionalinformation refer to the tiremanufacturer.

{ WARNING

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tires aredangerous.

. Overloading the tires cancause overheating as aresult of too much flexing.There could be a blowout

(Continued)


10-40 Vehicle Care

WARNING (Continued)

and a serious crash. SeeVehicle Load Limits onpage 9‑11.

. Underinflated tires posethe same danger asoverloaded tires. Theresulting crash couldcause serious injury.Check all tires frequentlyto maintain therecommended pressure.Tire pressure should bechecked when the tiresare cold.

. Overinflated tires are morelikely to be cut, punctured,or broken by a suddenimpact — such as whenhitting a pothole. Keeptires at the recommendedpressure.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

. Worn or old tires cancause a crash. If the treadis badly worn,replace them.

. Replace any tires thathave been damaged byimpacts with potholes,curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tirescan cause a crash. Onlythe dealer or anauthorized tire servicecenter should repair,replace, dismount, andmount the tires.

. Do not spin the tires inexcess of 56 km/h(35 mph) on slipperysurfaces such as snow,mud, ice, etc. Excessivespinning may cause thetires to explode.

All-Season TiresThis vehicle may come withall-season tires. These tires aredesigned to provide good overallperformance on most road surfacesand weather conditions. Originalequipment tires designed to GM'sspecific tire performance criteriahave a TPC specification codemolded onto the sidewall. Originalequipment all-season tires can beidentified by the last two charactersof this TPC code, which willbe “MS.”

Consider installing winter tires onthe vehicle if frequent driving onsnow or ice-covered roads isexpected. All-season tires provideadequate performance for mostwinter driving conditions, but theymay not offer the same level oftraction or performance as wintertires on snow or ice-covered roads.See Winter Tires on page 10‑41.


Vehicle Care 10-41

Winter TiresThis vehicle was not, originally,equipped with winter tires. Wintertires are designed for increasedtraction on snow and ice-coveredroads. Consider installing wintertires on the vehicle if frequentdriving on snow or ice-coveredroads is expected. See your dealerfor details regarding winter tireavailability and proper tire selection.Also, see Buying New Tires onpage 10‑53.

With winter tires, there may bedecreased dry road traction,increased road noise, and shortertread life. After changing to wintertires, be alert for changes in vehiclehandling and braking.

If using winter tires:. Use tires of the same brand and

tread type on all four wheelpositions.

. Use only radial ply tires of thesame size, load range, andspeed rating as the originalequipment tires.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipment tiresmay not be available for H, V, W, Y,and ZR speed rated tires. If wintertires with a lower speed rating arechosen, never exceed the tire'smaximum speed capability.

Summer TiresThis vehicle may come with highperformance summer tires. Thesetires have a special tread andcompound that are optimized formaximum dry and wet roadperformance. This special tread andcompound will decreaseperformance in cold climates, andon ice and snow. We recommendinstalling winter tires on the vehicleif frequent driving in coldtemperatures or on snow or icecovered roads is expected. SeeWinter Tires on page 10‑41.

Tire Sidewall LabelingUseful information about a tire ismolded into its sidewall. Theexamples show a typicalpassenger tire sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size: The tire size is acombination of letters andnumbers used to define aparticular tire's width, height,aspect ratio, construction type,and service description. See the“Tire Size” illustration later in thissection for more detail.


10-42 Vehicle Care

(2) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification): Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

(3) DOT (Department ofTransportation): TheDepartment of Transportation(DOT) code indicates that thetire is in compliance with theU.S. Department ofTransportation Motor VehicleSafety Standards.

DOT Tire Date ofManufacture: The last fourdigits of the TIN indicate the tiremanufactured date. The first twodigits represent the week(01-52) and the last two digits,the year. For example, the third

week of the year 2010 wouldhave a four-digit DOT dateof 0310.

(4) Tire Identification Number(TIN): The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(5) Tire Ply Material: The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(6) Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG): Tiremanufacturers are required tograde tires based on threeperformance factors: treadwear,traction, and temperature

resistance. For more informationsee Uniform Tire QualityGrading on page 10‑56.

(7) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit: Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

Tire Designations

Tire Size

The following is an example of atypical passenger vehicletire size.

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire:The United States version of ametric tire sizing system. Theletter P as the first character in


Vehicle Care 10-43

the tire size means a passengervehicle tire engineered tostandards set by the U.S. Tireand Rim Association.

(2) Tire Width: The three-digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters fromsidewall to sidewall.

(3) Aspect Ratio: A two-digitnumber that indicates the tireheight-to-width measurements.For example, if the tire sizeaspect ratio is 60, as shown initem 3 of the illustration, it wouldmean that the tire's sidewall is60 percent as high as it is wide.

(4) Construction Code: A lettercode is used to indicate the typeof ply construction in the tire.The letter R means radial plyconstruction; the letter D meansdiagonal or bias plyconstruction; and the letter Bmeans belted-bias plyconstruction.

(5) Rim Diameter: Diameter ofthe wheel in inches.

(6) Service Description: Thesecharacters represent the loadindex and speed rating of thetire. The load index representsthe load carrying capacity a tireis certified to carry. The speedrating is the maximum speed atire is certified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology andDefinitionsAir Pressure: The amount ofair inside the tire pressingoutward on each square inch ofthe tire. Air pressure isexpressed in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch).

Accessory Weight: Thecombined weight of optionalaccessories. Some examples ofoptional accessories are, electric

drive unit, power steering, powerbrakes, power windows, powerseats, and air conditioning.

Aspect Ratio: The relationshipof a tire's height to its width.

Belt: A rubber coated layer ofcords that is located betweenthe plies and the tread. Cordsmay be made from steel or otherreinforcing materials.

Bead: The tire bead containssteel wires wrapped by steelcords that hold the tire ontothe rim.

Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tirein which the plies are laid atalternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Cold Tire Pressure: Theamount of air pressure in a tire,measured in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch)


10-44 Vehicle Care

before a tire has built up heatfrom driving. See Tire Pressureon page 10‑46.

Curb Weight: The weight of amotor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil,and coolant, but withoutpassengers and cargo.

DOT Markings: A code moldedinto the sidewall of a tiresignifying that the tire is incompliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation(DOT) Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumericdesignator which can alsoidentify the tire manufacturer,production plant, brand, anddate of production.

GVWR: Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Vehicle Load Limitson page 9‑11.

GAWR FRT: Gross Axle WeightRating for the front axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits onpage 9‑11.

GAWR RR: Gross Axle WeightRating for the rear axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits onpage 9‑11.

Intended Outboard Sidewall:The side of an asymmetrical tire,that must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa): The metricunit for air pressure.

Light Truck (LT‐Metric) Tire: Atire used on light duty trucks andsome multipurpose passengervehicles.

Load Index: An assignednumber ranging from 1 to 279that corresponds to the loadcarrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure:The maximum air pressure towhich a cold tire can be inflated.The maximum air pressure ismolded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating: Theload rating for a tire at themaximum permissible inflationpressure for that tire.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight: The sum of curbweight, accessory weight,vehicle capacity weight, andproduction options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight: Thenumber of occupants a vehicleis designed to seat multiplied by68 kg (150 lbs). See VehicleLoad Limits on page 9‑11.

Occupant Distribution:Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall: Theside of an asymmetrical tire thathas a particular side that faces


Vehicle Care 10-45

outward when mounted on avehicle. The side of the tire thatcontains a whitewall, bearswhite lettering, or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that ishigher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewallof the tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: Atire used on passenger cars andsome light duty trucks andmultipurpose vehicles.

Recommended InflationPressure: Vehiclemanufacturer's recommendedtire inflation pressure as shownon the tire placard. See TirePressure on page 10‑46 andVehicle Load Limits onpage 9‑11.

Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatictire in which the ply cords thatextend to the beads are laid at90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Rim: A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beadsare seated.

Sidewall: The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating: Analphanumeric code assigned toa tire indicating the maximumspeed at which a tire canoperate.

Traction: The friction betweenthe tire and the road surface.The amount of grip provided.

Tread: The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact withthe road.

Treadwear Indicators: Narrowbands, sometimes called wearbars, that show across the tread

of a tire when only 1.6 mm(1/16 in) of tread remains. SeeWhen It Is Time for New Tireson page 10‑53.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards): A tireinformation system that providesconsumers with ratings for atire's traction, temperature, andtreadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tiremanufacturers usinggovernment testing procedures.The ratings are molded into thesidewall of the tire. See UniformTire Quality Grading onpage 10‑56.

Vehicle Capacity Weight: Thenumber of designated seatingpositions multiplied by68 kg (150 lbs) plus the ratedcargo load. See Vehicle LoadLimits on page 9‑11.


10-46 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire: Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, andcargo weight.

Vehicle Placard: A labelpermanently attached to avehicle showing the vehicle'scapacity weight and the originalequipment tire size andrecommended inflation pressure.See “Tire and LoadingInformation Label” under VehicleLoad Limits on page 9‑11.

Tire PressureTires need the correct amount ofair pressure to operateeffectively.

Notice: Neither tireunderinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tires, or tiresthat do not have enough air,can result in:. Tire overloading andoverheating which couldlead to a blowout.

. Premature orirregular wear.

. Poor handling.

. Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tires thathave too much air, canresult in:. Unusual wear.. Poor handling.. Rough ride.. Needless damage fromroad hazards.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label on the vehicleindicates the original equipmenttires and the correct cold tireinflation pressures. Therecommended pressure is theminimum air pressure needed tosupport the vehicle's maximumload carrying capacity.

For additional informationregarding how much weight thevehicle can carry, and anexample of the Tire and LoadingInformation label, see VehicleLoad Limits on page 9‑11. Howthe vehicle is loaded affectsvehicle handling and ridecomfort. Never load the vehiclewith more weight than it wasdesigned to carry.

When to Check

Check the tires once a monthor more.


Vehicle Care 10-47

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check the tirepressure. Proper tire inflationcannot be determined by lookingat the tire. Check the tireinflation pressure when the tiresare cold, meaning the vehiclehas not been driven for at leastthree hours or no more than1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from thetire valve stem. Press the tiregauge firmly onto the valve toget the pressure measurement.If the cold tire inflation pressurematches the recommendedpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label, nofurther adjustment is necessary.

If the inflation pressure is low,add air until the recommendedpressure is reached. If theinflation pressure in high, presson the metal stem in the center

of the tire valve to release air.Re‐check the tire pressure withthe tire gauge.

Return the valve caps on thevalve stems to keep out dirt andmoisture and prevent leaks.

Tire Pressure MonitorSystemThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tire pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitorthe air pressure in your tires andtransmit tire pressure readings to areceiver located in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflated tothe inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard or

tire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with atire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or moreof your tires is significantlyunder-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate themto the proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and canlead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tiretread life, and may affect thevehicle's handling and stoppingability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if under-inflation has


10-48 Vehicle Care

not reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also beenequipped with a TPMS malfunctionindicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the low tire pressuretelltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated.This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle to

ensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation on page 10‑48.

Federal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) Rules andwith Industry CanadaStandards

See Radio Frequency Statement onpage 13‑15 for informationregarding Part 15 of the FederalCommunications Commission (FCC)Rules and with Industry CanadaStandards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.

Tire Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).The TPMS is designed to warn thedriver when a low tire pressurecondition exists. TPMS sensors aremounted onto each tire and wheelassembly. The TPMS sensors

monitor the air pressure in the tiresand transmit the tire pressurereadings to a receiver located in thevehicle.

When a low tire pressure conditionis detected, the TPMS illuminatesthe low tire pressure warning lightlocated on the instrument cluster.If the warning light comes on, stopas soon as possible and inflate thetires to the recommended pressureshown on the Tire Loading andInformation label. See Vehicle LoadLimits on page 9‑11.

A message to check the pressure ina specific tire displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). The lowtire pressure warning light and theDIC warning message come on ateach drive cycle until the tires areinflated to the correct inflation


Vehicle Care 10-49

pressure. Using the DIC, tirepressure levels can be viewed. Foradditional information and detailsabout the DIC operation anddisplays see Driver InformationCenter (DIC) on page 5‑41.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that theair pressure is getting low andneeds to be inflated to the properpressure.

A Tire and Loading Information labelshows the size of the originalequipment tires and the correctinflation pressure for the tires whenthey are cold. See Vehicle LoadLimits on page 9‑11, for an exampleof the Tire and Loading Informationlabel and its location. Also see TirePressure on page 10‑46.

The TPMS can warn about a lowtire pressure condition but it doesnot replace normal tiremaintenance. See Tire Inspection

on page 10‑51, Tire Rotation onpage 10‑52, and Tires onpage 10‑39.

Notice: Tire sealant materials arenot all the same. A non-approvedtire sealant could damage theTPMS sensors. TPMS sensordamage caused by using anincorrect tire sealant is notcovered by the vehicle warranty.Always use only theGM-approved tire sealantavailable through your dealer orincluded in the vehicle.

Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kitsuse a GM-approved liquid tiresealant. Using non-approved tiresealants could damage the TPMSsensors. See Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit on page 10‑60 forinformation regarding the inflator kitmaterials and instructions.

TPMS Malfunction Light andMessage

The TPMS will not function properlyif one or more of the TPMS sensorsare missing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, thelow tire pressure warning lightflashes for about one minute andthen stays on for the remainder ofthe vehicle on/off cycle. A DICwarning message also displays. Themalfunction light and DIC warningmessage come on at each vehicleon/off cycle until the problem iscorrected. Some of the conditionsthat can cause these to comeon are:. One of the road tires has been

replaced with the spare tire,if the vehicle has one. The sparetire does not have a TPMSsensor. The malfunction lightand DIC message should go offafter the road tire is replacedand the sensor matchingprocess is performed


10-50 Vehicle Care

successfully. See "TPMS SensorMatching Process" later in thissection.

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was started but notcompleted or not completedsuccessfully after rotating thetires. The DIC message andmalfunction light should go offonce the TPMS sensor matchingprocess is performedsuccessfully. See “TPMS SensorMatching Process” later in thissection.

. One or more TPMS sensors aremissing or damaged. The DICmessage and the malfunctionlight should go off when theTPMS sensors are installed andthe sensor matching process isperformed successfully. Seeyour dealer for service.

. Replacement tires or wheels donot match the original equipmenttires or wheels. Tires and wheelsother than those recommended

could prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires on page 10‑53.

. Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly , it cannot detect or signal alow tire condition. See your dealerfor service if the TPMS malfunctionlight and DIC message come onand stay on.

TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtire/wheel position after rotating thevehicle’s tires or replacing one ormore of the TPMS sensors. Also,the TPMS sensor matching processshould be performed after replacinga spare tire with a road tirecontaining the TPMS sensor. Themalfunction light and the DIC

message should go off at the nextdrive cycle. The sensors arematched to the tire/wheel positions,using a TPMS relearn tool, in thefollowing order: driver side front tire,passenger side front tire, passengerside rear tire, and driver side rear.See your dealer for service or topurchase a relearn tool.

There are two minutes to match thefirst tire/wheel position, andfive minutes overall to match all fourtire/wheel positions. If it takeslonger, the matching process stopsand must be restarted.

Follow the TPMS sensor matchingprocess:

1. Set the parking brake.

2. Put the vehicle in ON/RUN andplace the vehicle in P (Park).

3. If the DIC display is minimized,press the SELECT knob tomaximize it.

4. Use the SELECT knob to scrollto the Tire Pressure displayscreen.


Vehicle Care 10-51

5. Press and hold the SELECTknob for five seconds to beginthe sensor matching process.

A message displays confirmingto begin the process.

6. Use the SELECT knob to selectYES with the highlightedselection, and press theSELECT knob again to confirmthe selection.

The horn sounds twice to signalthe receiver is in relearn modeand the TIRE LEARNINGACTIVE message displays onthe DIC screen.

7. Start with the driver sidefront tire.

8. Place the relearn tool againstthe tire sidewall, near the valvestem. Then press the button toactivate the TPMS sensor.A horn chirp confirms that thesensor identification code hasbeen matched to this tire andwheel position.

9. Proceed to the passenger sidefront tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 8.

10. Proceed to the passenger siderear tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 8.

11. Proceed to the driver side reartire, and repeat the procedurein Step 8. The horn sounds twotimes to indicate the sensoridentification code has beenmatched to the driver side reartire, and the TPMS sensormatching process is no longeractive. The TIRE LEARNINGACTIVE message on the DICdisplay screen goes off.


13. Set all four tires to therecommended air pressurelevel as indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.

Tire InspectionWe recommend that the tires,including the spare tire, if thevehicle has one, be inspectedfor signs of wear or damage atleast once a month.

Replace the tire if:. The indicators at three or

more places around the tirecan be seen.

. There is cord or fabricshowing through the tire'srubber.

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snaggeddeep enough to show cord orfabric.

. The tire has a bump, bulge,or split.


10-52 Vehicle Care

. The tire has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannotbe repaired well because ofthe size or location of thedamage.

Tire RotationTires should be rotated every12 000 km (7,500 mi). The firstrotation is the most important.See Maintenance Schedule onpage 11‑2.

Tires are rotated to achieve amore uniform wear for all tires.

Anytime unusual wear isnoticed, rotate the tires as soonas possible, check for proper tireinflation pressure, and check fordamaged tires or wheels. If theunusual wear continues after therotation, check the wheelalignment. See When It Is Timefor New Tires on page 10‑53and Wheel Replacement onpage 10‑57.

Use this rotation pattern whenrotating the tires.

Adjust the front and rear tires tothe recommended inflationpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label afterthe tires have been rotated. SeeTire Pressure on page 10‑46and Vehicle Load Limits onpage 9‑11.

Reset the Tire Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tire PressureMonitor Operation onpage 10‑48.

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” under Capacitiesand Specifications onpage 12‑2.

{ WARNING

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or onthe parts to which it isfastened, can make wheelnuts become loose after atime. The wheel could comeoff and cause a crash. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places wherethe wheel attaches to thevehicle. In an emergency, acloth or a paper towel can beused, however, use a scraperor wire brush to remove allrust or dirt.

Lightly coat the center of thewheel hub with wheel bearinggrease after a wheel change or


Vehicle Care 10-53

tire rotation to prevent corrosionor rust build-up. Do not getgrease on the flat wheelmounting surface or on thewheel nuts or bolts.

When It Is Time for NewTiresFactors such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds,vehicle loading, and road conditionsaffect the wear rate of the tires.

Treadwear indicators are one way totell when it is time for new tires.Treadwear indicators appear whenthe tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)or less of tread remaining. See TireInspection on page 10‑51 and TireRotation on page 10‑52.

The rubber in tires ages over time.This also applies to the spare tire,if the vehicle has one, even if it isnever used. Multiple factorsincluding temperatures, loadingconditions, and inflation pressuremaintenance affect how fast agingtakes place. GM recommends thattires, including the spare ifequipped, be replaced aftersix years, regardless of tread wear.The tire manufacturer date is thelast four digits of the DOT TireIdentification Number (TIN) which ismolded into one side of the tiresidewall. The first two digitsrepresent the week (01–52) and thelast two digits, the year. Forexample, the third week of the year2010 would have a four-digit DOTdate of 0310.

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle. Parka vehicle that will be stored for atleast a month in a cool, dry, cleanarea away from direct sunlight toslow aging. This area should be freeof grease, gasoline, or othersubstances that can deterioraterubber.

Parking for an extended period cancause flat spots on the tires thatmay result in vibrations whiledriving. When storing a vehicle forat least a month, remove the tires orraise the vehicle to reduce theweight from the tires.

Buying New TiresGM has developed and matchedspecific tires for the vehicle. Theoriginal equipment tires installedwere designed to meet GeneralMotors Tire Performance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec)system rating. When


10-54 Vehicle Care

replacement tires are needed,GM strongly recommendsbuying tires with the same TPCSpec rating.

GM's exclusive TPC Specsystem considers over a dozencritical specifications that impactthe overall performance of thevehicle, including brake systemperformance, ride and handling,traction control, and tirepressure monitoringperformance. GM's TPC Specnumber is molded onto the tire'ssidewall near the tire size. If thetires have an all-season treaddesign, the TPC spec numberwill be followed by MS, for mudand snow. See Tire SidewallLabeling on page 10‑41.

GM recommends replacing worntires in complete sets of four.Uniform tread depth on all tireswill help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.

Braking and handlingperformance may be adverselyaffected if all the tires are notreplaced at the same time.If proper rotation andmaintenance have been done,all four tires should wear out atabout the same time. See TireRotation on page 10‑52 forinformation on proper tirerotation. However, if it isnecessary to replace only oneaxle set of worn tires, place thenew tires on the rear axle.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipmenttires may not be available for H,V, W, Y, and ZR speed ratedtires. Never exceed the wintertire's maximum speed capabilitywhen using winter tires with alower speed rating.

{ WARNING

Tires could explode duringimproper service. Attemptingto mount or dismount a tirecould cause injury or death.Only your dealer or authorizedtire service center shouldmount or dismount the tires.

{ WARNING

Mixing tires of different sizes,brands, or types may causeloss of control of the vehicle,resulting in a crash or othervehicle damage. Use thecorrect size, brand, and typeof tire on all wheels.


Vehicle Care 10-55

{ WARNING

Using bias-ply tires on thevehicle may cause the wheelrim flanges to develop cracksafter many miles of driving.A tire and/or wheel could failsuddenly and cause a crash.Use only radial-ply tires withthe wheels on the vehicle.

If the vehicle tires must bereplaced with a tire that does nothave a TPC Spec number, makesure they are the same size,load range, speed rating, andconstruction (radial) as theoriginal tires.

Vehicles that have a tirepressure monitoring systemcould give an inaccuratelow-pressure warning if non-TPCSpec rated tires are installed.See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem on page 10‑47.

The Tire and LoadingInformation Label indicates theoriginal equipment tires on thevehicle. See Vehicle Load Limitson page 9‑11, for the labellocation and more informationabout the Tire and LoadingInformation label.

Different Size Tires andWheelsIf wheels or tires are installed thatare a different size than the originalequipment wheels and tires, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, tractioncontrol, electronic stability control,or All-Wheel Drive, the performanceof these systems can also beaffected.

{ WARNING

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptablelevel of performance and safety iftires not recommended for thosewheels are selected. Thisincreases the chance of a crashand serious injury. Only use GMspecific wheel and tire systemsdeveloped for the vehicle, andhave them properly installed by aGM certified technician.

See Buying New Tires onpage 10‑53 and Accessories andModifications on page 10‑2.


10-56 Vehicle Care

Uniform Tire QualityGradingQuality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tiresidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

The following information relatesto the system developed by theUnited States National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), which grades tires bytreadwear, traction, andtemperature performance. Thisapplies only to vehicles sold inthe United States. The gradesare molded on the sidewalls ofmost passenger car tires. TheUniform Tire Quality Grading(UTQG) system does not applyto deep tread, winter tires,compact spare tires, tires with

nominal rim diameters of10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),or to some limited-productiontires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passenger carsand light trucks may vary withrespect to these grades, theymust also conform to federalsafety requirements andadditional General Motors TirePerformance Criteria (TPC)standards.

All Passenger Car Tires MustConform to Federal SafetyRequirements In Addition ToThese Grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on aspecified government testcourse. For example, a tire

graded 150 would wear one andone-half (1½) times as well onthe government course as a tiregraded 100. The relativeperformance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and maydepart significantly from thenorm due to variations in drivinghabits, service practices anddifferences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction – AA, A, B, C

The traction grades, fromhighest to lowest, are AA, A, B,and C. Those grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wetpavement as measured undercontrolled conditions onspecified government testsurfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is based on


Vehicle Care 10-57

straight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature – A, B, C

The temperature grades are A(the highest), B, and C,representing the tire's resistanceto the generation of heat and itsability to dissipate heat whentested under controlledconditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can cause thematerial of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature canlead to sudden tire failure. Thegrade C corresponds to a levelof performance which allpassenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B andA represent higher levels of

performance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimumrequired by law. Warning: Thetemperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that isproperly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.

Wheel Alignment and TireBalanceThe tires and wheels were alignedand balanced at the factory toprovide the longest tire life and bestoverall performance. Adjustments towheel alignment and tire balancingwill not be necessary on a regularbasis. However, check thealignment if there is unusual tirewear or if the vehicle is pulling toone side or the other. If the vehiclevibrates when driving on a smooth

road, the tires and wheels mightneed to be rebalanced. See yourdealer for proper diagnosis.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted orcorroded. If wheel nuts keep comingloose, the wheel, wheel bolts andwheel nuts should be replaced.If the wheel leaks air, replace it.Some aluminum wheels can berepaired. See your dealer if any ofthese conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have thesame load-carrying capacity,diameter, width, offset and bemounted the same way as the one itreplaces.

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheelnuts, or Tire Pressure MonitorSystem (TPMS) sensors with newGM original equipment parts.


10-58 Vehicle Care

{ WARNING

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheelnuts can be dangerous. It couldaffect the braking and handling ofthe vehicle. Tires can lose air,and cause loss of control, causinga crash. Always use the correctwheel, wheel bolts, and wheelnuts for replacement.

Notice: The wrong wheel canalso cause problems with bearinglife, brake cooling, speedometeror odometer calibration,headlamp aim, bumper height,vehicle ground clearance, and tireclearance to the body andchassis.

{ WARNING

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or onthe parts to which it isfastened, can make wheelnuts become loose after atime. The wheel could comeoff and cause a crash. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places wherethe wheel attaches to thevehicle. In an emergency, acloth or a paper towel can beused, however, use a scraperor wire brush to remove allrust or dirt.

{ WARNING

Never use oil or grease on studsor the threads of the wheel nuts.The wheel nuts might come looseand the wheel could fall off,causing a crash.

{ WARNING

Incorrect wheel nuts or improperlytightened wheel nuts can causethe wheel to become loose andeven come off. This could lead toa crash. Be sure to use thecorrect wheel nuts. If you have toreplace them, be sure to get newGM original equipmentwheel nuts.

Notice: Improperly tightenedwheel nuts can lead to brakepulsation and rotor damage. Toavoid expensive brake repairs,evenly tighten the wheel nuts inthe proper sequence and to theproper torque specification.


Vehicle Care 10-59

Used Replacement Wheels

{ WARNING

Replacing a wheel with a usedone is dangerous. How it hasbeen used or how far it has beendriven may be unknown. It couldfail suddenly and cause a crash.When replacing wheels, use anew GM original equipmentwheel.

Tire Chains

{ WARNING

Do not use tire chains. There isnot enough clearance. Tire chainsused on a vehicle without theproper amount of clearance cancause damage to the brakes,suspension, or other vehicle

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

parts. The area damaged by thetire chains could cause loss ofcontrol and a crash.

Use another type of tractiondevice only if its manufacturerrecommends it for the vehicle'stire size combination and roadconditions. Follow thatmanufacturer's instructions. Toavoid vehicle damage, drive slowand readjust or remove thetraction device if it contacts thevehicle. Do not spin the wheels.If traction devices are used, installthem on the front tires.

If a Tire Goes FlatThis vehicle has a tire sealant andcompressor kit. See Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit on page 10‑60.There is no spare tire, no tirechanging equipment, and no placeto store a tire.

To properly lift this vehicle, seeLifting the Vehicle on page 10‑3.

It is unusual for a tire to blowoutwhile driving, especially if the tiresare maintained properly. See Tireson page 10‑39. If air goes out of atire, it is much more likely to leakout slowly. But if there ever is ablowout, here are a few tips aboutwhat to expect and what to do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tire willcreate a drag that pulls the vehicletoward that side. Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal and grip thesteering wheel firmly. Steer tomaintain lane position, and thengently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid andmay require the same correction asused in a skid. Stop pressing theaccelerator pedal and steer tostraighten the vehicle. It may bevery bumpy and noisy. Gently braketo a stop, well off the road,if possible.


10-60 Vehicle Care

{ WARNING

Driving on a flat tire will causepermanent damage to the tire.Re-inflating a tire after it has beendriven on while severelyunderinflated or flat may cause ablowout and a serious crash.Never attempt to re-inflate a tirethat has been driven on whileseverely underinflated or flat.Have your dealer or an authorizedtire service center repair orreplace the flat tire as soon aspossible.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place and stopping, welloff the road, if possible.

1. Turn on the hazard warningflashers. See Hazard WarningFlashers on page 6‑3.

2. Set the parking brake firmly.

3. Put the shift lever in P (Park).See Shifting Into Park onpage 9‑19.

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Inspect the flat tire.

If the tire has been separated fromthe wheel, has damaged sidewalls,or has a puncture larger than6 mm (¼ in), the tire is too severelydamaged for the tire sealant andcompressor kit to be effective. SeeRoadside Assistance Program onpage 13‑5.

If the tire has a puncture less than6 mm (¼ in) in the tread area of thetire, see Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit on page 10‑60.

Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit

{ WARNING

Running the engine in ExtendedRange Mode in an enclosed areawith poor ventilation is dangerous.Engine exhaust may enter thevehicle. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO) whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath. Never run the engine inExtended Range Mode in anenclosed area that has no freshair ventilation. For moreinformation, see Engine Exhauston page 9‑26.


Vehicle Care 10-61

{ WARNING

Overinflating a tire could causethe tire to rupture and you orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the tire sealantand compressor kit instructionsand inflate the tire to itsrecommended pressure. Do notexceed the recommendedpressure.

{ WARNING

Storing the tire sealant andcompressor kit or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store the tiresealant and compressor kit in itsoriginal location.

If this vehicle has a tire sealant andcompressor kit, there may not be aspare tire, tire changing equipment,and on some vehicles there may notbe a place to store a tire.

The tire sealant and compressorcan be used to temporarily sealpunctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) inthe tread area of the tire. It can alsobe used to inflate anunderinflated tire.

If the tire has been separated fromthe wheel, has damaged sidewalls,or has a large puncture, the tire istoo severely damaged for the tiresealant and compressor kit to beeffective. See Roadside AssistanceProgram on page 13‑5.

Read and follow all of the tiresealant and compressor kitinstructions.

The kit includes:

1. Selector Switch (Sealant/Air orAir Only)


10-62 Vehicle Care

2. On/Off Button

3. Pressure Gauge

4. Pressure Deflation Button(If equipped)

5. Tire Sealant Canister

6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)

7. Air Only Hose (Black)

8. Power Plug

9. Canister Release Button (UnderSealant/Air Hose)

Tire Sealant

Read and follow the safe handlinginstructions on the label adhered tothe sealant canister.

Check the tire sealant expirationdate on the sealant canister. Thesealant canister should be replacedbefore its expiration date.Replacement sealant canisters areavailable at your local dealer. See“Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister” following.

There is only enough sealant to sealone tire. After usage, the sealantcanister and sealant/air hoseassembly must be replaced. See“Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister” following.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit to TemporarilySeal and Inflate aPunctured Tire

Follow the directions closely forcorrect sealant usage.

When using the tire sealant andcompressor kit during coldtemperatures, warm the kit in a


Vehicle Care 10-63

heated environment for five minutes.This will help to inflate the tirefaster.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers on page 6‑3.

See If a Tire Goes Flat onpage 10‑59 for other importantsafety warnings.

Do not remove any objects thathave penetrated the tire.

1. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit from its storagelocation. See Storing the TireSealant and Compressor Kit onpage 10‑67.

2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (6)and the power plug (8).

3. Place the kit on the ground.

Make sure the tire valve stem ispositioned close to the groundso the hose will reach it.

4. Remove the valve stem cap fromthe flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.

5. Attach the sealant/air hose (6)onto the tire valve stem. Turn itclockwise until it is tight.

6. Plug the power plug (8) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets on page 5‑7.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has a cigarettelighter, use the cigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while using theair compressor.

8. Press and turn the selectorswitch (1) counterclockwise tothe Sealant + Air position.

9. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit on.

The compressor will injectsealant and air into the tire.

The pressure gauge (3) willinitially show a high pressurewhile the compressor pushes thesealant into the tire. Once thesealant is completely dispersedinto the tire, the pressure willquickly drop and start to riseagain as the tire inflates withair only.

10. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (3). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure on page 10‑46.

The pressure gauge (3) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressoris on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate pressure


10-64 Vehicle Care

reading. The compressor maybe turned on/off until thecorrect pressure is reached.

Notice: If the recommendedpressure cannot be reached afterapproximately 25 minutes, thevehicle should not be drivenfarther. The tire is too severelydamaged and the tire sealant andcompressor kit cannot inflate thetire. Remove the power plug fromthe accessory power outlet andunscrew the inflating hose fromthe tire valve. See RoadsideAssistance Program onpage 13‑5.

11. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

The tire is not sealed and willcontinue to leak air until thevehicle is driven and thesealant is distributed in the tire;therefore, Steps 12–18 must bedone immediately afterStep 11.

Be careful while handling thetire sealant and compressor kitas it could be warm afterusage.

12. Unplug the power plug (8) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

13. Turn the sealant/air hose (6)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire valve stem.

14. Replace the tire valvestem cap.

15. Replace the sealant/air hose(6), and the power plug (8)back in their original location.

16. If the flat tire was able to inflateto the recommended inflationpressure, remove the

maximum speed label from thesealant canister (5) and place itin a highly visible location.

Do not exceed the speed onthis label until the damaged tireis repaired or replaced.

17. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

18. Immediately drive the vehicle8 km (5 mi) to distribute thesealant in the tire.

19. Stop at a safe location andcheck the tire pressure. Referto Steps 1–11 under “Using theTire Sealant and CompressorKit without Sealant to Inflate aTire (Not Punctured).”

If the tire pressure has fallenmore than 68 kPa (10 psi)below the recommendedinflation pressure, stop drivingthe vehicle. The tire is tooseverely damaged and the tire


Vehicle Care 10-65

sealant cannot seal the tire.See Roadside AssistanceProgram on page 13‑5.

If the tire pressure has notdropped more than 68 kPa(10 psi) from the recommendedinflation pressure, inflate thetire to the recommendedinflation pressure.

20. Wipe off any sealant from thewheel, tire, and vehicle.

21. Dispose of the used sealantcanister (5) and sealant/airhose (6) assembly at a localdealer or in accordance withlocal state codes and practices.

22. Replace it with a new canisteravailable from your dealer.

23. After temporarily sealing a tireusing the tire sealant andcompressor kit, take thevehicle to an authorized dealerwithin a 161 km (100 mi) ofdriving to have the tire repairedor replaced.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit withoutSealant to Inflate a Tire (NotPunctured)

To use the air compressor to inflatea tire with air only and not sealant:


10-66 Vehicle Care

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers on page 6‑3.

See If a Tire Goes Flat onpage 10‑59 for other importantsafety warnings.

1. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit from its storagelocation. See Storing the TireSealant and Compressor Kit onpage 10‑67.

2. Unwrap the air only hose (7) andthe power plug (8).

3. Place the kit on the ground.

Make sure the tire valve stem ispositioned close to the groundso the hose will reach it.

4. Remove the tire valve stem capfrom the flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.

5. Attach the air only hose (7) ontothe tire valve stem by turning itclockwise until it is tight.

6. Plug the power plug (8) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets on page 5‑7.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has a cigarettelighter, use the cigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while using theair compressor.

8. Press and turn the selectorswitch (1) clockwise to the AirOnly position.

9. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the compressor on.

The compressor will inflate thetire with air only.

10. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (3). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure on page 10‑46.

The pressure gauge (3) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressoris on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate reading. Thecompressor may be turned on/off until the correct pressure isreached.

If you inflate the tire higherthan the recommendedpressure you can adjust theexcess pressure by pressingthe pressure deflationbutton (4), if equipped, until theproper pressure reading isreached. This option is onlyfunctional when using the aironly hose (7).


Vehicle Care 10-67

11. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

Be careful while handling thetire sealant and compressor kitas it could be warm afterusage.

12. Unplug the power plug (8) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

13. Disconnect the air only hose(7) from the tire valve stem byturning it counterclockwise, andreplace the tire valve stem cap.

14. Replace the air only hose (7)and the power plug (8) andcord back in their originallocations.

15. Place the equipment in theoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

The tire sealant and compressor kithas an accessory adapter located ina compartment on the bottom of itshousing that may be used to inflateair mattresses, balls, etc.

Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister

To remove the sealant canister:

1. Unwrap the sealant hose.

2. Press the canister releasebutton (9).

3. Pull up and remove the canister.

4. Replace with a new canisterwhich is available from yourdealer.

5. Push the new canister intoplace.

Storing the Tire Sealantand Compressor KitTo access the tire sealant andcompressor kit:

1. Open the hatch. See Hatch onpage 2‑13.

2. Lift the cover.


10-68 Vehicle Care

3. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit.

To store the tire sealant andcompressor kit, reverse the steps.

Jump StartingJump starting is connecting jumpercables between the two vehicles toenable vehicle starting. If the Volt oranother vehicle has a run-down12-volt battery, it can be jumpstarted using good condition jumpercables. There are differentprocedures depending on if the Volthas a run-down battery or anothervehicle has a run-down battery.Read the appropriate proceduresthat follow.

{ WARNING

The high voltage battery cannotbe jump started either withanother vehicle or batterycharger. Personal injury, death,or damage to the vehicle couldresult.

{ WARNING

Batteries are dangerous and cancause injury. Batteries containacid and can explode or ignite.They contain electricity that canburn. Follow the exact stepsprovided or injuries could occur.

Using an open flame near abattery can cause battery gas toexplode; you or others could behurt. Battery acid can causeblindness.

Be sure the battery in the othervehicle has enough water. Addwater if the level is low. A lowwater level could cause explosivegas to be present.

Battery fluid contains acid thatcan burn. If battery fluid gets ineyes or on skin; flush with waterand get medical help immediately.


Vehicle Care 10-69

{ WARNING

Electric fans can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can cause injury. Keephands, clothing, and tools awayfrom any underhood electric fans.

Notice: Ignoring these stepscould result in costly damage tothe vehicle that would not becovered by the warranty.

Trying to start the vehicle bypushing or pulling it will notwork, and it could damage thevehicle.

Jump Starting the Volt

If the Volt will not start, the 12-voltbattery may be run down. To jumpstart the Volt use the underhoodremote positive (+) and negative (−)terminals.

1. Remote Positive (+) Terminal

2. Remote Negative (−) Terminal

1. The other vehicle used to jumpstart the Volt must have a 12-voltbattery with a negative groundsystem.

Notice: Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jumpstarting. If the other vehicle doesnot have a 12-volt system with anegative ground, both vehiclescan be damaged.

2. Park both vehicles close enoughso that the jumper cables canreach both vehicles' positive (+)and negative (−) terminals. Thevehicles must not touch eachother. It could cause anunwanted ground connectionthat could damage both vehicles'electrical systems.

Put both vehicles in P (Park) foran automatic transmission orelectric drive unit. For a manualtransmission, place the vehiclein Neutral and set the parkingbrake.

Notice: If any accessories are lefton or plugged in during the jumpstarting procedure, they could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Whenever possible,turn off or unplug all accessorieson either vehicle when jumpstarting the vehicle.

3. Turn off the ignition on the othervehicle. Turn off the radio, alllamps, and accessories that are


10-70 Vehicle Care

not needed in both vehicles.Unplug accessories from thecigarette lighter or the accessorypower outlets. This avoidssparks and helps save bothbatteries and accessories.

4. Locate the positive (+) andnegative (−) terminals on theother vehicle.

5. Open the hood to locate thepositive (+) and negative (−)terminals on your Volt. Open theaccess cover for the remotepositive (+) terminal (1). Theremote negative (−) terminal (2)for the Volt is a stud markedGND (−) on the driver side of theengine compartment.

6. Check that the jumper cables donot have loose or missinginsulation or a shock could resultand the vehicles could bedamaged.

Before connecting the jumpercables, here are some basicthings to know. Positive (+)jumper cable goes to positive (+)

battery terminal or a remotepositive (+) terminal if available.Negative (−) jumper cable goesto negative (−) battery terminalor a remote negative (−) terminalif available. Do not connectpositive (+) to negative (−) orthere will be a short that maydamage the battery and otherparts of the vehicle.

Notice: If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shortingmay occur and damage thevehicle. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always connect and remove thejumper cables in the correctorder, making sure that thecables do not touch each other orother metal.

Connecting the Jumper Cables

1. Connect the red positive (+)jumper cable to the remotepositive (+) terminal (1) of yourVolt. Do not let the other end ofthe cable touch metal.

2. Connect the other end of the redpositive (+) jumper cable to thepositive (+) terminal of the othervehicle.

3. Connect the black negative (−)jumper cable to the negative (−)battery terminal of the othervehicle battery. Do not let theother end touch anything untilthe next step.

4. Connect the other end of theblack negative (−) jumper cableto the remote negative (−)terminal (2) of your Volt.

5. Push the POWER O button tostart. This will wake up theelectronics on the Volt. After theinstrument cluster initializes, theVolt will use power from the highvoltage battery to charge the12-volt battery. The jumpercables can then bedisconnected. If the Volt doesnot start, call your dealer orRoadside Assistance. SeeRoadside Assistance Programon page 13‑5.


Vehicle Care 10-71

Disconnecting the Jumper Cables

1. Disconnect the blacknegative (−) jumper cable fromthe Volt. Do not let the other endof the cable touch anything untilafter the next step.

2. Disconnect the blacknegative (−) jumper cable fromthe other vehicle with the goodbattery.

3. Disconnect the red positive (+)jumper cable from the othervehicle. Do not let the other endof the cable touch anything untilafter the next step.

4. Disconnect the red positive (+)jumper cable from the Volt.

5. Return the positive (+) andnegative (−) terminal covers totheir original positions.

Jump Starting Another Vehicle

When using the Volt to jump startanother vehicle with a run-downbattery, jumper cables areconnected directly to the positive (+)

and negative (−) terminals on the12-volt battery in the rear cargoarea. Do not use the remoteterminals under the hood. Thiscould cause a fuse to overload inthe Volt.

1. Positive (+) Terminal

2. Negative (−) Terminal

1. Check the other vehicle. It musthave a 12-volt battery with anegative ground system.

Notice: Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump

starting. If the other vehicle doesnot have a 12-volt system with anegative ground, both vehiclescan be damaged.

2. Park both vehicles close enoughso that the jumper cables canreach both vehicles' positive (+)and negative (−) terminals. Thevehicles must not touch eachother. It could cause anunwanted ground connectionthat could damage both vehicles'electrical systems.

Put both vehicles in P (Park) foran automatic transmission orelectric drive unit. For a manualtransmission, place the vehiclein Neutral and set the parkingbrake.

Notice: If any accessories are lefton or plugged in during the jumpstarting procedure, they could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Whenever possible,


10-72 Vehicle Care

turn off or unplug all accessorieson either vehicle when jumpstarting the vehicle.

3. Turn off both vehicles. Turn offthe radio, all lamps, andaccessories that are not neededin both vehicles. Unplugaccessories from the cigarettelighter or the accessory poweroutlets. This avoids sparks andhelps save both batteries andaccessories.

4. Locate the positive (+) andnegative (−) terminals on thevehicle with the run-downbattery.

5. Locate the positive (+) andnegative (−) battery terminals onthe Volt. The access cover isunder the load floor accesscover in the rear cargo area.Open the access covers for thepositive (+) terminal (1) and thenegative (−) terminal (2).

6. Check that the jumper cables donot have loose or missinginsulation or a shock could resultand the vehicles could bedamaged.

Before connecting the jumpercables, here are some basicthings to know. Positive (+)jumper cable goes to positive (+)battery terminal or a remotepositive (+) terminal if available.Negative (−) jumper cable goesto remote negative (−) terminal ifavailable, or a heavy, unpaintedmetal engine part or a solidengine ground on the vehiclewith the run-down battery.

Do not connect positive (+) tonegative (−) or there will be ashort that may damage thebattery or other parts of thevehicle. Do not connect thenegative (−) cable to thenegative (−) terminal on therun-down battery because thiscan cause sparks.

Notice: If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shortingmay occur and damage thevehicle. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always connect and remove thejumper cables in the correctorder, making sure that thecables do not touch each other orother metal.

Connecting the Jumper Cables

1. Connect the red positive (+)jumper cable to the positive (+)terminal of the other vehicle withthe run-down battery. Use aremote positive (+) terminal ifavailable. Do not let the otherend touch metal.

2. Connect the other end of the redpositive (+) jumper cable to thepositive (+) battery terminal ofthe Volt.


Vehicle Care 10-73

3. Connect the black negative (−)jumper cable to the negative (−)battery terminal of the Volt. Donot let the other end touchanything until the next step.

4. Make the final connection to aheavy, unpainted metal enginepart or to the remote negative (−)terminal on the other vehiclewith the run-down battery.

5. Press the POWER O button tostart the Volt. This will wake upthe electronics on the Volt. Theengine will only start if it isneeded.

6. Try to start the other vehicle thathad the run-down battery. If itwill not start after a few tries, itprobably needs service.

Disconnecting the Jumper Cables

1. Disconnect the blacknegative (−) jumper cable fromthe other vehicle that had therun-down battery. Do not let theother end of the cable touchanything until after the next step.

2. Disconnect the blacknegative (−) jumper cable fromthe Volt.

3. Disconnect the red positive (+)jumper cable from the Volt. Donot let the other end of the cabletouch anything until after thenext step.

4. Disconnect the red positive (+)jumper cable from the othervehicle.

5. Return the positive (+) andnegative (−) terminal covers totheir original positions.

Towing

Towing the VehicleNotice: Incorrectly towing adisabled vehicle may causedamage to the vehicle. Thedisabled vehicle should be towedon a flatbed car carrier. Use carewhen there is low groundclearance and/or specialequipment.

Attempting to pull the vehicleonto a flatbed without followingthe proper steps could damagethe vehicle.

Consult your dealer or aprofessional towing service if thedisabled vehicle must be towed.See Roadside Assistance Programon page 13‑5.

To load a vehicle onto a flatbedcarrier:

1. The vehicle must be on a flatsurface.


10-74 Vehicle Care

2. The front tires must be properlyinflated. If necessary, move arear tire to the front to replace aflat or damaged tire.

3. Place the tow chain hooks (2)into one of the torque boxopenings (1) behind the frontwheels.

4. Place a 1.2 m (4 ft) X 102 mm(4 in) X 102 mm (4 in) woodbeam (4) under the front cradlecrossmember (3), and on top ofboth tow chains (5) to ensure thetow chains do not come intocontact with the front fascia (1).

Try to minimize the contact ofthe chains with the flexibleair dam (2).

5. Ramps (2) are required for thefront fascia (3) to clear theflatbed (1). The ramp heightshould be approximately 102 mm(4 in). Lower the flatbed onto theset of ramps.

Notice: If ramps are not used, thefront fascia will come into contactwith the flatbed and may causedamage. Always use ramps.

6. After the front tires are on theflatbed adjust the flatbed upwardto provide additional clearancebetween the air dam, fascia, andflatbed.


Vehicle Care 10-75

7. When the fascia has enoughclearance to clear the flatbed,lower the flatbed, and finishpulling the vehicle onto theflatbed.

8. Secure the vehicle to theflatbed (2) using nonabrasivestraps (1) through all four wheelopenings and secure the strapsto the flatbed (2).

If the vehicle is parked off theshoulder of the road, at an anglethat it cannot be pulled onto aflatbed, a hook/chain can be placedinto either of the front torque boxopenings to pull the vehicle onto aflat surface. Make sure that thechains do not come in contact withthe rocker panel (1) or the frontfascia (2).

Notice: When using tow straps tomove the vehicle, damage mayoccur if the tow straps contactthe rear fascia. Do not let the towstraps contact the rear fascia.

If you cannot access the fronttorque box openings, wrap a towstrap through one, or both of therear trailing arms (1) between thebushing and torque tube, and pullthe vehicle onto a flat surface. Donot wrap the tow strap around therear torque tube (2).


10-76 Vehicle Care

Recreational VehicleTowingRecreational vehicle towing refers totowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle such as a motor home. Thetwo most common types ofrecreational vehicle towing areknown as dinghy towing and dollytowing. Dinghy towing is towing thevehicle with all four wheels on theground. Dolly towing is towing thevehicle with two wheels on theground and two wheels up on adevice known as a dolly.

Here are some important things toconsider before recreational vehicletowing:. The towing capacity of the

towing vehicle. Read the towvehicle manufacturer'srecommendations.

. How far the vehicle can betowed. Some vehicles haverestrictions on how far and howlong they can tow.

. Whether the vehicle has theproper towing equipment. Seeyour dealer or traileringprofessional for additional adviceand equipmentrecommendations.

. Is the vehicle ready to be towed.Just as preparing the vehicle fora long trip, make sure thevehicle is prepared to be towed.

Dinghy Towing

Notice: If the vehicle is towedwith all four wheels on theground, the drive unit could be

damaged. Repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Do not tow the vehicle with allfour wheels on the ground.

The vehicle was not designed to betowed with all four wheels on theground. If the vehicle must betowed, a dolly should be used. See“Dolly Towing” that follows for moreinformation.

Dolly Towing from the Front


Vehicle Care 10-77

The vehicle can be towed from thefront using a dolly. To tow thevehicle using a dolly, follow thesesteps:

1. Attach the dolly to the towvehicle following the dollymanufacturer's instructions.

2. Drive the front wheels onto thedolly.

3. Put the shift lever in P (Park).

4. Set the parking brake andremove the key.

5. Clamp the steering wheel in astraight-ahead position with aclamping device designed fortowing.

6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.

7. Release the parking brake.

8. Check for adequate rear fasciato ground clearance.

Dolly Towing from the Rear

Notice: Towing the vehicle fromthe rear, with the front wheels onthe ground, could damage thedrive unit, and front fascia. Donot tow the vehicle from the rearwith the front wheels on theground.

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish,wash it often and out of directsunlight.

Notice: Do not usepetroleum-based, acidic,or abrasive cleaning agents asthey can damage the vehicle'spaint, metal, or plastic parts.If damage occurs, it would not becovered by the vehicle's warranty.Approved cleaning products canbe obtained from your dealer.Follow all manufacturerdirections regarding correctproduct usage, necessary safetyprecautions, and appropriatedisposal of any vehicle careproduct.

Notice: Avoid usinghigh-pressure washes closer than30 cm (12 in) to the surface of thevehicle. Use of power washers


10-78 Vehicle Care

exceeding 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi)can result in damage or removalof paint and decals.

Rinse the vehicle well, beforewashing and after, to remove allcleaning agents completely. If theyare allowed to dry on the surface,they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and waterspotting.

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoatsealant/wax materials is notrecommended. If painted surfacesare damaged, see your dealer tohave the damage assessed andrepaired. Foreign materials such ascalcium chloride and other salts, icemelting agents, road oil and tar, treesap, bird droppings, chemicals fromindustrial chimneys, etc., candamage the vehicle's finish if theyremain on painted surfaces. Washthe vehicle as soon as possible.

If necessary, use non-abrasivecleaners that are marked safe forpainted surfaces to remove foreignmatter.

Occasional hand waxing or mildpolishing should be done to removeresidue from the paint finish. Seeyour dealer for approved cleaningproducts.

Do not apply waxes or polishes touncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,decals, simulated wood, or flat paintas damage can occur.

Notice: Machine compounding oraggressive polishing on abasecoat/clearcoat paint finishmay damage it. Use onlynon-abrasive waxes and polishesthat are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on thevehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new,keep the vehicle garaged orcovered whenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalParts

Regularly clean bright metal partswith water or chrome polish onchrome or stainless steel trim,if necessary.

For aluminum, never use auto orchrome polish, steam, or causticsoap to clean. A coating of wax,rubbed to high polish, isrecommended for all bright metalparts.

Front Air Deflector

1. Outer Air Deflector


Vehicle Care 10-79

2. Inner Air Deflector

3. Tab

4. Slot

The front air deflector directs the airflow under the vehicle.

If it becomes detached, insert theTab into the Slot. Repeat for theother side.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses and Emblems

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soapto clean exterior lamps and lenses.Follow instructions under "Washingthe Vehicle" earlier in this section.

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using lint-freecloth or paper towel soaked withwindshield washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windshieldthoroughly when cleaning theblades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and

a buildup of vehicle wash/waxtreatments may cause wiperstreaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they areworn or damaged. Damage can becaused by extreme dustyconditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,snow and ice.

Weatherstrips

Apply silicone grease onweatherstrips to make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak. Lubricate weatherstripsonce a year. Black marks fromrubber material on painted surfacescan be removed by rubbing with aclean cloth. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants onpage 11‑12.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner toclean the tires.

Notice: Using petroleum-basedtire dressing products on thevehicle may damage the paintfinish and/or tires. When applying

a tire dressing, always wipe offany overspray from all paintedsurfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Trim—Aluminumor Chrome

Use a soft, clean cloth with mildsoap and water to clean the wheels.After rinsing thoroughly with cleanwater, dry with a soft, clean towel.A wax may then be applied.

Notice: Chrome wheels and otherchrome trim may be damaged ifthe vehicle is not washed afterdriving on roads that have beensprayed with magnesium,calcium, or sodium chloride.These chlorides are used onroads for conditions such as iceand dust. Always wash thechrome with soap and water afterexposure.

Notice: To avoid surface damage,do not use strong soaps,chemicals, abrasive polishes,cleaners, brushes, or cleanersthat contain acid on aluminum orchrome-plated wheels. Use only


10-80 Vehicle Care

approved cleaners. Also, neverdrive a vehicle with aluminum orchrome-plated wheels through anautomatic car wash that usessilicone carbide tire cleaningbrushes. Damage could occurand the repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Steering, Suspension, andChassis Components

Visually inspect front and rearsuspension and steering system fordamaged, loose, or missing parts orsigns of wear. Inspect the powersteering for proper hook-up, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Visuallycheck constant velocity joints,rubber boots, and axle seals forleaks.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders,hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and thesteel fuel door hinge unless thecomponents are plastic. Applyingsilicone grease on weatherstrips

with a clean cloth will make themlast longer, seal better, and not stickor squeak.

Underbody Maintenance

Use plain water to flush dirt anddebris from the vehicle's underbody.Your dealer or an underbody carwashing system can do this. If notremoved, rust and corrosion candevelop.

Sheet Metal Damage

If the vehicle is damaged andrequires sheet metal repair orreplacement, make sure the bodyrepair shop applies anti-corrosionmaterial to parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosionprotection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips andscratches with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer to avoidcorrosion. Larger areas of finishdamage can be corrected in yourdealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall uponand attack painted vehicle surfacescausing blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolorations, and small, irregulardark spots etched into the paintsurface.

Interior CareTo prevent dirt particle abrasions,regularly clean the vehicle's interior.Immediately remove any soils. Notethat newspapers or dark garmentsthat can transfer color to homefurnishings can also permanentlytransfer color to the vehicle'sinterior.


Vehicle Care 10-81

Use a soft bristle brush to removedust from knobs and crevices on theinstrument cluster. Using a mildsoap solution, immediately removehand lotions, sunscreen, and insectrepellent from all interior surfaces orpermanent damage may result.

Your dealer may have products forcleaning the interior. Use cleanersspecifically designed for thesurfaces being cleaned to preventpermanent damage. Apply allcleaners directly to the cleaningcloth. Do not spray cleaners directlyon any switches or controls.Cleaners should be removedquickly. Never allow cleaners toremain on the surface beingcleaned for extended periodsof time.

Cleaners may contain solvents thatcan become concentrated in theinterior. Before using cleaners, readand adhere to all safety instructionson the label. While cleaning theinterior, maintain adequateventilation by opening the doors andwindows.

To prevent damage, do not cleanthe interior using the followingcleaners or techniques:. Never use a razor or any other

sharp object to remove a soilfrom any interior surface.

. Never use a brush with stiffbristles.

. Never rub any surfaceaggressively or with excessivepressure.

. Do not use laundry detergents ordishwashing soaps withdegreasers. For liquid cleaners,use approximately 20 drops per3.78 L (1 gal) of water.A concentrated soap solution willleave a residue that createsstreaks and attracts dirt. Do notuse solutions that contain strongor caustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe dropletsleft behind with a clean dry cloth.Commercial glass cleaners may beused, if necessary, after cleaningthe interior glass with plain water.

Notice: To prevent scratching,never use abrasive cleaners onautomotive glass. Abrasivecleaners or aggressive cleaningmay damage the rear windowdefogger.

Notice: Cleaning the windshieldwith water during the first three tosix months of ownership willreduce tendency to fog.

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker covergently, so that the speaker will notbe damaged. Clean spots with justwater and mild soap.


10-82 Vehicle Care

Coated Moldings

Coated moldings should be cleaned.. When lightly soiled, wipe with a

sponge or soft lint-free clothdampened with water.

. When heavily soiled, use warmsoapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede

Start by vacuuming the surfaceusing a soft brush attachment. If arotating brush attachment is beingused during vacuuming, only use iton the floor carpet. Before cleaning,gently remove as much of the soilas possible using one of thefollowing techniques:. Gently blot liquids with a paper

towel. Continue blotting until nomore soil can be removed.

. For solid soils, remove as muchas possible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean lint-freecolorfast cloth with water or clubsoda. Microfiber cloth isrecommended to prevent linttransfer to the fabric or carpet.

2. Remove excess moisture bygently wringing until water doesnot drip from the cleaning cloth.

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Fold the cleaning cloth toa clean area frequently toprevent forcing the soil in to thefabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing thesoiled area until there is nolonger any color transfer fromthe soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution followed only by clubsoda or plain water.

If the soil is not completelyremoved, it may be necessary touse a commercial upholstery

cleaner or spot lifter. Test a smallhidden area for colorfastness beforeusing a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. If ringformation occurs, clean the entirefabric or carpet.

Following the cleaning process, apaper towel can be used to blotexcess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfacesand Vehicle Information andRadio Displays

For vehicles with high glosssurfaces or vehicle displays, use amicrofiber cloth to wipe surfaces.Before wiping the surface with themicrofiber cloth, use a soft bristlebrush to remove dirt that couldscratch the surface. Then use themicrofiber cloth by gently rubbing toclean. Never use window cleanersor solvents. Periodically hand washthe microfiber cloth separately,using mild soap. Do not use bleachor fabric softener. Rinse thoroughlyand air dry before next use.


Vehicle Care 10-83

Notice: Do not attach a devicewith a suction cup to the display.This may cause damage andwould not be covered by thewarranty.

Instrument Panel, Leather,Vinyl, and Other PlasticSurfaces

Use a soft microfiber clothdampened with water to removedust and loose dirt. For a morethorough cleaning, use a softmicrofiber cloth dampened with amild soap solution.

Notice: Soaking or saturatingleather, especially perforatedleather, as well as other interiorsurfaces, may cause permanentdamage. Wipe excess moisturefrom these surfaces aftercleaning and allow them to drynaturally. Never use heat, steam,spot lifters, or spot removers. Donot use cleaners that containsilicone or wax-based products.Cleaners containing thesesolvents can permanently change

the appearance and feel of leatheror soft trim and are notrecommended.

Do not use cleaners that increasegloss, especially on the instrumentpanel. Reflected glare can decreasevisibility through the windshieldunder certain conditions.

Notice: Use of air fresheners maycause permanent damage toplastics and painted surfaces.If an air freshener comes incontact with any plastic orpainted surface in the vehicle,blot immediately and clean with asoft cloth dampened with a mildsoap solution. Damage caused byair fresheners would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover andConvenience Net

Wash with warm water and milddetergent. Do not use chlorinebleach. Rinse with cold water, andthen dry completely.

Care of Safety Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

{ WARNING

Do not bleach or dye safety belts.It may severely weaken them. Ina crash, they might not be able toprovide adequate protection.Clean safety belts only with mildsoap and lukewarm water.

Floor Mats

{ WARNING

If a floor mat is the wrong size oris not properly installed, it caninterfere with the pedals.Interference with the pedals cancause unintended accelerationand/or increased stoppingdistance which can cause a crashand injury. Make sure the floormat does not interfere with thepedals.


10-84 Vehicle Care

Use the following guidelines forproper floor mat usage:. The original equipment floor

mats were designed for yourvehicle. If the floor mats needreplacing, it is recommendedthat GM certified floor mats bepurchased. Non-GM floor matsmay not fit properly and mayinterfere with the pedals. Alwayscheck that the floor mats do notinterfere with the pedals.

. Use the floor mat with thecorrect side up. Do not turnit over.

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat onthe driver side.

. Do not place one floor mat ontop of another.

Removing and Replacing theFloor Mats

Pull up on the rear of the floor matto unlock each retainer and remove.

Reinstall by lining up the floor matretainer openings over the carpetretainers and snap into position.

Make sure the floor mat is properlysecured in place.

Verify the floor mat does notinterfere with the pedals.


Service and Maintenance 11-1

Service andMaintenance

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1

Maintenance ScheduleMaintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-2

Special Application ServicesSpecial ApplicationServices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8

Additional Maintenanceand CareAdditional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and PartsRecommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . 11-14

General InformationYour vehicle is an importantinvestment. This section describesthe required maintenance for thevehicle. Follow this schedule to helpprotect against major repairexpenses resulting from neglect orinadequate maintenance. It mayalso help to maintain the value ofthe vehicle if it is sold. It is theresponsibility of the owner to haveall required maintenance performed.

Your dealer has trained technicianswho can perform requiredmaintenance using genuinereplacement parts. They haveup‐to‐date tools and equipment forfast and accurate diagnostics. Manydealers have extended evening andSaturday hours, courtesytransportation, and onlinescheduling to assist with serviceneeds.

Your dealer recognizes theimportance of providingcompetitively priced maintenanceand repair services. With trained

technicians, the dealer is the placefor routine maintenance such as oilchanges and tire rotations andadditional maintenance items liketires, brakes, batteries, and wiperblades.

Notice: Damage caused byimproper maintenance can lead tocostly repairs and may not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Maintenance intervals, checks,inspections, recommended fluids,and lubricants are important tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition.

The Tire Rotation and RequiredServices are the responsibility of thevehicle owner. It is recommended tohave your dealer perform theseservices every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.Proper vehicle maintenance helps tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition, improves fuel economy,and reduces vehicle emissions.

Because of the way people usevehicles, maintenance needs vary.There may need to be more


11-2 Service and Maintenance

frequent checks and services.The Additional RequiredServices ‐ Normal are forvehicles that:. Carry passengers and cargo

within recommended limits onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Vehicle Load Limitson page 9‑11.

. Are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal drivinglimits.

. Use the recommended fuel. SeeFuel on page 9‑55.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services ‐ Normal chart.

The Additional RequiredServices ‐ Severe are for vehiclesthat are:. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic

in hot weather.. Mainly driven in hilly or

mountainous terrain.. Frequently towing a trailer.

. Used for high speed orcompetitive driving.

. Used for taxi, police, or deliveryservice.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services ‐ Severe chart.

{ WARNING

Performing maintenance work canbe dangerous and can causeserious injury. Performmaintenance work only if therequired information, proper tools,and equipment are available.If they are not, see your dealer tohave a trained technician do thework. See Doing Your OwnService Work on page 10‑5.

MaintenanceScheduleOwner Checks and Services

At Each Fuel Stop. Check the engine oil level. See

Engine Oil on page 10‑9.

Once a Month. Check the tire inflation

pressures. See Tire Pressure onpage 10‑46.

. Inspect the tires for wear. SeeTire Inspection on page 10‑51.

. Check the windshield washerfluid level. See Washer Fluid onpage 10‑19.

. Engine, power electronics, andhigh voltage battery packcoolant level checks. SeeCooling System (Engine) onpage 10‑14 or Cooling System(High Voltage Battery) onpage 10‑15 or Cooling System



(Power Electronics and ChargerModules) on page 10‑16 formore information.

Engine Oil Change

Every 24 months or when theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage displays, change theengine oil and filter as soon aspossible, within the next 1 000 km/600 mi. The engine oil and filtermust be changed at least onceevery 24 months. After each oil andfilter change, the oil life system mustbe reset. See Engine Oil LifeSystem on page 10‑12. Morefrequent changes may be requiredwhen the vehicle is exposed to acorrosive environment, such asareas of high humidity, along anocean coast, and/or areas thatapply road salt during winter.

Your trained dealer technician canperform this work. If the engine oillife system is reset accidentally,service the vehicle within 5 000 km/

3,000 mi since the last service.Reset the oil life system when theoil is changed.

Tire Rotation and RequiredServices Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi

Rotate the tires, if recommended forthe vehicle, and perform thefollowing services. See TireRotation on page 10‑52.. Check engine oil level and oil

life percentage. If needed,change engine oil and filter, andreset oil life system. See EngineOil on page 10‑9 and Engine OilLife System on page 10‑12.

. Check engine coolant level. SeeEngine Coolant on page 10‑16.

. Check windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid onpage 10‑19.

. Visually inspect windshield wiperblades for wear, cracking,or contamination. See ExteriorCare on page 10‑77. Replace

worn or damaged wiper blades.See Wiper Blade Replacementon page 10‑25.

. Check tire inflation pressures.See Tire Pressure onpage 10‑46.

. Inspect tire wear. See TireInspection on page 10‑51.

. Visually check for fluid leaks.

. Inspect engine air cleaner filter.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter onpage 10‑12.

. Inspect brake system.

. Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs ofwear. See Exterior Care onpage 10‑77.

. Check restraint systemcomponents. See Safety SystemCheck on page 3‑15.

. Visually inspect fuel system fordamage or leaks.



. Visually inspect exhaust systemand nearby heat shields forloose or damaged parts.

. Lubricate body components. SeeExterior Care on page 10‑77.

. Check electrical drive unit shiftlock control function. SeeElectric Drive Unit Shift LockControl Function Check onpage 10‑24.

. Check parking brake andautomatic transmission parkmechanism. See Park Brake andP (Park) Mechanism Check onpage 10‑25.

. Check accelerator pedal fordamage, high effort, or binding.Replace if needed.

. Visually inspect gas strut forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage. Check the hold openability of the strut. See yourdealer if service is required.

. Check tire sealant expirationdate, if equipped. See TireSealant and Compressor Kit onpage 10‑60.





Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices — Normal

(1) Or every four years, whichevercomes first.

(2) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System(Engine) on page 10‑14 or CoolingSystem (High Voltage Battery) onpage 10‑15 or Cooling System(Power Electronics and ChargerModules) on page 10‑16.

(3) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first.

(4) Inspect for fraying, excessivecracking, or damage; replace,if needed.





Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices — Severe

(1) Or every four years, whichevercomes first.

(2) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System(Engine) on page 10‑14 or CoolingSystem (High Voltage Battery) onpage 10‑15 or Cooling System(Power Electronics and ChargerModules) on page 10‑16.

(3) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first.

(4) Inspect for fraying, excessivecracking, or damage; replace,if needed.

Special ApplicationServices. Severe Commercial Use

Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassiscomponents every 5 000 km/3,000 mi.

. Have underbody flushing serviceperformed once a year.

. Have air conditioning systemflushed and refilled anddesiccant replaced everyten years.

AdditionalMaintenance and CareYour vehicle is an importantinvestment and caring for it properlymay help to avoid future costlyrepairs. To maintain vehicleperformance, additionalmaintenance services may berequired. It is recommendedthat your dealer perform theseservices — their trained dealertechnicians know your vehicle best.Your dealer can also perform athorough assessment with amulti-point inspection to recommendwhen your vehicle may needattention. The following list isintended to explain the services andconditions to look for that mayindicate services are required.



Battery

The battery supplies power to startthe engine and operate anyadditional electrical accessories.. To avoid break-down or failure to

start the vehicle, maintain abattery with full cranking power.

. Trained dealer technicians havethe diagnostic equipment to testthe battery and ensure that theconnections and cables arecorrosion-free.

Belts. Belts may need replacing if they

squeak or show signs ofcracking or splitting.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the belts andrecommend adjustment orreplacement when necessary.

Brakes

Brakes stop the vehicle and arecrucial to safe driving.. Signs of brake wear may include

chirping, grinding, or squealingnoises, or difficulty stopping.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the brakes andrecommend quality partsengineered for the vehicle.

Fluids

Proper fluid levels and approvedfluids protect the vehicle’s systemsand components. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11‑12 for GMapproved fluids.. Engine oil and windshield

washer fluid levels should bechecked at every fuel fill.

. Instrument cluster lights maycome on to indicate that fluidsmay be low and need to befilled.

Hoses

Hoses transport fluids and shouldbe regularly inspected to ensurethat there are no cracks or leaks.With a multi-point inspection, yourdealer can inspect the hoses andadvise if replacement is needed.

Lamps

Properly working headlamps,taillamps, and brake lamps areimportant to see and be seen onthe road.. Signs that the headlamps need

attention include dimming, failureto light, cracking, or damage.The brake lamps need to bechecked periodically to ensurethat they light when braking.

. With a multi-point inspection,your dealer can check the lampsand note any concerns.



Shocks and Struts

Shocks and struts help aid in controlfor a smoother ride.. Signs of wear may include

steering wheel vibration, bounce/sway while braking, longerstopping distance, or uneventire wear.

. As part of the multi-pointinspection, trained dealertechnicians can visually inspectthe shocks and struts for signsof leaking, blown seals,or damage, and can advisewhen service is needed.

Tires

Tires need to be properly inflated,rotated, and balanced. Maintainingthe tires can save money, fuel, andcan reduce the risk of tire failure.. Signs that the tires need to be

replaced include three or morevisible treadwear indicators; cordor fabric showing through the

rubber; cracks or cuts in thetread or sidewall; or a bulge orsplit in the tire.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect and recommend the righttires. Your dealer can alsoprovide tire/wheel balancingservices to ensure smoothvehicle operation at all speeds.Your dealer sells and servicesname brand tires.

Vehicle Care

To help keep the vehicle looking likenew, vehicle care products areavailable from your dealer. Forinformation on how to clean andprotect the vehicle’s interior andexterior, see Interior Care onpage 10‑80 and Exterior Care onpage 10‑77.

Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment is critical forensuring that the tires deliveroptimal wear and performance.. Signs that the alignment may

need to be adjusted includepulling, improper vehiclehandling, or unusual tire wear.

. Your dealer has the requiredequipment to ensure properwheel alignment.

Windshield

For safety, appearance, and thebest viewing, keep the windshieldclean and clear.. Signs of damage include

scratches, cracks, and chips.. Trained dealer technicians can

inspect the windshield andrecommend proper replacementif needed.



Wiper Blades

Wiper blades need to be cleanedand kept in good condition toprovide a clear view.. Signs of wear include streaking,

skipping across the windshield,and worn or split rubber.

. Trained dealer technicians cancheck the wiper blades andreplace them when needed.



Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Engine Oil Use only engine oil licensed to the dexos1 specfication, or equivalent, ofthe proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend isrecommended. See Engine Oil on page 10‑9.

Engine Cooling System Premix DEX-COOL (GM Part No. 12378390, in Canada 10953456). SeeEngine Coolant on page 10‑16.

High Voltage Battery Cooling System Premix DEX-COOL (GM Part No. 12378390, in Canada 10953456).

Power Electronics Cooling System Premix DEX-COOL (GM Part No. 12378390, in Canada 10953456).

Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 88863461, inCanada 88863462).

Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protectionrequirements.

Parking Brake Cable Guides Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) orlubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.

Electric Drive Unit DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid

Key Lock Cylinders Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).



Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Hood and Hatch Hinges Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).

Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) orDielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481.

Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 20871244 A3148C

Engine Oil Filter 55352643 PF65

Spark Plugs 55564962 41-119

Wiper Blades

Driver – 65 cm (25.6 in) 22742323 —

Passenger – 65 cm (25.6 in) 22742324 —



Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and thetype of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

DateOdometerReading

Serviced By Services Performed



DateOdometerReading




DateOdometerReading




DateOdometerReading




2 NOTES


Technical Data 12-1

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1

Service Parts IdentificationLabel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1

Vehicle DataCapacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2

Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-3

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, onthe left side of the vehicle. It can beseen through the windshield fromoutside. The VIN also appears onthe Vehicle Certification and ServiceParts labels and certificates of titleand registration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN isthe engine code. This codeidentifies the vehicle's engine,specifications, and replacementparts. See “Engine Specifications”under Capacities and Specificationson page 12‑2 for the vehicle'sengine code.

Service PartsIdentification LabelThe label is inside the right rearcargo storage door and has thefollowing information:. Vehicle Identification

Number (VIN).. Model designation.. Paint information.. Production options and special

equipment.

Do not remove this label from thevehicle.


12-2 Technical Data

Vehicle Data

Capacities and SpecificationsThe following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. Refer to Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants on page 11‑12 for more information.

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a For the air conditioning system refrigerant chargeamount, see the refrigerant label under the hood.

See your dealer for more information.

Cooling Systems

Engine 7.3 L 7.7 qt

High Voltage Battery 5.8 L 6.2 qt

Power Electronics 2.8 L 3.0 qt

Engine Oil with Filter 3.5 L 3.7 qt

Fuel Tank 35.2 L 9.3 gal

Electric Drive Unit 8.45 L 8.93 qt

Wheel Nut Torque 140Y 100 lb ft

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in thismanual.


Technical Data 12-3

Engine Specifications

Engine VIN Code Electric Drive Unit Spark Plug Gap

1.4L L4 4 Automatic 0.7 mm (0.027 in)

Engine Drive Belt Routing


12-4 Technical Data

2 NOTES


Customer Information 13-1

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationCustomer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1

Customer AssistanceOffices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3

Customer Assistance for TextTelephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 13-4

Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . 13-4GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5

Scheduling ServiceAppointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7

Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7

Collision Damage Repair . . . . 13-9Service PublicationsOrdering Information . . . . . . 13-11

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects tothe United StatesGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12

Reporting Safety Defects tothe CanadianGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral Motors . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacyVehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13

Event Data Recorders . . . . . . 13-14OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14Infotainment System . . . . . . . . 13-15Radio FrequencyIdentification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-15

Radio FrequencyStatement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15

Customer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedureYour satisfaction and goodwill areimportant to your dealer and toChevrolet. Normally, any concernswith the sales transaction or theoperation of the vehicle will beresolved by your dealer's sales orservice departments. Sometimes,however, despite the best intentionsof all concerned, misunderstandingscan occur. If your concern has notbeen resolved to your satisfaction,the following steps should be taken:

STEP ONE: Discuss your concernwith a member of dealershipmanagement. Normally, concernscan be quickly resolved at that level.If the matter has already beenreviewed with the sales, service,or parts manager, contact the ownerof your dealership or the generalmanager.


13-2 Customer Information

STEP TWO: If after contacting amember of dealership management,it appears your concern cannot beresolved by your dealership withoutfurther help, in the U.S., call theChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenter at 1-877‐486‐5846(1‐877‐4‐Volt Info). In Canada,call General Motors of CanadaCustomer Care Centre at1-800-263-3777 (English),or 1-800-263-7854 (French).

We encourage you to call thetoll-free number in order to give theinquiry prompt attention. Have thefollowing information available togive the Customer Assistancerepresentative:. Vehicle Identification Number

(VIN). This is available from thevehicle registration or title, or theplate at the top left of theinstrument panel and visiblethrough the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date andpresent mileage.

When contacting Chevrolet,remember that your concern willlikely be resolved at a dealer'sfacility. That is why we suggestfollowing Step One first.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners:Both General Motors and yourdealer are committed to makingsure you are completely satisfiedwith the new vehicle. However,if you continue to remain unsatisfiedafter following the procedureoutlined in Steps One and Two, youcan file with the Better BusinessBureau (BBB) Auto Line® Programto enforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is anout-of-court program administeredby the Council of Better BusinessBureaus to settle automotivedisputes regarding vehicle repairs orthe interpretation of the New VehicleLimited Warranty. Although you maybe required to resort to this informaldispute resolution program prior tofiling a court action, use of theprogram is free of charge and yourcase will generally be heard within

40 days. If you do not agree with thedecision given in your case, youmay reject it and proceed with anyother venue for relief availableto you.

You may contact the BBB Auto LineProgram using the toll-freetelephone number or write them atthe following address:

BBB Auto Line ProgramCouncil of Better BusinessBureaus, Inc.4200 Wilson BoulevardSuite 800Arlington, VA 22203-1838

Telephone: 1-800-955-5100www.dr.bbb.org/goauto

This program is available in all50 states and the District ofColumbia. Eligibility is limited byvehicle age, mileage, and otherfactors. General Motors reservesthe right to change eligibilitylimitations and/or discontinue itsparticipation in this program.



STEP THREE — CanadianOwners: In the event that you donot feel your concerns have beenaddressed after following theprocedure outlined in Steps Oneand Two, General Motors of CanadaLimited wants you to be aware of itsparticipation in a no-chargeMediation/Arbitration Program.General Motors of Canada Limitedhas committed to binding arbitrationof owner disputes involvingfactory-related vehicle serviceclaims. The program provides forthe review of the facts involved byan impartial third party arbiter, andmay include an informal hearingbefore the arbiter. The program isdesigned so that the entire disputesettlement process, from the timeyou file your complaint to the finaldecision, should be completed inabout 70 days. We believe ourimpartial program offers advantagesover courts in most jurisdictionsbecause it is informal, quick, andfree of charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or callthe General Motors Customer CareCentre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),1-800-263-7854 (French),or write to:

The Mediation/Arbitration Programc/o Customer Care CentreGeneral Motors of Canada LimitedMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

The inquiry should be accompaniedby the Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

Customer AssistanceOfficesChevrolet encourages customers tocall the toll-free number forassistance. However, if a customerwishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,the letter should be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico

Chevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenterP.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170www.Chevrolet.com

1-877-486-5846 (1-877-4-Volt Info)1-800-833-2438 (For TextTelephone Devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-888-811-1926

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994



Canada

General Motors of Canada LimitedCustomer Care Centre, MailCode: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gm.ca

1-800-263-3777 (English)1-800-263-7854 (French)1-800-263-3830 (For TextTelephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-268-6800

Overseas

Please contact the local GeneralMotors Business Unit.

Customer Assistance forText Telephone (TTY)UsersTo assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing, or speech-impairedand who use Text Telephones(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTYequipment available at its Customer

Assistance Center. Any TTY user inthe U.S. can communicate withChevrolet by dialing:1-800-833-2438. TTY users inCanada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center

Online Owner Experience(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com

The Chevrolet online ownerexperience is a one-stop resourcethat allows interaction withChevrolet and keeps importantvehicle-specific information in oneplace.

Membership Benefits

E (Vehicle Information):Download owner manuals and viewvehicle-specific how-to videos.

G (Maintenance Information):View maintenance schedules,required alerts, OnStar onboardvehicle diagnostic information, andschedule service appointments.

I (Service History): Viewprintable dealer-recorded servicerecords and self-recorded servicerecords.

D (Preferred DealerInformation): Select a preferreddealer and view dealer location,maps, phone numbers, and hours.

J (Warranty TrackingInformation): Track the vehicle’swarranty information.

J (Recall Information): Viewactive recalls or search by VehicleIdentification Number (VIN). SeeVehicle Identification Number (VIN)on page 12‑1.

H (Other Account Information):View GM Card, SiriusXM Satelliteradio, and OnStar accountinformation.

F (Live Chat Support): Chat livewith online help representatives.

Visit my.chevrolet.com to registeryour vehicle.



Chevrolet Owner Centre(Canada) chevroletowner.ca

Take a trip to the Chevrolet OwnerCentre:. Chat live with online help

representatives.. Use the Vehicle Tools section.. Access third party enthusiast

sites and social media networks.. Locate owner resources such as

lease-end, financing, andwarranty information.

. Retrieve your favorite articles,quizzes, tips, and multimediagalleries organized into theFeatures and Auto CareSections.

. Download the owner manual foryour vehicle, quickly and easily.

. Find theChevrolet-recommendedmaintenance services for yourvehicle.

GM MobilityReimbursement Program

This program is available toqualified applicants for costreimbursement of eligibleaftermarket adaptive equipmentrequired for the vehicle, such ashand controls or a wheelchair/scooter lift for the vehicle.

For more information on the limitedoffer, visit www.gmmobility.com orcall the GM Mobility AssistanceCenter at 1-800-323-9935. TextTelephone (TTY) users, call1-800-833-9935.

General Motors of Canada also hasa Mobility Program. Call1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) fordetails. TTY users call1-800-263-3830.

Roadside AssistanceProgramFrom the U.S., call 1-888-811-1926;(Text Telephone (TTY):1-888-889-2438).

From Canada, call 1-800-268-6800.

Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.

Calling for Assistance

When calling Roadside Assistance,have the following informationready:. Your name, home address, and

home telephone number.. Telephone number of your

location.. Location of the vehicle.



. Model, year, color, and licenseplate number of the vehicle.

. Odometer reading, VehicleIdentification Number (VIN), anddelivery date of the vehicle.

. Description of the problem.

Coverage

Services are provided up to 5 years/160 000 km (100,000mi), whichevercomes first.

In the U.S., anyone driving thevehicle is covered. In Canada, aperson driving the vehicle withoutpermission from the owner is notcovered.

Roadside Assistance is not a part ofthe New Vehicle Limited Warranty.Chevrolet and General Motors ofCanada Limited reserve the right tomake any changes or discontinuethe Roadside Assistance program atany time without notification.

Chevrolet and General Motors ofCanada Limited reserve the right tolimit services or payment to anowner or driver if they decide the

claims are made too often, or thesame type of claim is made manytimes.

Services Provided. Emergency Fuel Delivery:

Delivery of enough fuel for thevehicle to get to the nearestservice station.

. Lock-Out Service: Service tounlock the vehicle if you arelocked out. A remote unlock maybe available if you have OnStar.For security reasons, the drivermust present identificationbefore this service is given.

. Emergency Tow from a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow to thenearest Chevrolet dealer forwarranty service, or if the vehiclewas in a crash and cannot bedriven. Assistance is also givenwhen the vehicle is stuck in thesand, mud, or snow.

. Flat Tire Change: Service tochange a flat tire with the tiresealant and compressor kit.

If the tire has been separatedfrom the wheel, has damagedsidewalls, or has a largepuncture, the tire is too severelydamaged for the tire sealant andcompressor kit to be effective.It is the owner's responsibility forthe repair or replacement of thetire if it is not covered by thewarranty.

. Battery Jump Start: Service tojump start a dead battery.

Services Not Included inRoadside Assistance. Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws.. Legal fines.. Mounting, dismounting,

or changing of snow tires,chains, or other traction devices.

. Towing or services for vehiclesdriven on a non-public road orhighway.



Services Specific to CanadianVehicles. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement

is approximately $5 Canadian.Diesel fuel delivery may berestricted. Propane and otherfuels are not provided throughthis service.

. Lock-Out Service: Vehicleregistration is required.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: Must be over250 km (150mi) from where thetrip was started to qualify.General Motors of CanadaLimited requirespre-authorization, originaldetailed receipts, and a copy ofthe repair orders. Onceauthorization has been received,the Roadside Assistance advisorwill help to make arrangementsand explain how to receivepayment.

. Alternative Service: Ifassistance cannot be providedright away, the Roadside

Assistance advisor may givepermission to get localemergency road service. You willreceive payment, up to $100,after sending the original receiptto Roadside Assistance.Mechanical failures may becovered, however any cost forparts and labor for repairs notcovered by the warranty are theowner's responsibility.

Scheduling ServiceAppointmentsWhen the vehicle requires warrantyservice, contact your dealer andrequest an appointment. Byscheduling a service appointmentand advising the service consultantof your transportation needs, yourdealer can help minimize yourinconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduledinto the service departmentimmediately, keep driving it until itcan be scheduled for service,unless, of course, the problem is

safety related. If it is, please callyour dealership, let them know this,and ask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bringthe vehicle for service, you areurged to do so as early in the workday as possible to allow forsame-day repair.

Courtesy TransportationProgramTo enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customer supportprogram for vehicles with theBumper-to-Bumper (Base WarrantyCoverage period in Canada) andextended powertrain warranties inboth the U.S. and Canada.

Several Courtesy Transportationoptions are available to assist inreducing inconvenience whenwarranty repairs are required.



Courtesy Transportation is not apart of the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. A separate bookletentitled “Limited Warranty andOwner Assistance Information”furnished with each new vehicleprovides detailed warranty coverageinformation.

Transportation Options

Warranty service can generally becompleted while you wait. However,if you are unable to wait, GM helpsto minimize inconvenience byproviding several transportationoptions. Depending on thecircumstances, your dealer can offerone of the following:

Shuttle Service

Shuttle service is the preferredmeans of offering CourtesyTransportation. Dealers may provideshuttle service to get you to yourdestination with minimal interruptionof your daily schedule. This includes

one-way or round-trip shuttle servicewithin reasonable time and distanceparameters of your dealer's area.

Public Transportation or FuelReimbursement

If the vehicle requires overnightwarranty repairs, and publictransportation is used instead ofyour dealer's shuttle service, theexpense must be supported byoriginal receipts and can only be upto the maximum amount allowed byGM for shuttle service. In addition,for U.S. customers, should youarrange transportation through afriend or relative, limitedreimbursement for reasonable fuelexpenses may be available. Claimamounts should reflect actual costsand be supported by originalreceipts. See your dealer forinformation regarding the allowanceamounts for reimbursement of fuelor other transportation costs.

Courtesy Rental Vehicle

Your dealer may arrange to provideyou with a courtesy rental vehicle orreimburse you for a rental vehiclethat you obtain if the vehicle is keptfor an overnight warranty repair.Rental reimbursement will be limitedand must be supported by originalreceipts. This requires that you signand complete a rental agreementand meet state/provincial, local, andrental vehicle provider requirements.Requirements vary and may includeminimum age requirements,insurance coverage, credit card, etc.You are responsible for fuel usagecharges and may also beresponsible for taxes, levies, usagefees, excessive mileage, or rentalusage beyond the completion of therepair.

It may not be possible to provide alike vehicle as a courtesy rental.



Additional ProgramInformation

All program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available atevery dealer. Please contact yourdealer for specific information aboutavailability. All CourtesyTransportation arrangements will beadministered by appropriate dealerpersonnel.

General Motors reserves the right tounilaterally modify, change,or discontinue CourtesyTransportation at any time and toresolve all questions of claimeligibility pursuant to the terms andconditions described herein at itssole discretion.

Collision Damage RepairIf the vehicle is involved in acollision and it is damaged, have thedamage repaired by a qualifiedtechnician using the properequipment and quality replacementparts. Poorly performed collisionrepairs diminish the vehicle resale

value, and safety performance canbe compromised in subsequentcollisions.

Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts are newparts made with the same materialsand construction methods as theparts with which the vehicle wasoriginally built. Genuine GMCollision parts are the best choice toensure that the vehicle's designedappearance, durability, and safetyare preserved. The use of GenuineGM parts can help maintain the GMNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Recycled original equipment partsmay also be used for repair. Theseparts are typically removed fromvehicles that were total losses inprior crashes. In most cases, theparts being recycled are fromundamaged sections of the vehicle.A recycled original equipment GMpart may be an acceptable choice tomaintain the vehicle's originallydesigned appearance and safetyperformance; however, the history of

these parts is not known. Such partsare not covered by the GM NewVehicle Limited Warranty, and anyrelated failures are not covered bythat warranty.

Aftermarket collision parts are alsoavailable. These are made bycompanies other than GM and maynot have been tested for the vehicle.As a result, these parts may fitpoorly, exhibit premature durability/corrosion problems, and may notperform properly in subsequentcollisions. Aftermarket parts are notcovered by the GM New VehicleLimited Warranty, and any vehiclefailure related to such parts is notcovered by that warranty.

Repair Facility

GM also recommends that youchoose a collision repair facility thatmeets your needs before you everneed collision repairs. Your dealermay have a collision repair centerwith GM-trained technicians andstate‐of‐the‐art equipment, or beable to recommend a collision repair



center that has GM-trainedtechnicians and comparableequipment.

Insuring the Vehicle

Protect your investment in the GMvehicle with comprehensive andcollision insurance coverage. Thereare significant differences in thequality of coverage afforded byvarious insurance policy terms.Many insurance policies providereduced protection to the GMvehicle by limiting compensation fordamage repairs by usingaftermarket collision parts. Someinsurance companies will notspecify aftermarket collision parts.When purchasing insurance, werecommend that you ensure that thevehicle will be repaired with GMoriginal equipment collision parts.If such insurance coverage is notavailable from your currentinsurance carrier, consider switchingto another insurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you to haveinsurance that ensures repairs withGenuine GM Original EquipmentManufacturer (OEM) parts orGenuine Manufacturer replacementparts. Read the lease carefully, asyou may be charged at the end ofthe lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, callemergency services for help. Do notleave the scene of a crash until allmatters have been taken care of.Move the vehicle only if its positionputs you in danger, or you areinstructed to move it by a policeofficer.

Give only the necessary informationto police and other parties involvedin the crash.

For emergency towing seeRoadside Assistance Program onpage 13‑5.

Gather the following information:. Driver name, address, and

telephone number.. Driver license number.. Owner name, address, and

telephone number.. Vehicle license plate number.. Vehicle make, model, and

model year.. Vehicle Identification

Number (VIN).. Insurance company and policy

number.. General description of the

damage to the other vehicle.

Choose a reputable repair facilitythat uses quality replacement parts.See “Collision Parts” earlier in thissection.

In a crash, the sensing system mayshut down the high voltage system.See Battery on page 10‑22 forimportant safety information. If an



airbag has inflated, see What WillYou See after an Airbag Inflates? onpage 3‑21.

Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair Process

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommendsthat you take an active role in itsrepair. If you have a pre-determinedrepair facility of choice, take thevehicle there, or have it towed there.Specify to the facility that anyrequired replacement collision partsbe original equipment parts, eithernew Genuine GM parts or recycledoriginal GM parts. Remember,recycled parts will not be covered bythe GM vehicle warranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits,your insurance company mayinitially value the repair usingaftermarket parts. Discuss this withthe repair professional, and insist onGenuine GM parts. Remember,if the vehicle is leased, you may be

obligated to have the vehiclerepaired with Genuine GM parts,even if your insurance coveragedoes not pay the full cost.

If another party's insurancecompany is paying for the repairs,you are not obligated to accept arepair valuation based on thatinsurance company's collision policyrepair limits, as you have nocontractual limits with that company.In such cases, you can have controlof the repair and parts choices aslong as the cost stays withinreasonable limits.

Service PublicationsOrdering Information

Service Manuals

Service Manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on theengines, electric drive unit, axle,suspension, brakes, electrical,steering, body, etc.

Service Bulletins

Service Bulletins give additionaltechnical service informationneeded to knowledgeably serviceGeneral Motors cars and trucks.Each bulletin contains instructionsto assist in the diagnosis andservice of the vehicle.

Owner Information

Owner publications are writtenspecifically for owners and intendedto provide basic operationalinformation about the vehicle. TheOwner Manual includes theMaintenance Schedule for allmodels.

In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,Owner Manual, and WarrantyBooklet.

RETAIL SELL PRICE:$35.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Without Portfolio: OwnerManual only.



RETAIL SELL PRICE:$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Current and Past Models

Technical Service Bulletins andManuals are available for currentand past model GM vehicles.

ORDER TOLL FREE:1-800-551-4123 Monday - Friday8:00 AM - 6:00 PM Eastern Time

For Credit Card Orders Only(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), visitHelm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com

Or write to:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Prices are subject to change withoutnotice and without incurringobligation. Allow ample time fordelivery.

All listed prices are quoted in U.S.funds. Make checks payable in U.S.funds.

Reporting SafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernmentIf you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could causea crash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds thata safety defect exists in a groupof vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign.However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individualproblems between you, yourdealer, or General Motors.

To contact NHTSA, you may callthe Vehicle Safety Hotlinetoll-free at 1-888-327-4236(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; orwrite to:

Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain otherinformation about motorvehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.



Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernmentIf you live in Canada, and youbelieve that the vehicle has a safetydefect, notify Transport Canadaimmediately, and notify GeneralMotors of Canada Limited. CallTransport Canada at1-800-333-0510 or write to:

Transport CanadaRoad Safety Branch80 rue NoelGatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defectsto General MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA (orTransport Canada) in a situation likethis, notify General Motors.

Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:

Chevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenterP.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170

In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777(English) or 1-800-263-7854(French), or write:

General Motors of Canada LimitedCustomer Care Centre, MailCode: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

Vehicle DataRecording andPrivacyThe vehicle has a number ofcomputers that record informationabout the vehicle’s performance andhow it is driven. For example, thevehicle uses computer modules tomonitor and control engine andelectric drive unit performance, tomonitor the conditions for airbagdeployment and to deploy them in acrash, and, if equipped, to provideantilock braking to help the drivercontrol the vehicle. These modulesmay store data to help the dealertechnician service the vehicle.Some modules may also store dataabout how the vehicle is operated,such as rate of fuel consumption oraverage speed. These modules mayretain personal preferences, such asradio presets, seat positions, andtemperature settings.



Event Data RecordersThis vehicle is equipped with anevent data recorder (EDR). Themain purpose of an EDR is torecord, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a roadobstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle’ssystems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. TheEDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:. How various systems in your

vehicle were operating;. Whether or not the driver and

passenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle wastraveling.

These data can help provide abetter understanding of thecircumstances in which crashes andinjuries occur. NOTE: EDR data arerecorded by your vehicle only if anon-trivial crash situation occurs; nodata are recorded by the EDR undernormal driving conditions and nopersonal data (e.g., name, gender,age, and crash location) arerecorded. However, other parties,such as law enforcement, couldcombine the EDR data with the typeof personally identifying dataroutinely acquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.

GM will not access this data orshare it with others except: with theconsent of the vehicle owner or,

if the vehicle is leased, with theconsent of the lessee; in responseto an official request by police orsimilar government office; as part ofGM's defense of litigation throughthe discovery process; or, asrequired by law. Data that GMcollects or receives may also beused for GM research needs or maybe made available to others forresearch purposes, where a need isshown and the data is not tied to aspecific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStar®

If the vehicle is equipped withOnStar® and has an activesubscription, additional data may becollected through the OnStarsystem. This includes informationabout the vehicle’s operation; aboutcollisions involving the vehicle; theuse of the vehicle and its features;and, in certain situations, thelocation and approximate GPSspeed of the vehicle. Refer to the



OnStar Terms and Conditions andPrivacy Statement on the OnStarwebsite.

Infotainment SystemIf the vehicle is equipped with anavigation system as part of theinfotainment system, use of thesystem may result in the storage ofdestinations, addresses, telephonenumbers, and other trip information.See the infotainment manual forinformation on stored data and fordeletion instructions.

Radio FrequencyIdentification (RFID)RFID technology is used in somevehicles for functions such as tirepressure monitoring and ignitionsystem security, as well as inconnection with conveniences suchas Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitters for remote door locking/unlocking and starting, andin-vehicle transmitters for garagedoor openers. RFID technology in

GM vehicles does not use or recordpersonal information or link with anyother GM system containingpersonal information.

Radio FrequencyStatementThis vehicle has systems thatoperate on a radio frequency thatcomply with Part 15 of the FederalCommunications Commission (FCC)rules and with Industry CanadaStandards RSS‐GEN/210/220/310.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. The device may not causeharmful interference.

2. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to any ofthese systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.



2 NOTES


OnStar 14-1

OnStar

OnStar OverviewOnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1

OnStar ServicesEmergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-4

OnStar Additional InformationOnStar AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5

OnStar Overview

If equipped, this vehicle has acomprehensive, in-vehicle systemthat can connect to a live Advisorfor Emergency, Security, Navigation,Connection, and DiagnosticServices.

The OnStar system status light isnext to the OnStar buttons. If thestatus light is:. Solid Green: System is ready.. Flashing Green: On a call.. Red: Indicates a problem.

PressQ or call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to speak to anAdvisor.

Press= to:

. Make a call, end a call,or answer an incoming call.

. Give OnStar Hands-Free Callingvoice commands.

. Give OnStar Turn-by-TurnNavigation voice commands.Requires the available Directionsand Connections service plan.

PressQ to connect to a liveAdvisor to:. Verify account information or

update contact information.. Get driving directions. Requires

the available Directions andConnections service plan.

. Receive On-DemandDiagnostics for a check of thevehicle’s key operating systems.

. Receive Roadside Assistance.


14-2 OnStar

Press the OnStar Emergency button> to get a priority connection to anEmergency Advisor available24/7 to:. Get help for an emergency.. Be a Good Samaritan or

respond to an AMBER Alert.. Get crisis assistance and

evacuation routes.

OnStar Services

EmergencyWith Automatic Crash Response,the built-in system can automaticallyconnect to help in most crashes,even if help cannot be requested.

Press> to connect to anEmergency Advisor. GPStechnology is used to identify thevehicle location and can providecritical information to emergencypersonnel. The Advisor is alsotrained to offer critical assistance inemergency situations before firstresponders arrive.

SecurityOnStar provides services like StolenVehicle Assistance, Remote IgnitionBlock, and Roadside Assistance,if the vehicle is equipped. OnStarcan unlock the vehicle doorsremotely, if it is equipped with

automatic door locks, and can helppolice locate the vehicle if it isstolen.

NavigationOnStar navigation requires theDirections and Connectionsservice plan.

PressQ to receive directions orhave them sent to the vehiclenavigation screen, if equipped.Destinations can also be forwardedto the vehicle from MapQuest.com.The OnStar mapping database iscontinuously updated. For coveragemaps, see www.onstar.com (U.S.)www.onstar.ca (Canada).

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

1. PressQ to connect to a liveAdvisor.

2. Request directions.

3. Directions are downloaded to thevehicle.

4. Follow the voice-guidedcommands.


OnStar 14-3

Using Voice CommandsDuring a Planned Route

Cancel Route

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone. Say“Cancel route.” Systemresponds: “Do you want tocancel directions?”

2. Say “Yes.” System responds:“OK, request completed, thankyou, goodbye.”

Route Preview

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Route preview.” Systemresponds with the next threemaneuvers.

3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voicecommands.

Repeat


2. Say “Repeat.” System respondswith the last direction given, thenresponds with “OnStar ready,”then a tone.


Get My Destination


2. Say “Get my destination.”System responds with addressand the distance to thedestination, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.


Other Navigation ServicesAvailable from OnStar

OnStar eNav: Allows subscribersto send destinations fromMapQuest.com to their Turn-by-TurnNavigation or screen-basednavigation system. When ready, thedirections will be downloaded to thevehicle.

Destination Download: PressQ,then request the Advisor todownload directions to thenavigation system in the vehicle.After the call ends, press the “Go”button on the navigation screen tobegin driving directions.

Destinations can also bedownloaded on the go. Forinformation about eNav, DestinationDownload, and coverage maps seewww.onstar.com (U.S.),www.onstar.ca (Canada).

ConnectionsOnStar Hands-Free Calling allowscalls to be made and received fromthe vehicle. The vehicle can also becontrolled from a cell phone throughthe OnStar RemoteLink mobile app.For coverage maps, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.),www.onstar.ca (Canada).

Hands-Free Calling

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready.”


14-4 OnStar

2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Please say the name or numberto call.”

3. Say the entire number withoutpausing, including a “1” and thearea code. System responds:“OK calling.”

Calling 911 Emergency

1. Press=. The system responds“OnStar Ready,” followed bya tone.

2. Say “Call.” The system responds“Please say the name or numberto call.”

3. Say “911” without pausing. Thesystem responds “911.”

4. Say “Call.” The system responds“OK, dialing 911.”

Retrieve My Number


2. Say “My number.” Systemresponds: “Your OnStarHands-Free Calling number is.”

End a Call

Press=. System responds: “Callended.”

Store a Name Tag for SpeedDialing


2. Say “Store.” System responds:“Please say the number youwould like to store.”

3. Say the entire number withoutpausing. System responds:“Please say the name tag.”

4. Pick a name tag. Systemresponds: “About to store <nametag>. Does that sound OK?”

5. Say “Yes” or say “No” to tryagain. System responds: “OK,storing <name tag>.”

Place a Call Using a StoredNumber


2. Say “Call <name tag>.” Systemresponds: “OK, calling<name tag>.”

Verify Minutes and Expiration

Press= and say “Minutes” then“Verify” to check how many minutesremain and their expiration date.

OnStar Mobile App

Download the OnStar RemoteLinkmobile app to select Apple, Androidand BlackBerry devices to checkvehicle fuel level, oil life, or tirepressure; to start the vehicle (ifequipped) or unlock it; or to connectto an OnStar Advisor. For OnStarRemoteLink information andcompatibility, see www.onstar.com(U.S.), www.onstar.ca (Canada).

DiagnosticsOnStar Vehicle Diagnostics willperform a vehicle check everymonth. It will check the engine,transmission, antilock brakes, andmajor vehicle systems. It also


OnStar 14-5

checks the tire pressures, if thevehicle is equipped with the TirePressure Monitoring System. If adiagnostics check is neededbetween e-mails, press Q, and anAdvisor can run a check.

OnStar AdditionalInformationTransferring Service

PressQ to request account transfereligibility information. The Advisorcan assist in canceling or removingaccount information. If OnStarreceives information that vehicleownership has changed, OnStarmay send a voice message to thevehicle, requesting updated accountinformation.

Reactivation for SubsequentOwners

PressQ and follow the prompts tospeak to an Advisor as soon aspossible after acquiring the vehicle.The Advisor will update vehiclerecords and will explain the OnStarservice offers and options available.

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response,Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,Stolen Vehicle Assistance, VehicleDiagnostics, Remote Door Unlock,Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-TurnNavigation, and Hands-Free Callingare available on most vehicles. Notall OnStar services are availableeverywhere or on all vehicles. Formore information, a full descriptionof OnStar services, systemlimitations, and OnStar terms andconditions:. In the U.S. see www.onstar.com

(U.S.) or call 1.888.4.ONSTAR.(1.888.466.7827).

. In Canada see www.onstar.ca(Canada) or call1.888.4.ONSTAR.(1.888.466.7827).

. TTY 1-877-248-2080

. PressQ to speak with anAdvisor.


14-6 OnStar

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service,and GPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for featuresto function properly. These systemsmay not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.

OnStar service cannot work unlessyour vehicle is in a place whereOnStar has an agreement with awireless service provider for servicein that area, and the wirelessservice provider has coverage,network capacity, reception, andtechnology compatible with OnStarservice. Service involving locationinformation about the vehicle cannotwork unless GPS signals areavailable, unobstructed, andcompatible with the OnStarhardware. OnStar service may notwork if the OnStar equipment is notproperly installed or it has not beenproperly maintained. If equipment orsoftware is added, connected,or modified, OnStar service may notwork. Other problems beyond thecontrol of OnStar may prevent

service such as hills, tall buildings,tunnels, weather, electrical systemdesign and architecture of thevehicle, damage to the vehicle in acrash, or wireless phone networkcongestion or jamming.

See Radio Frequency Statement onpage 13‑15 for informationregarding Part 15 of the FederalCommunications Commission (FCC)rules and Industry CanadaStandards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.

Services for People withDisabilities

Advisors provide services to helpsubscribers with physical disabilitiesand medical conditions.

PressQ for help with:

. Locating a gas station with anattendant to pump gas.

. Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc.,that meets accessibility needs.

. Providing directions to theclosest hospital or pharmacy inurgent situations.

TTY Users

OnStar has the ability tocommunicate to the deaf,hard-of-hearing, or speech-impairedcustomers while in the vehicle. Theavailable dealer-installed TTYsystem can provide in-vehicleaccess to all of the OnStar services,except Virtual Advisor and OnStarTurn-by-Turn Navigation.

OnStar.com (U.S.) or OnStar.ca(Canada)

The website provides access toaccount information, allowsmanagement of the OnStarsubscription, and viewing of videosof each service. Get subscriptionplan pricing and sign up for OnStarVehicle Diagnostics. Click on the“My Account” tab on the homepage. The website navigation andservices provided may vary bycountry.


OnStar 14-7

OnStar Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN)

A PIN is needed to access some ofthe OnStar services, like RemoteDoor Unlock and Stolen VehicleAssistance. You will be prompted tochange the PIN the first time whenspeaking with an Advisor. Tochange the OnStar PIN, call OnStarand provide the Advisor with thecurrent number.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may bewarranted as part of the NewVehicle Limited Warranty. Themanufacturer of the vehiclefurnishes detailed warrantyinformation.

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed torespond in English, French orSpanish. PressQ and ask anAdvisor. Advisors can speakEnglish, French or Spanish.

Potential Issues

OnStar cannot perform RemoteDoor Unlock or Stolen VehicleAssistance after the vehicle hasbeen off continuously for five days.After five days, OnStar can contactRoadside Assistance and alocksmith to help gain access to thevehicle.

Global PositioningSystem (GPS). Obstruction of the GPS can

occur in a large city with tallbuildings; in parking garages;around airports; in tunnels,underpasses, or parkinggarages; or in an area with verydense trees. If GPS signals arenot available, the OnStar systemshould still operate to callOnStar. However, OnStar couldhave difficulty identifying theexact location.

. In emergency situations, OnStarcan use the last stored GPSlocation to send to emergencyresponders.

. A temporary loss of GPS cancause loss of the ability to senda Turn-by-Turn Navigation route.The Advisor may give a verbalroute or may ask for a call backafter the vehicle is driven into anopen area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Avoid placing items over or near theantenna to prevent blocking cellularand GPS signal reception. Cellularreception is required for OnStar tosend remote signals to the vehicle.

Unable to Connect to OnStarMessage

If there is limited cellular coverageor the cellular network has reachedmaximum capacity, this messagemay come on. PressQ to try thecall again or try again after driving afew miles into another cellular area.


14-8 OnStar

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service,and GPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for featuresto function properly. These systemsmay not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.

Add-on Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integratedinto the electrical architecture of thevehicle. Do not add any electricalequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment on page 9‑60. Addedelectrical equipment may interferewith the operation of the OnStarsystem and cause it to not operate.

Privacy

The complete OnStar PrivacyStatement may be found atwww.onstar.com (U.S.),or www.onstar.ca (Canada).Privacy-sensitive users of wirelesscommunications are cautioned thatthe privacy of any information sentvia wireless cellular communications

cannot be assured. Third partiesmay unlawfully intercept or accesstransmissions and privatecommunications without consent.

OnStar - libcurl and unzipacknowledgments

Certain OnStar components includelibcurl and unzip software. Beloware the notices and licensesassociated with this software:

libcurl:

COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSIONNOTICE

Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, DanielStenberg, <[email protected]>.

All rights reserved.

Permission to use, copy, modify,and distribute this software for anypurpose with or without fee ishereby granted, provided that theabove copyright notice and thispermission notice appear in allcopies.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OFANY KIND, EXPRESS ORIMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOTLIMITED TO THE WARRANTIESOF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEAND NONINFRINGEMENT OFTHIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NOEVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS ORCOPYRIGHT HOLDERS BELIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,WHETHER IN AN ACTION OFCONTRACT, TORT OROTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTIONWITH THE SOFTWARE OR THEUSE OR OTHER DEALINGS INTHE SOFTWARE.

Except as contained in this notice,the name of a copyright holder shallnot be used in advertising orotherwise to promote the sale, useor other dealings in this Softwarewithout prior written authorization ofthe copyright holder.


OnStar 14-9

unzip:

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of theInfo-ZIP copyright and license. Thedefinitive version of this documentshould be available atftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html indefinitely.

Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP.All rights reserved.

For the purposes of this copyrightand license, “Info-ZIP” is defined asthe following set of individuals:

Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley,Ed Gordon, Ian Gorman, ChrisHerborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,George Petrov, Greg Roelofs,Kai Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,

Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,Rich Wales, Mike White

This software is provided “as is,”without warranty of any kind,express or implied. In no event shallInfo-ZIP or its contributors be heldliable for any direct, indirect,incidental, special or consequentialdamages arising out of the use of orinability to use this software.

Permission is granted to anyone touse this software for any purpose,including commercial applications,and to alter it and redistribute itfreely, subject to the followingrestrictions:

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer, andthis list of conditions.

2. Redistributions in binary form(compiled executables) mustreproduce the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer, andthis list of conditions indocumentation and/or other

materials provided with thedistribution. The sole exceptionto this condition is redistributionof a standard UnZipSFX binary(including SFXWiz) as part of aself-extracting archive; that ispermitted without inclusion ofthis license, as long as thenormal SFX banner has notbeen removed from the binary ordisabled.

3. Altered versions–including, butnot limited to, ports to newoperating systems, existing portswith new graphical interfaces,and dynamic, shared, or staticlibrary versions–must be plainlymarked as such and must not bemisrepresented as being theoriginal source. Such alteredversions also must not bemisrepresented as beingInfo-ZIP releases–including, butnot limited to, labeling of thealtered versions with the names“Info-ZIP” (or any variationthereof, including, but not limitedto, different capitalizations),


14-10 OnStar

“Pocket UnZip,” “WiZ” or“MacZip” without the explicitpermission of Info-ZIP. Suchaltered versions are furtherprohibited frommisrepresentative use of theZip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mailaddresses or of theInfo-ZIP URL(s).

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to usethe names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”and “MacZip” for its own sourceand binary releases.


INDEX i-1

AAccessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19Add-On ElectricalEquipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-60

Additional InformationOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-5

Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-12Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Airbag SystemCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21

Passenger SensingSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23

What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21

When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-20

Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . .3-18

AirbagsAdding Equipment to theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-27

Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-16Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15Servicing Airbag-EquippedVehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-27

System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21

Appearance CareExterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80

Assistance Program,Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5

AutomaticClimate Control System . . . . . . . . 8-1Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

BBattery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13High Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-68Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Battery and ChargingMessages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43

Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-25BrakeParking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-30System Warning Light . . . . . . . .5-20

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-29Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . .9-32System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-44

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 9-16Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29Back-up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . 10-29

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53


i-2 INDEX

CCalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13CaliforniaFuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . .9-56Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2

Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Camera, Rear Vision . . . . . . . . . . 9-42Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . iiiCapacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2

Carbon MonoxideEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26Hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9

CargoCover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Cautions, Danger, andWarnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii

Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59Charge Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-53

ChargingDelay Override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-49Electrical Requirements . . . . . .9-54Plug-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-47Programmable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29Utility Interruption . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-54

Charging Status Screens . . . . . . 9-49Charging System Light . . . . . . . . 5-17CheckEngine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17

Child RestraintsInfants and YoungChildren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . .3-37

Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-43, 3-46Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34

CleaningExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80

Climate Control SystemsAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . 13-9

Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13Compressor Kit, TireSealant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60

ConnectionsOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-3

Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16CoolantEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16Engine TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23

Cooling System . . . . . . . .10-14–10-16Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-45

Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7

CoverCargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-44

Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . 13-4Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-3Text Telephone (TTY)Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-4


INDEX i-3

Customer InformationService PublicationsOrdering Information . . . . . . .13-11

Customer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . . 13-9Danger, Warnings, andCautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii

Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . 13-14Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Delayed Charging Override . . . . 9-49Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11DiagnosticsOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-4

Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4DoorAjar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-44Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-3Drive Mode Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-45Drive UnitElectric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-27

Driver Efficiency Gauge . . . . . . . 5-14Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41

Driver Selected OperatingModes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22

DrivingDefensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . 9-8If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 9-11Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9

Driving for BetterEnergy Efficiency . . . . . . . 1-25, 9-2

EElectric Drive Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27Electric Drive UnitMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45

Electric Drive Unit ShiftLock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24

Electric Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . 9-30Electric Parking Brake Light . . . 5-20Electrical Equipment,Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-60

Electrical Requirements forBattery Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-54

Electrical SystemEngine CompartmentFuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31

Instrument PanelFuse Block . . . . . . . . . 10-34, 10-35

Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38

Electronic Stability Control . . . . . 9-34EmergencyOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2


i-4 INDEX

Energy EfficiencyDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25, 9-2

Energy Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39EngineAir Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12Check and Service EngineSoon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17

Compartment Overview . . . . . . .10-8Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23

Cooling System . . . . . . 10-14–10-16Cooling System Messages . . .5-45Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . .12-3Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-45Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24Running While Parked . . . . . . . .9-27

Engine UnavailableOut of Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 13-14

Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5Extended Range Mode . . . . . . . . 9-21Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . 3-14Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 6-1

FFilter,Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . 10-12

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 6-3Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59Floor Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83FluidBrakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Forward Collision Alert(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-38

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 5-22

Front SeatsAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-55Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-56Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-59

Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-57Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . .9-56Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . .9-56Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . .5-25Requirements, California . . . . .9-56System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-46

Function CheckElectric Drive Unit ShiftLock Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24

FusesEngine CompartmentFuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31

Instrument PanelFuse Block . . . . . . . . . 10-34, 10-35

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38


INDEX i-5

GGarage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . 5-59Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-59

GasolineSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-56

GaugesBattery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13Driver Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13Warning Lights andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

General InformationService and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-60Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5

HHalogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27Hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 6-3Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-27Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .5-25High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-1Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . .5-25

Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17Heating and Air Conditioning . . . 8-1High Voltage Battery Gauge . . . 5-13High Voltage Devices andWiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 9-8Hold Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6

Hood, Door, Hatch OpenLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26

Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

IImmobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15Infants and Young Children,Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31

InformationEnergy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-39

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 13-15Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Instrument PanelStorage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii

JJump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-68


i-6 INDEX

KKey and Lock Messages . . . . . . . 5-46Keyless EntryRemote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . 2-2

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . 10-41LampsDaytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . 6-2Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . .5-17Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-47On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . . 9-44Lane Departure WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11LATCH SystemReplacing Parts after aCrash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-43

LATCH, Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . 3-37

LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27Lifting the Vehicle, Tires . . . . . . . 10-3LightHold Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22Ready Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25Vehicle Ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25

LightingEntry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27

LightsAirbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21

Brake System Warning . . . . . . .5-20Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . .5-20Engine CoolantTemperature Warning . . . . . . .5-23

Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .5-24Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-1Hood, Door, Hatch Open . . . . .5-26

Lights (cont'd)Lane Departure Warning . . . . . .5-22Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25Mountain Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . .5-14Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25Service Electric ParkingBrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20

Sport Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . .5-23

Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22LocksAutomatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . 5-25Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCHSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37


INDEX i-7

MMaintenanceRecords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-14

Maintenance Modes . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25Maintenance ScheduleRecommended Fluidsand Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-12

Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-17MessagesAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-49Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-44Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-44Drive Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-45Electric Drive Unit . . . . . . . . . . . .5-45Engine Cooling System . . . . . . .5-45Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-45Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-46Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-46Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-47Object Detection System . . . . .5-47Propulsion Power . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-48Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . .5-48Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-49Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-49Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . .5-50Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-50

Messages (cont'd)Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-43Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-51Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-51

MirrorsAutomatic DimmingRearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17

Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16

ModeElectric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21Extended Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21Hold Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22

ModesDriver Selected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25

Monitor System, TirePressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47

Mountain Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-21

NNavigationOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2

New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . 9-16

OObject Detection SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47

Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13

Off-RoadRecovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6

OilEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-12Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-45Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-29Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . 13-4OnStar®

System, In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-27OnStar® AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5

OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . 14-3OnStar® Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 14-4OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2


i-8 INDEX

OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2OrderingService Publications . . . . . . . . .13-11

Out of Fuel/EngineUnavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24

OutletsPower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . 10-19

PParkShifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20

ParkingAssist, Ultrasonic . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-40Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-25

Over Things That Burn . . . . . . .9-20Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16

Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-23Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements, California . . . . . 10-2

PersonalizationVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-51

Plug-In Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-47PowerButton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-16Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-19Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18

Pregnancy, Using SafetyBelts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

PrivacyRadio FrequencyIdentification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-15

ProgramCourtesy Transportation . . . . . .13-7

Programmable Charging . . . . . . . 5-29Proposition 65 Warning,California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

Propulsion PowerMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48

RRadio FrequencyIdentification (RFID) . . . . . . . . 13-15Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15

Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4Ready Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 9-42Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-17

Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12

RecordsMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-14

Recreational VehicleTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-76

Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . . . 9-32Reimbursement Program,GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29


INDEX i-9

Replacement PartsAirbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-13

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . 3-29Replacing LATCH SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43

Replacing Safety BeltSystem Parts after a Crash . . . 3-15

Reporting Safety DefectsCanadian Government . . . . . . 13-13General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12

RequirementsElectrical Battery Charging . . .9-54

RestraintsWhere to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19

Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . . 9-34Electronic Stability (ESC) . . . . .9-34Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-48

RoadsDriving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5

Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-3Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27

SSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14Replacing after a Crash . . . . . .3-15Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . .3-14

Safety Defects ReportingCanadian Government . . . . . . 13-13General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12

Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 3-15Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . 13-7Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60

SeatsAdjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

Securing ChildRestraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43, 3-46

SecurityLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-49OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14

ServiceAccessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2

Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . .10-5Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17Maintenance Records . . . . . . .11-14Maintenance, GeneralInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1

Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1


i-10 INDEX

Service (cont'd)Publications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-11

Scheduling Appointments . . . . .13-7Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-49

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27ShiftingInto Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20

Signals, Turn andLane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Specifications andCapacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Sport Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21StabiliTrakOFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23

StartRemote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

Starting and Stopping theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17

Starting the VehicleMesssages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50

Status ScreensCharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-49

Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

Storage AreasCargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Floor Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Umbrella . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Storing the Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 10-67

Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ivSystemForward CollisionAlert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-38

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . .13-15, 7-1System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21

TText Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-4Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . 2-15Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15

TiresBuying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-59Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-48Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51Lifting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-50Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-47Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60

Sealant and CompressorKit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67

Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41Terminology andDefinitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43

Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56


INDEX i-11

Tires (cont'd)Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-57When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53

Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41Total Vehicle Range . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14TowingGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . .9-60Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . 10-76Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-73

TractionControl System (TCS) . . . . . . . .9-32Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23

Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22Transportation Program,Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7

Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

UUltrasonic Parking Assist . . . . . . 9-40Umbrella Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56

Universal Remote System . . . . . 5-59Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-62Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-59

Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iiiUtility Interruption ofCharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-54

VVehicleAlarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iiiControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5IdentificationNumber (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1

Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-43Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-51Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . .5-51Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-51

Vehicle (cont'd)Starting and Stopping . . . . . . . . .9-17Total Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-73

Vehicle CareStoring the Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit . . . . . . . 10-67

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46Vehicle Ready Light . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Voltage Devices andWiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30

WWarningBrake System Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-20

Warning LightForward CollisionAlert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iiiCautions and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . iiiHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19


i-12 INDEX

WheelsAlignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57

Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57

When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53

Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-35Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18

WindshieldWiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

WinterDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9

Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-25Wiring, High VoltageDevices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30

Documents

2013 Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual M - Owner Center … · Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2013 - crc - 10/30/12 Black plate (1,1) 2013 Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual M In Brief..... 1-1